<![CDATA[ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator]]>8182fefe-2aa9-5342-8369-1f49917d7c7dThu, 14 May 2026 09:00:22 +0000Captivate.fmSteve Augusthttps://artwork.captivate.fm/129aa930-974c-4ee9-87b8-792441ed0180/ttsc1ut307fotr6iy9ue3qnn.jpgADHD Entrepreneur AcceleratorSteve AugustSteve AugustYou’re an entrepreneur with ADHD. You’ve got big ideas, a fast brain… and a to-do list that’s longer than a CVS receipt. You’re driven—but staying focused, finishing what you start, and scaling your business? That can feel impossible. Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Hosted by Steve August—ADHD coach, founder, and lifelong entrepreneur. Steve ha's built and exited companies, served as CMO of a $100 million business. Late diagnosed with ADHD at age 54, Steve now helps ADHD entrepreneurs get out of overwhelm find their focus and create freedom. This podcast is your go-to resource for building a business that works with your ADHD brain, not against it. We’re talking " brain-first" practical strategies to help you prioritize, start focus and finish, and sustain over time so you can reap the rewards of your brilliance. If you've ever felt like traditional business success advice wasn’t made for how your brain works, this show proves there's a different path. One built not in spite of your brain - but because of it. You’ll hear real stories from founders who are growing businesses without burning out… and we’ll keep it simple, actionable, and ADHD-friendly every step of the way. So if you’re ready to grow your business, feel free, and finally say… ‘Not now, squirrels. We’ve got work to do.’ Hit subscribe. Let’s go!https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/rocket-ship-founderfalseepisodichttps://feeds.captivate.fm/adhd-entrepreneur/nopodcastWhy Your ADHD Brain Crashes After Big Wins (And What to Do About It)Why Your ADHD Brain Crashes After Big Wins (And What to Do About It)🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Why-Your-ADHD-BrainCr-ashes-After-Big-Wins-And-What-to-Do-About-It

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a solo episode on why ADHD entrepreneurs often feel a crash after reaching a big milestone. He explains how hyperfocus, dopamine, and executive function work together during intense build periods and why motivation can suddenly drop once the work is finished. Steve talks about the importance of planning for recovery after major deadlines and avoiding burnout from extreme productivity cycles. This episode highlights how creating a steadier and more sustainable workflow can help ADHD entrepreneurs make consistent progress in business and life.

Steve shares his experience of finishing a major update for the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator community and the mental dip that followed after reaching the milestone. He explains how ADHD brains use a lot of dopamine and executive function during intense work periods, which can lead to lower motivation once the goal is complete. Steve highlights the importance of expecting this recovery phase, adjusting workloads, and giving the brain time to restore. He also emphasizes creating a steadier workflow instead of relying on stressful deadline cycles. The focus is on understanding ADHD patterns, preventing burnout, and building sustainable progress over time.

Key Takeaways:

  • Expect the Post Milestone Dip: Recovery after intense work is normal.
  • Protect Your Energy: Plan lighter workloads after major deadlines.
  • Build Steady Progress: Consistent work helps prevent burnout.

Additional Insights:

  • Big Milestones Use Mental Energy: ADHD brains can feel drained after intense focus periods.
  • Plan for Recovery Time: Lighter schedules after deadlines help restore energy and focus.
  • Steady Work Prevents Burnout: Smaller and more consistent progress is easier to sustain long-term.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “We’ve expended a lot of dopamine. We’ve used up a lot of executive function to get to this point.” - Steve August
  • “There’s going to be a dip after the milestone.” - Steve August
  • “The game with business and life is that steady progress over time.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains why ADHD entrepreneurs often feel a mental crash after reaching a big milestone. Learn how dopamine and executive function affect focus and motivation, why recovery time matters after intense work periods, and how steady progress can help prevent burnout and support long-term success.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Post-Milestone Crash

[02:38] - Why ADHD Brains Don't Celebrate

[04:22] - Schedule Less After a Win

[05:15] - Prepare for the Recovery Side

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Why-Your-ADHD-BrainCr-ashes-After-Big-Wins-And-What-to-Do-About-It

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a solo episode on why ADHD entrepreneurs often feel a crash after reaching a big milestone. He explains how hyperfocus, dopamine, and executive function work together during intense build periods and why motivation can suddenly drop once the work is finished. Steve talks about the importance of planning for recovery after major deadlines and avoiding burnout from extreme productivity cycles. This episode highlights how creating a steadier and more sustainable workflow can help ADHD entrepreneurs make consistent progress in business and life.

Steve shares his experience of finishing a major update for the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator community and the mental dip that followed after reaching the milestone. He explains how ADHD brains use a lot of dopamine and executive function during intense work periods, which can lead to lower motivation once the goal is complete. Steve highlights the importance of expecting this recovery phase, adjusting workloads, and giving the brain time to restore. He also emphasizes creating a steadier workflow instead of relying on stressful deadline cycles. The focus is on understanding ADHD patterns, preventing burnout, and building sustainable progress over time.

Key Takeaways:

  • Expect the Post Milestone Dip: Recovery after intense work is normal.
  • Protect Your Energy: Plan lighter workloads after major deadlines.
  • Build Steady Progress: Consistent work helps prevent burnout.

Additional Insights:

  • Big Milestones Use Mental Energy: ADHD brains can feel drained after intense focus periods.
  • Plan for Recovery Time: Lighter schedules after deadlines help restore energy and focus.
  • Steady Work Prevents Burnout: Smaller and more consistent progress is easier to sustain long-term.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “We’ve expended a lot of dopamine. We’ve used up a lot of executive function to get to this point.” - Steve August
  • “There’s going to be a dip after the milestone.” - Steve August
  • “The game with business and life is that steady progress over time.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains why ADHD entrepreneurs often feel a mental crash after reaching a big milestone. Learn how dopamine and executive function affect focus and motivation, why recovery time matters after intense work periods, and how steady progress can help prevent burnout and support long-term success.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Post-Milestone Crash

[02:38] - Why ADHD Brains Don't Celebrate

[04:22] - Schedule Less After a Win

[05:15] - Prepare for the Recovery Side

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>60b16dfe-c209-4236-85c0-cc2c1d1d460aThu, 14 May 2026 05:00:00 -040006:17falsefullThe Shame-Free Way for ADHD Entrepreneurs to Delegate with Avy SchondorfThe Shame-Free Way for ADHD Entrepreneurs to Delegate with Avy Schondorf🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Avi-gailSchon-dorf

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Avigail Schondorf, Founder and CEO at Alisto and Show Host at AvyHD. Avigail shares how she built a team-based virtual assistant model to support neurodivergent founders, with a focus on delegation, systems, and executive function support. She also talks about her ADHD journey, the challenges of running a business, and how the right support can improve focus, reduce burnout, and help entrepreneurs grow.

Avigail Schondorf shares how moving to the United States during COVID led her to rethink her career and build her own business. She explains how working with virtual assistants revealed gaps in systems, communication, and delegation for founders. She also talks about her ADHD journey, how it shaped the way she builds teams, and why structured support, clear communication, and human connection are key to staying focused and getting work done.

Key Takeaways:

  • Delegation Gaps: Founders struggle to manage tasks and extract clear information.
  • ADHD Challenges: Executive function makes planning, follow-through, and organisation harder.
  • Practical Support: Clear systems, strong communication, and team-based support improve focus and execution.

Additional Insights:

  • Team Approach Matters: Working with a team of assistants helps manage multiple tasks at once.
  • Clear Communication Helps: Focused and direct messages improve clarity and execution.
  • Human Support Counts: Ongoing guidance and accountability help founders stay on track and follow through.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Clarity is kindness. Do not say yes unless you know how you will deliver.” Avigail Schondorf
  • “I solve your problem by mapping what you have and what you do not have.” Avigail Schondorf
  • “Your problem is not tools. It is extracting the right information.” Avigail Schondorf

Join Avigail Schondorf as she shares how moving to the United States during COVID led her to build Alisto, a virtual assistant company designed for neurodivergent founders. She explains how working with teams revealed challenges with delegation and communication, and how clear systems, structured support, and strong human connection can improve focus, reduce overwhelm, and help business owners follow through more consistently.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:03] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:31] - Meet Avi Schondorf: social worker turned entrepreneur

[02:53] - Moving from Israel to the US with no work permit

[04:13] - Managing Filipino VAs during COVID’s chaos

[06:37] - How ADHD showed up (kids, self-diagnosis, reparenting)

[09:22] - Why she built Alisto: the agency she needed

[13:26] - Executive assistants as support for your executive function

[16:44] - Three pillars: communication, decision support, operations

[20:02] - What to look for in a great assistant (neurotypical + smart)

[22:59] - Building systems and handing them off (shame-free)

[27:41] - Where to find Avi & closing thoughts

FOLLOW THE GUEST ON:


Website:


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Avi-gailSchon-dorf

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Avigail Schondorf, Founder and CEO at Alisto and Show Host at AvyHD. Avigail shares how she built a team-based virtual assistant model to support neurodivergent founders, with a focus on delegation, systems, and executive function support. She also talks about her ADHD journey, the challenges of running a business, and how the right support can improve focus, reduce burnout, and help entrepreneurs grow.

Avigail Schondorf shares how moving to the United States during COVID led her to rethink her career and build her own business. She explains how working with virtual assistants revealed gaps in systems, communication, and delegation for founders. She also talks about her ADHD journey, how it shaped the way she builds teams, and why structured support, clear communication, and human connection are key to staying focused and getting work done.

Key Takeaways:

  • Delegation Gaps: Founders struggle to manage tasks and extract clear information.
  • ADHD Challenges: Executive function makes planning, follow-through, and organisation harder.
  • Practical Support: Clear systems, strong communication, and team-based support improve focus and execution.

Additional Insights:

  • Team Approach Matters: Working with a team of assistants helps manage multiple tasks at once.
  • Clear Communication Helps: Focused and direct messages improve clarity and execution.
  • Human Support Counts: Ongoing guidance and accountability help founders stay on track and follow through.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Clarity is kindness. Do not say yes unless you know how you will deliver.” Avigail Schondorf
  • “I solve your problem by mapping what you have and what you do not have.” Avigail Schondorf
  • “Your problem is not tools. It is extracting the right information.” Avigail Schondorf

Join Avigail Schondorf as she shares how moving to the United States during COVID led her to build Alisto, a virtual assistant company designed for neurodivergent founders. She explains how working with teams revealed challenges with delegation and communication, and how clear systems, structured support, and strong human connection can improve focus, reduce overwhelm, and help business owners follow through more consistently.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:03] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:31] - Meet Avi Schondorf: social worker turned entrepreneur

[02:53] - Moving from Israel to the US with no work permit

[04:13] - Managing Filipino VAs during COVID’s chaos

[06:37] - How ADHD showed up (kids, self-diagnosis, reparenting)

[09:22] - Why she built Alisto: the agency she needed

[13:26] - Executive assistants as support for your executive function

[16:44] - Three pillars: communication, decision support, operations

[20:02] - What to look for in a great assistant (neurotypical + smart)

[22:59] - Building systems and handing them off (shame-free)

[27:41] - Where to find Avi & closing thoughts

FOLLOW THE GUEST ON:


Website:


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>a8d18f6b-2a70-48f8-876f-a8fd73280953Thu, 07 May 2026 05:00:00 -040029:02falsefullBuild Mode vs. Sell Mode: The ADHD Cave ProblemBuild Mode vs. Sell Mode: The ADHD Cave ProblemADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/build-modevs-se-ll-mode-the-adhd-cave-problem

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a solo episode on the challenge of balancing build mode and sell mode as an ADHD entrepreneur. He explains how getting deep into creation can lead to going quiet on marketing and outreach. Steve talks about all-or-nothing thinking, how it affects consistency, and why it is important to challenge that mindset. He introduces a simple, good, better, best approach to stay visible while building. This episode highlights the importance of setting timeframes, doing minimal actions, and working with your brain to stay consistent.

Steve shares a personal experience of being deep in build mode while working on his program and how it affected his ability to stay consistent with marketing and outreach. He explains that ADHD can lead to all-or-nothing thinking, which makes it harder to balance creating and selling at the same time. Steve highlights the importance of questioning these thoughts, adjusting expectations, and focusing on small, consistent actions. He also emphasizes setting clear timeframes and doing minimal outreach to stay visible. The focus is on self-awareness, simple systems, and maintaining progress while building.

Key Takeaways:

  • Balance Build and Sell: Stay visible with simple actions.
  • Challenge All or Nothing Thinking: Progress still counts.
  • Take Small Actions: Focus on good enough output.

Additional Insights:

  • Build Mode Pulls Focus: Deep creation can reduce time spent on marketing and outreach.
  • Set Clear Limits: Having a timeframe helps you avoid staying in cave mode too long.
  • Minimum Effort Matters: Small actions keep you visible even during busy build phases.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “It’s really easy for ADHD brains to go into a little bit of their cave and just create.” - Steve August
  • “Anything that’s put out there is by default good.” - Steve August
  • “Give yourself a timeframe for when you’re going to come out.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares how being deep in build mode affected his focus on marketing and outreach as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how to stay visible with simple actions, challenge all-or-nothing thinking, and set clear timeframes while building.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Why ADHD Entrepreneurs Hide in "Cave Mode"

[01:47] - The Danger of Going Dark on Marketing & Selling

[02:36] - Stop All-or-Nothing Thinking (You're Doing More Than You Think)

[04:00] - Use "Good, Better, Best" Instead of Chasing Perfection

[05:30] - Give Yourself a Deadline & a Minimum to Stay Visible

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/build-modevs-se-ll-mode-the-adhd-cave-problem

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a solo episode on the challenge of balancing build mode and sell mode as an ADHD entrepreneur. He explains how getting deep into creation can lead to going quiet on marketing and outreach. Steve talks about all-or-nothing thinking, how it affects consistency, and why it is important to challenge that mindset. He introduces a simple, good, better, best approach to stay visible while building. This episode highlights the importance of setting timeframes, doing minimal actions, and working with your brain to stay consistent.

Steve shares a personal experience of being deep in build mode while working on his program and how it affected his ability to stay consistent with marketing and outreach. He explains that ADHD can lead to all-or-nothing thinking, which makes it harder to balance creating and selling at the same time. Steve highlights the importance of questioning these thoughts, adjusting expectations, and focusing on small, consistent actions. He also emphasizes setting clear timeframes and doing minimal outreach to stay visible. The focus is on self-awareness, simple systems, and maintaining progress while building.

Key Takeaways:

  • Balance Build and Sell: Stay visible with simple actions.
  • Challenge All or Nothing Thinking: Progress still counts.
  • Take Small Actions: Focus on good enough output.

Additional Insights:

  • Build Mode Pulls Focus: Deep creation can reduce time spent on marketing and outreach.
  • Set Clear Limits: Having a timeframe helps you avoid staying in cave mode too long.
  • Minimum Effort Matters: Small actions keep you visible even during busy build phases.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “It’s really easy for ADHD brains to go into a little bit of their cave and just create.” - Steve August
  • “Anything that’s put out there is by default good.” - Steve August
  • “Give yourself a timeframe for when you’re going to come out.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares how being deep in build mode affected his focus on marketing and outreach as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how to stay visible with simple actions, challenge all-or-nothing thinking, and set clear timeframes while building.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Why ADHD Entrepreneurs Hide in "Cave Mode"

[01:47] - The Danger of Going Dark on Marketing & Selling

[02:36] - Stop All-or-Nothing Thinking (You're Doing More Than You Think)

[04:00] - Use "Good, Better, Best" Instead of Chasing Perfection

[05:30] - Give Yourself a Deadline & a Minimum to Stay Visible

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>110ba64e-51a2-4005-83eb-15d15b939474Thu, 30 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -040007:58falsefullWhen Life Hits Hard: Grief, ADHD, and the Systems That Held Me TogetherWhen Life Hits Hard: Grief, ADHD, and the Systems That Held Me Together🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/when-life-hits-hard-grief-AD-HD-andthe-systems-that-held-me-together

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a personal episode about dealing with grief after the loss of a close college friend and how it impacted his focus and emotions. He explains how ADHD can make emotional regulation and executive function more challenging during difficult moments. Steve talks about adjusting expectations, doing lighter tasks, and giving yourself grace instead of forcing deep work. This episode highlights the importance of self-awareness, building a supportive system, and creating a buffer so you can handle life’s unexpected challenges without losing progress.

Steve shares a personal experience of losing a close college friend and how it affected his focus, emotions, and ability to work. He explains that grief can disrupt executive function and emotional regulation, especially for ADHD entrepreneurs. Steve highlights the importance of recognizing your limits, adjusting your workload, and focusing on simpler tasks during difficult moments. He also emphasizes building consistent systems and creating a buffer so you can handle unexpected challenges. The focus is on self-awareness, giving yourself grace, and maintaining progress even during hard times.

Key Takeaways:

  • Adjust Your Expectations: Accept that focus and productivity will drop during emotional challenges.
  • Do What You Can: Shift to simpler, low-effort tasks instead of forcing deep work.
  • Build a Buffer: Consistent systems help you handle unexpected events without losing progress.

Additional Insights:

  • Grief Affects Focus: Emotional stress can disrupt attention, memory, and productivity.
  • Give Yourself Grace: Allow space to process without forcing high-level work.
  • Awareness Helps You Adjust: Understanding your ADHD patterns makes it easier to respond and adapt.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I knew right from the get-go that I was not going to be able to focus.” - Steve August
  • “I just did the easy stuff, the stuff that did not require a ton of executive function.” - Steve August
  • “Give yourself some grace.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a personal experience of loss and how it impacted his focus, emotions, and daily work as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how to adjust your workload, focus on simple tasks, and give yourself space during difficult moments.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Losing a Close Friend at 57

[02:55] - Why Grief Hits ADHD Brains, Harder

[03:58] - Giving Yourself Grace & Doing Easy Work

[06:30] - The Key: Building a Buffer Before Life Happens

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/when-life-hits-hard-grief-AD-HD-andthe-systems-that-held-me-together

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a personal episode about dealing with grief after the loss of a close college friend and how it impacted his focus and emotions. He explains how ADHD can make emotional regulation and executive function more challenging during difficult moments. Steve talks about adjusting expectations, doing lighter tasks, and giving yourself grace instead of forcing deep work. This episode highlights the importance of self-awareness, building a supportive system, and creating a buffer so you can handle life’s unexpected challenges without losing progress.

Steve shares a personal experience of losing a close college friend and how it affected his focus, emotions, and ability to work. He explains that grief can disrupt executive function and emotional regulation, especially for ADHD entrepreneurs. Steve highlights the importance of recognizing your limits, adjusting your workload, and focusing on simpler tasks during difficult moments. He also emphasizes building consistent systems and creating a buffer so you can handle unexpected challenges. The focus is on self-awareness, giving yourself grace, and maintaining progress even during hard times.

Key Takeaways:

  • Adjust Your Expectations: Accept that focus and productivity will drop during emotional challenges.
  • Do What You Can: Shift to simpler, low-effort tasks instead of forcing deep work.
  • Build a Buffer: Consistent systems help you handle unexpected events without losing progress.

Additional Insights:

  • Grief Affects Focus: Emotional stress can disrupt attention, memory, and productivity.
  • Give Yourself Grace: Allow space to process without forcing high-level work.
  • Awareness Helps You Adjust: Understanding your ADHD patterns makes it easier to respond and adapt.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I knew right from the get-go that I was not going to be able to focus.” - Steve August
  • “I just did the easy stuff, the stuff that did not require a ton of executive function.” - Steve August
  • “Give yourself some grace.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a personal experience of loss and how it impacted his focus, emotions, and daily work as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how to adjust your workload, focus on simple tasks, and give yourself space during difficult moments.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Losing a Close Friend at 57

[02:55] - Why Grief Hits ADHD Brains, Harder

[03:58] - Giving Yourself Grace & Doing Easy Work

[06:30] - The Key: Building a Buffer Before Life Happens

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>46bf0d5a-35c4-4386-8f9d-3b639363c016Thu, 23 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -040008:13falsefullADHD Changed My Whole Approach to Leadership with Heather GunnellADHD Changed My Whole Approach to Leadership with Heather Gunnell🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Heath-erFarr-Gunnell

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Heather Gunnell, an executive coach and leadership consultant, Co-Founder, and the Culture Champion of LumenusWorks. With more than 20 years of experience across nonprofit, healthcare, and leadership development, Heather shares insights on building healthy team culture, improving communication and trust, and turning self-awareness into real change. She also discusses her recent ADHD journey, the challenges of entrepreneurship, and how structure and support can improve focus and productivity.

Heather shares how her career across nonprofit and healthcare led her to notice burnout, communication gaps, and leadership challenges in teams and herself. She explains how ADHD traits became more visible when she started her own business, making it harder to stay organised, follow through on ideas, and create structure. Drawing from her experience, she highlights the value of simple routines, coworking support, and practical tools to build focus, consistency, and steady progress in business and daily work.

Key Takeaways:

  • Leadership Gaps: Poor communication and low trust hold teams back.
  • ADHD Challenges: Lack of structure makes focus and follow-through harder.
  • Simple Solutions: Routines and coworking help improve consistency and progress.

Additional Insights:

  • Naming Issues Helps: Addressing hard topics directly improves team communication and trust.
  • External Perspective Matters: Outside support helps teams see problems clearly and take action.
  • Small Structure Changes: Simple routines and support systems can drive steady progress over time.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Most people want to do the right thing. They just do not quite know how.” Heather Gunnell
  • “The best way to push through it is to name it.” Heather Gunnell
  • “I feel like I am getting off the hamster wheel.” Heather Gunnell

Join Heather Gunnell as she shares how her journey through nonprofit and healthcare work led her to build a leadership consulting business focused on team culture and communication. She explains how starting her own business revealed challenges with focus and structure, and how simple routines, coworking support, and practical tools can help improve consistency, build momentum, and create more sustainable success.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:04] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:32] - Introducing Heather Gunnell

[03:45] - Heather’s meandering career journey

[06:10] - What Luminous Works does (leadership & team dynamics)

[08:00] - Handling cynicism and uncomfortable conversations

[11:49] - Trust as the foundation of team cohesion

[14:03] - How ADHD got on Heather’s radar

[18:20] - What works in the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (coworking)

[22:25] - “Low trauma deadlines” and planning months ahead

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Profiles:


Website:


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Heath-erFarr-Gunnell

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Heather Gunnell, an executive coach and leadership consultant, Co-Founder, and the Culture Champion of LumenusWorks. With more than 20 years of experience across nonprofit, healthcare, and leadership development, Heather shares insights on building healthy team culture, improving communication and trust, and turning self-awareness into real change. She also discusses her recent ADHD journey, the challenges of entrepreneurship, and how structure and support can improve focus and productivity.

Heather shares how her career across nonprofit and healthcare led her to notice burnout, communication gaps, and leadership challenges in teams and herself. She explains how ADHD traits became more visible when she started her own business, making it harder to stay organised, follow through on ideas, and create structure. Drawing from her experience, she highlights the value of simple routines, coworking support, and practical tools to build focus, consistency, and steady progress in business and daily work.

Key Takeaways:

  • Leadership Gaps: Poor communication and low trust hold teams back.
  • ADHD Challenges: Lack of structure makes focus and follow-through harder.
  • Simple Solutions: Routines and coworking help improve consistency and progress.

Additional Insights:

  • Naming Issues Helps: Addressing hard topics directly improves team communication and trust.
  • External Perspective Matters: Outside support helps teams see problems clearly and take action.
  • Small Structure Changes: Simple routines and support systems can drive steady progress over time.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Most people want to do the right thing. They just do not quite know how.” Heather Gunnell
  • “The best way to push through it is to name it.” Heather Gunnell
  • “I feel like I am getting off the hamster wheel.” Heather Gunnell

Join Heather Gunnell as she shares how her journey through nonprofit and healthcare work led her to build a leadership consulting business focused on team culture and communication. She explains how starting her own business revealed challenges with focus and structure, and how simple routines, coworking support, and practical tools can help improve consistency, build momentum, and create more sustainable success.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:04] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:32] - Introducing Heather Gunnell

[03:45] - Heather’s meandering career journey

[06:10] - What Luminous Works does (leadership & team dynamics)

[08:00] - Handling cynicism and uncomfortable conversations

[11:49] - Trust as the foundation of team cohesion

[14:03] - How ADHD got on Heather’s radar

[18:20] - What works in the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (coworking)

[22:25] - “Low trauma deadlines” and planning months ahead

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Profiles:


Website:


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>552c9626-d0ff-4cae-bf92-20540a749642Thu, 16 Apr 2026 05:00:00 -040023:43falsefullADHD and AI: Holy Grail or Infinite Rabbit Hole?ADHD and AI: Holy Grail or Infinite Rabbit Hole?🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/ADHD-an-dAI-Holy-Grail-or-Rabbit-Hole

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explores the role of AI for ADHD entrepreneurs and whether it acts as a powerful support or a major distraction. He explains how AI can help with organisation, decision-making, and reducing overwhelm, while also warning about the risk of falling into endless tool chasing and procrastination. Steve shares a simple and practical approach to using AI with intention, focusing on clear goals, core offers, and proactive use. This episode highlights how to get the benefits of AI without losing focus or direction.

Steve explores how ADHD entrepreneurs can approach AI in a fast-moving and distracting environment. He explains that while AI can support organisation, decision-making, and content creation, it can also become a source of procrastination and overwhelm. Steve highlights the importance of staying focused on core goals, clear offers, and the real value you provide. He shares a simple approach that includes setting priorities, building a problem list, and using AI with intention. The focus is on using AI as a helpful tool without losing direction or control.

Key Takeaways:

  • Stay Focused on the Work: AI is a tool that supports your core business, not the main goal.
  • Avoid the Rabbit Hole: Chasing every new tool can lead to distraction and lost time.
  • Use AI with Intention: Clear priorities and proactive use help you get real value.

Additional Insights:

  • AI Can Be a Distraction: The constant flow of new tools can pull attention away from real work.
  • Tools Are Not the Solution: AI improves what you already have but does not replace clear offers.
  • Proactive Use Matters: Setting time and choosing tasks helps you stay in control and avoid overwhelm.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “AI is an optimizer, an enhancer, something that helps you do the thing itself.” - Steve August
  • “The AI tools become the work instead of an aid to the work.” - Steve August
  • “Proactivity over reactivity.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a practical approach to using AI as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how AI can support your focus, organisation, and decision-making without becoming a distraction.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - AI for ADHD: Holy Grail or Rabbit Hole?

[02:12] - Why ADHD Brains Are Drawn to AI

[05:16] - AI Is an Optimizer, Not the Main Thing

[08:04] - 6 Steps to Use AI Without Getting Distracted

[11:58] - Wrap-Up & Call to Action

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/ADHD-an-dAI-Holy-Grail-or-Rabbit-Hole

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explores the role of AI for ADHD entrepreneurs and whether it acts as a powerful support or a major distraction. He explains how AI can help with organisation, decision-making, and reducing overwhelm, while also warning about the risk of falling into endless tool chasing and procrastination. Steve shares a simple and practical approach to using AI with intention, focusing on clear goals, core offers, and proactive use. This episode highlights how to get the benefits of AI without losing focus or direction.

Steve explores how ADHD entrepreneurs can approach AI in a fast-moving and distracting environment. He explains that while AI can support organisation, decision-making, and content creation, it can also become a source of procrastination and overwhelm. Steve highlights the importance of staying focused on core goals, clear offers, and the real value you provide. He shares a simple approach that includes setting priorities, building a problem list, and using AI with intention. The focus is on using AI as a helpful tool without losing direction or control.

Key Takeaways:

  • Stay Focused on the Work: AI is a tool that supports your core business, not the main goal.
  • Avoid the Rabbit Hole: Chasing every new tool can lead to distraction and lost time.
  • Use AI with Intention: Clear priorities and proactive use help you get real value.

Additional Insights:

  • AI Can Be a Distraction: The constant flow of new tools can pull attention away from real work.
  • Tools Are Not the Solution: AI improves what you already have but does not replace clear offers.
  • Proactive Use Matters: Setting time and choosing tasks helps you stay in control and avoid overwhelm.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “AI is an optimizer, an enhancer, something that helps you do the thing itself.” - Steve August
  • “The AI tools become the work instead of an aid to the work.” - Steve August
  • “Proactivity over reactivity.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a practical approach to using AI as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how AI can support your focus, organisation, and decision-making without becoming a distraction.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - AI for ADHD: Holy Grail or Rabbit Hole?

[02:12] - Why ADHD Brains Are Drawn to AI

[05:16] - AI Is an Optimizer, Not the Main Thing

[08:04] - 6 Steps to Use AI Without Getting Distracted

[11:58] - Wrap-Up & Call to Action

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KN4MKBXGJB5CZRYF7QCSWYJEThu, 02 Apr 2026 09:00:00 -040012:24falsefullThe Loneliness Nobody Talks About - When You’re NeurodivergentThe Loneliness Nobody Talks About - When You’re Neurodivergent🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-lone-linessnobody-talks-about

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a personal reflection on the loneliness that can come with being a neurodivergent entrepreneur in a neurotypical world. He explains how masking, isolation, and mental overload can drain energy and create disconnection. Steve highlights the importance of finding supportive communities where you can be yourself, co-regulate, and feel understood. This episode offers a simple reminder that you are not alone and that being around people who share your experience can improve both well-being and focus.

Steve explores the feeling of loneliness that many ADHD and neurodivergent individuals experience while living in a neurotypical world. He explains how constantly masking and trying to fit in can be exhausting and lead to isolation. Steve also shares how ADHD brains often withdraw to manage mental overload, which can create a cycle of disconnection. He encourages listeners to seek out supportive communities where they can drop the mask, feel understood, and connect with others who share similar experiences. The focus is on reducing isolation, improving emotional balance, and creating space for better focus and well-being.

Key Takeaways:

  • You Are Not Alone: Feeling isolated as a neurodivergent person is common.
  • Drop the Mask: Being yourself around the right people reduces stress.
  • Find Your People: Supportive groups help you feel understood and improve focus.

Additional Insights:

  • Masking Takes Energy: Constantly trying to fit in can be mentally draining.
  • Isolation Can Grow: Withdrawing to manage overload can increase loneliness.
  • Co-Regulation Helps: Being around similar minds can improve calm and focus.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Being a neurodivergent individual, living in a neurotypical world can be lonely.” - Steve August
  • “We are always putting on the mask.” - Steve August
  • “You are not alone, and there are places you can go to where people catch you.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a personal reflection on the loneliness many ADHD and neurodivergent entrepreneurs experience. Learn how masking and isolation can drain your energy and make it harder to stay connected.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Loneliness of a Neurodivergent World

[01:37] - The Cost of Masking

[02:54] - The Cycle of Isolation

[03:58] - Co-Regulation and Dropping the Mask

[04:55] - Finding Your Tribe

[05:53] - A Simple Invitation

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-lone-linessnobody-talks-about

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a personal reflection on the loneliness that can come with being a neurodivergent entrepreneur in a neurotypical world. He explains how masking, isolation, and mental overload can drain energy and create disconnection. Steve highlights the importance of finding supportive communities where you can be yourself, co-regulate, and feel understood. This episode offers a simple reminder that you are not alone and that being around people who share your experience can improve both well-being and focus.

Steve explores the feeling of loneliness that many ADHD and neurodivergent individuals experience while living in a neurotypical world. He explains how constantly masking and trying to fit in can be exhausting and lead to isolation. Steve also shares how ADHD brains often withdraw to manage mental overload, which can create a cycle of disconnection. He encourages listeners to seek out supportive communities where they can drop the mask, feel understood, and connect with others who share similar experiences. The focus is on reducing isolation, improving emotional balance, and creating space for better focus and well-being.

Key Takeaways:

  • You Are Not Alone: Feeling isolated as a neurodivergent person is common.
  • Drop the Mask: Being yourself around the right people reduces stress.
  • Find Your People: Supportive groups help you feel understood and improve focus.

Additional Insights:

  • Masking Takes Energy: Constantly trying to fit in can be mentally draining.
  • Isolation Can Grow: Withdrawing to manage overload can increase loneliness.
  • Co-Regulation Helps: Being around similar minds can improve calm and focus.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Being a neurodivergent individual, living in a neurotypical world can be lonely.” - Steve August
  • “We are always putting on the mask.” - Steve August
  • “You are not alone, and there are places you can go to where people catch you.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a personal reflection on the loneliness many ADHD and neurodivergent entrepreneurs experience. Learn how masking and isolation can drain your energy and make it harder to stay connected.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Loneliness of a Neurodivergent World

[01:37] - The Cost of Masking

[02:54] - The Cycle of Isolation

[03:58] - Co-Regulation and Dropping the Mask

[04:55] - Finding Your Tribe

[05:53] - A Simple Invitation

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KMHPG1S3ND1CMQ75NV1DC7NNThu, 26 Mar 2026 10:00:00 -040006:49falsefullThe Scattered Week, The Dopamine Desert, and The Inevitable DriftThe Scattered Week, The Dopamine Desert, and The Inevitable DriftBig announcement! The next cohort of my life-changing Focus Formula program starts March 24th.

The Focus Formula has helped over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs turn their brilliant chaos into consistent growth and freedom.

In 6 weeks, you'll build a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain to help you prioritize what matters, get started with ease, and stay focused through the finish, so you can end each week feeling calmer, capable, and proud of your progress.

You’ll get daily co-working sessions, weekly live coaching sessions with me, and a host of other bonuses in a program built specifically to help ADHD brains succeed.

The first 10 to apply get a bonus private dashboard build session with me, so if you're interested, apply today. Those spots won’t last long.

Get all the details and apply here: https://steveaugustcoaching.com/focus

------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, Today he explores three common challenges ADHD entrepreneurs face: the scattered week, the dopamine desert, and the inevitable drift. Steve explains why ADHD often makes execution harder than knowing what to do and shares simple strategies to improve focus, maintain momentum, and build consistent progress.

Steve explains three common challenges ADHD entrepreneurs face: the scattered week, the dopamine desert, and the inevitable drift. The scattered week happens when the week begins with strong plans but quickly loses direction as new tasks and distractions appear. The inevitable drift is the tendency for systems and habits to slowly fall apart over time. Steve shares simple strategies like protecting focus, using a two-hour peak work window, and working with others through co-working sessions to maintain steady progress.

Key Takeaways:

● The Scattered Week: Plans start strong but quickly lose direction.

● The Dopamine Desert: Tasks without urgency or excitement are hardest to start.

● Protect Your Focus: Reduce distractions to preserve executive function.

Additional Insights:

  • Executive Function: ADHD challenges execution more than attention.
  • Interest vs Urgency: These are the two main motivators for ADHD brains.
  • Body Doubling / Co-Working: Working alongside others improves focus, accountability, and momentum for ADHD entrepreneurs.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

● “ADHD is not an attention deficit, it’s an attention surplus.” – Steve August

● “Progress comes from learning to cross the dopamine desert.” – Steve August

● “Compounding works both ways, progress compounds, but so does stagnation.” – Steve August

Join Steve August as he explores the three biggest productivity challenges ADHD entrepreneurs face. Learn how the scattered week, the dopamine desert, and the inevitable drift can derail progress, and discover practical strategies to build focus, consistency, and sustainable growth.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Focus Formula - Build a Weekly System for Your ADHD Brain

[00:58] - Introducing the Three Problems for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[02:58] - The Scattered Week Explained

[04:46] - Why Clarity and Priorities Matter

[05:38] - The Dopamine Desert

[07:28] - The Two-Hour Workday Concept

[10:30] - The Inevitable Drift

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>Big announcement! The next cohort of my life-changing Focus Formula program starts March 24th.

The Focus Formula has helped over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs turn their brilliant chaos into consistent growth and freedom.

In 6 weeks, you'll build a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain to help you prioritize what matters, get started with ease, and stay focused through the finish, so you can end each week feeling calmer, capable, and proud of your progress.

You’ll get daily co-working sessions, weekly live coaching sessions with me, and a host of other bonuses in a program built specifically to help ADHD brains succeed.

The first 10 to apply get a bonus private dashboard build session with me, so if you're interested, apply today. Those spots won’t last long.

Get all the details and apply here: https://steveaugustcoaching.com/focus

------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, Today he explores three common challenges ADHD entrepreneurs face: the scattered week, the dopamine desert, and the inevitable drift. Steve explains why ADHD often makes execution harder than knowing what to do and shares simple strategies to improve focus, maintain momentum, and build consistent progress.

Steve explains three common challenges ADHD entrepreneurs face: the scattered week, the dopamine desert, and the inevitable drift. The scattered week happens when the week begins with strong plans but quickly loses direction as new tasks and distractions appear. The inevitable drift is the tendency for systems and habits to slowly fall apart over time. Steve shares simple strategies like protecting focus, using a two-hour peak work window, and working with others through co-working sessions to maintain steady progress.

Key Takeaways:

● The Scattered Week: Plans start strong but quickly lose direction.

● The Dopamine Desert: Tasks without urgency or excitement are hardest to start.

● Protect Your Focus: Reduce distractions to preserve executive function.

Additional Insights:

  • Executive Function: ADHD challenges execution more than attention.
  • Interest vs Urgency: These are the two main motivators for ADHD brains.
  • Body Doubling / Co-Working: Working alongside others improves focus, accountability, and momentum for ADHD entrepreneurs.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

● “ADHD is not an attention deficit, it’s an attention surplus.” – Steve August

● “Progress comes from learning to cross the dopamine desert.” – Steve August

● “Compounding works both ways, progress compounds, but so does stagnation.” – Steve August

Join Steve August as he explores the three biggest productivity challenges ADHD entrepreneurs face. Learn how the scattered week, the dopamine desert, and the inevitable drift can derail progress, and discover practical strategies to build focus, consistency, and sustainable growth.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Focus Formula - Build a Weekly System for Your ADHD Brain

[00:58] - Introducing the Three Problems for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[02:58] - The Scattered Week Explained

[04:46] - Why Clarity and Priorities Matter

[05:38] - The Dopamine Desert

[07:28] - The Two-Hour Workday Concept

[10:30] - The Inevitable Drift

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KKZYWBDQ0QC0NCR812MBXKVWThu, 19 Mar 2026 10:00:00 -040012:49falsefullSuperpower or Liability? The Truth About ADHD and Entrepreneurial Success with John M. TorrensSuperpower or Liability? The Truth About ADHD and Entrepreneurial Success with John M. TorrensBig announcement! The next cohort of my life-changing Focus Formula program starts on March 24th.

The Focus Formula has helped over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs turn their brilliant chaos into consistent growth and freedom.

In 6 weeks, you'll build a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain to help you prioritize what matters, get started with ease, and stay focused through the finish — so you can end each week feeling calmer, capable, and proud of your progress.

You’ll get daily co-working sessions, weekly live coaching sessions with me, and a host of other bonuses in a program built specifically to help ADHD brains succeed.

The first 10 to apply get a bonus private dashboard build session with me — so if you're interested, apply today. Those spots won’t last long.

Get all the details and apply here: https://steveaugustcoaching.com/focus 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with John M. Torrens. He's a three-time Inc. 5000 entrepreneur, TEDx speaker on ADHD as an entrepreneur's superpower, and author of Lightning in a Bottle: How Entrepreneurs Can Harness Their ADHD to Win. He's a Professor of Entrepreneurial Practice at Syracuse University's Whitman School of Management and host of The Total Entrepreneur podcast. 

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Entrepreneurship: Traits like risk-taking and fast action suit early-stage ventures.

  • Functional vs Dysfunctional: The same trait can help or hinder depending on management.

  • ADHD Type Matters: Hyperactive vs inattentive ADHD affects outcomes differently.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Our brains function really well in chaos. If you need somebody to make sense of chaos, we are your guys.” John M. Torrens

  • “Every trait has an upside and a downside depending on the context.” John M. Torrens

  • “There is somebody out there who likes to do the thing you hate, and they are really good at it.” John M. Torrens


Join John M. Torrens as he explains how ADHD traits influence entrepreneurship and business growth, why many people with ADHD start companies, and how founders can manage health, habits, and resilience to build more successful ventures.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:08] - Focus Formula - Build a Weekly System for Your ADHD Brain
[02:06] - Introducing John M. Torrens
[04:47] - Early ADHD Awareness
[07:19] - Thriving in Chaos, Struggling with Scale
[09:25] - ADHD: Superpower or Challenge?
[12:23] - Hyperactive vs. Inattentive ADHD
[15:04] - Managing Consumption & Activity
[19:54] - Delegating Executive Function
[23:54] - Decision Paralysis vs. Quick Action
[29:04] - Where to Find John

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>Big announcement! The next cohort of my life-changing Focus Formula program starts on March 24th.

The Focus Formula has helped over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs turn their brilliant chaos into consistent growth and freedom.

In 6 weeks, you'll build a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain to help you prioritize what matters, get started with ease, and stay focused through the finish — so you can end each week feeling calmer, capable, and proud of your progress.

You’ll get daily co-working sessions, weekly live coaching sessions with me, and a host of other bonuses in a program built specifically to help ADHD brains succeed.

The first 10 to apply get a bonus private dashboard build session with me — so if you're interested, apply today. Those spots won’t last long.

Get all the details and apply here: https://steveaugustcoaching.com/focus 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with John M. Torrens. He's a three-time Inc. 5000 entrepreneur, TEDx speaker on ADHD as an entrepreneur's superpower, and author of Lightning in a Bottle: How Entrepreneurs Can Harness Their ADHD to Win. He's a Professor of Entrepreneurial Practice at Syracuse University's Whitman School of Management and host of The Total Entrepreneur podcast. 

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Entrepreneurship: Traits like risk-taking and fast action suit early-stage ventures.

  • Functional vs Dysfunctional: The same trait can help or hinder depending on management.

  • ADHD Type Matters: Hyperactive vs inattentive ADHD affects outcomes differently.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Our brains function really well in chaos. If you need somebody to make sense of chaos, we are your guys.” John M. Torrens

  • “Every trait has an upside and a downside depending on the context.” John M. Torrens

  • “There is somebody out there who likes to do the thing you hate, and they are really good at it.” John M. Torrens


Join John M. Torrens as he explains how ADHD traits influence entrepreneurship and business growth, why many people with ADHD start companies, and how founders can manage health, habits, and resilience to build more successful ventures.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:08] - Focus Formula - Build a Weekly System for Your ADHD Brain
[02:06] - Introducing John M. Torrens
[04:47] - Early ADHD Awareness
[07:19] - Thriving in Chaos, Struggling with Scale
[09:25] - ADHD: Superpower or Challenge?
[12:23] - Hyperactive vs. Inattentive ADHD
[15:04] - Managing Consumption & Activity
[19:54] - Delegating Executive Function
[23:54] - Decision Paralysis vs. Quick Action
[29:04] - Where to Find John

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KKGAH17WSCRREWC24TP3VPR7Thu, 12 Mar 2026 10:00:00 -040030:58falsefullIt’s Not Just Squirrels - Two Other ADHD Animals You Should Know AboutIt’s Not Just Squirrels - Two Other ADHD Animals You Should Know AboutBig announcement! The next cohort of my life-changing Focus Formula program starts March 24th.

The Focus Formula has helped over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs turn their brilliant chaos into consistent growth and freedom.

In 6 weeks, you'll build a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain to help you prioritize what matters, get started with ease, and stay focused through the finish — so you can end each week feeling calmer, capable, and proud of your progress.

You’ll get daily co-working sessions, weekly live coaching sessions with me, and a host of other bonuses in a program built specifically to help ADHD brains succeed.

The first 10 to apply get a bonus private dashboard build session with me — so if you're interested, apply today. Those spots won’t last long.

Get all the details and apply here: https://steveaugustcoaching.com/focus

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, Today he explores two powerful metaphors that describe the emotional patterns many ADHD entrepreneurs face: the bear and the hamster. He explains how the bear represents fear of the future and constant hypervigilance, while the hamster reflects nonstop motion and reactive productivity. Steve shares simple head-based and body-based tools to calm the nervous system, step off the wheel, and build systems that create steady progress instead of burnout.

Steve introduces two common patterns that many ADHD entrepreneurs experience: the bear and the hamster. The bear represents fear of the future and the feeling of always being chased by looming consequences. The hamster reflects constant motion and reactive productivity that creates effort without real progress. Steve explains that both patterns can lead to burnout if left unchecked.

Key Takeaways:

  • Spot the Bear: Notice fear of the future and constant hypervigilance before it leads to burnout.
  • Step Off the Wheel: Avoid reactive productivity and create space for clear direction.
  • Regulate and Reset: Use simple head-based and body-based tools to calm your system and move forward with steady focus.

Additional Insights:

  • Bear and Hamster: Fear-driven vigilance and nonstop reactive motion.
  • Survival Trap: Both patterns drain energy and limit real progress.
  • Regulate and Systemize: Use nervous system tools and clear systems to create steady growth.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Sometimes it feels like I am always being chased by a bear.” - Steve August
  • “We cannot continue to function in that mode of being always chased.” - Steve August
  • “Reactive productivity does not actually move us forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explores two powerful metaphors for ADHD entrepreneurs, the bear and the hamster. Learn how fear of the future and nonstop reactive motion can lead to burnout and stalled progress.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Focus Formula - Build a Weekly System for Your ADHD Brain

[00:58] - Two ADHD Spirit Animals

[01:57] - The Bear: Driven by Fear

[03:56] - The Hamster: Stuck on the Wheel

[05:53] - Calming the Nervous System

[07:41] - From Reactive to Proactive

[09:43] - Progress Over Perfection

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>Big announcement! The next cohort of my life-changing Focus Formula program starts March 24th.

The Focus Formula has helped over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs turn their brilliant chaos into consistent growth and freedom.

In 6 weeks, you'll build a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain to help you prioritize what matters, get started with ease, and stay focused through the finish — so you can end each week feeling calmer, capable, and proud of your progress.

You’ll get daily co-working sessions, weekly live coaching sessions with me, and a host of other bonuses in a program built specifically to help ADHD brains succeed.

The first 10 to apply get a bonus private dashboard build session with me — so if you're interested, apply today. Those spots won’t last long.

Get all the details and apply here: https://steveaugustcoaching.com/focus

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, Today he explores two powerful metaphors that describe the emotional patterns many ADHD entrepreneurs face: the bear and the hamster. He explains how the bear represents fear of the future and constant hypervigilance, while the hamster reflects nonstop motion and reactive productivity. Steve shares simple head-based and body-based tools to calm the nervous system, step off the wheel, and build systems that create steady progress instead of burnout.

Steve introduces two common patterns that many ADHD entrepreneurs experience: the bear and the hamster. The bear represents fear of the future and the feeling of always being chased by looming consequences. The hamster reflects constant motion and reactive productivity that creates effort without real progress. Steve explains that both patterns can lead to burnout if left unchecked.

Key Takeaways:

  • Spot the Bear: Notice fear of the future and constant hypervigilance before it leads to burnout.
  • Step Off the Wheel: Avoid reactive productivity and create space for clear direction.
  • Regulate and Reset: Use simple head-based and body-based tools to calm your system and move forward with steady focus.

Additional Insights:

  • Bear and Hamster: Fear-driven vigilance and nonstop reactive motion.
  • Survival Trap: Both patterns drain energy and limit real progress.
  • Regulate and Systemize: Use nervous system tools and clear systems to create steady growth.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Sometimes it feels like I am always being chased by a bear.” - Steve August
  • “We cannot continue to function in that mode of being always chased.” - Steve August
  • “Reactive productivity does not actually move us forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explores two powerful metaphors for ADHD entrepreneurs, the bear and the hamster. Learn how fear of the future and nonstop reactive motion can lead to burnout and stalled progress.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Focus Formula - Build a Weekly System for Your ADHD Brain

[00:58] - Two ADHD Spirit Animals

[01:57] - The Bear: Driven by Fear

[03:56] - The Hamster: Stuck on the Wheel

[05:53] - Calming the Nervous System

[07:41] - From Reactive to Proactive

[09:43] - Progress Over Perfection

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KJW3GMVB113AKAA31XFWB3G5Thu, 05 Mar 2026 09:00:00 -040011:06falsefullEnough With the Productivity Porn: ADHD Brains Need Progress, Not PerfectionEnough With the Productivity Porn: ADHD Brains Need Progress, Not Perfection🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/enough-witht-he-productivity-porn-Its-about-progress

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, challenges the obsession with productivity and explains why progress is what truly matters for ADHD entrepreneurs. He breaks down the difference between being busy and actually moving toward meaningful goals, and shares how to shift from a reactive mindset to a proactive one. Steve introduces the idea of finding your magnetic north, narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe, and committing to decisions long enough to see real results. This episode offers practical guidance for building steady progress and avoiding distractions while growing a business with ADHD.

Steve challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to rethink their focus on productivity and shift their attention toward progress. He explains that being busy and getting many tasks done does not always move you closer to your real goals. Instead, he encourages listeners to define their magnetic north by clarifying the impact they want to make and the life they want to build. Steve also suggests narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe and choosing one key initiative to commit to. The goal is to make clear decisions, ignore distractions, and stay consistent long enough to see meaningful progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Focus on Progress: Being busy is not the same as moving forward.
  • Think Weekly: Narrow your focus to what matters this week.
  • Stick With It: Choose one path and ignore distractions long enough to see results.

Additional Insights:

  • Magnetic North Matters: Clear direction is required before real progress can happen.
  • Limit Your Focus: A weekly view helps prevent everything from feeling urgent.
  • Decision Builds Momentum: Choosing one path and staying with it creates steady progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Progress is about getting to where you want to go.” - Steve August
  • “If you do not know where you are going, you are never going to get there.” - Steve August
  • “Because I chose it, it was the right choice.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to move beyond productivity and focus on real progress. Learn how defining your magnetic north and narrowing your focus to one week at a time can create clear direction.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Progress Over Productivity

[03:09] - Reactive vs. Proactive

[05:28] - Finding Your Magnetic North

[06:22] - Sequencing Your Path

[08:36] - Why Choosing Matters More

[11:01] - Measuring What Counts

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/enough-witht-he-productivity-porn-Its-about-progress

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, challenges the obsession with productivity and explains why progress is what truly matters for ADHD entrepreneurs. He breaks down the difference between being busy and actually moving toward meaningful goals, and shares how to shift from a reactive mindset to a proactive one. Steve introduces the idea of finding your magnetic north, narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe, and committing to decisions long enough to see real results. This episode offers practical guidance for building steady progress and avoiding distractions while growing a business with ADHD.

Steve challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to rethink their focus on productivity and shift their attention toward progress. He explains that being busy and getting many tasks done does not always move you closer to your real goals. Instead, he encourages listeners to define their magnetic north by clarifying the impact they want to make and the life they want to build. Steve also suggests narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe and choosing one key initiative to commit to. The goal is to make clear decisions, ignore distractions, and stay consistent long enough to see meaningful progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Focus on Progress: Being busy is not the same as moving forward.
  • Think Weekly: Narrow your focus to what matters this week.
  • Stick With It: Choose one path and ignore distractions long enough to see results.

Additional Insights:

  • Magnetic North Matters: Clear direction is required before real progress can happen.
  • Limit Your Focus: A weekly view helps prevent everything from feeling urgent.
  • Decision Builds Momentum: Choosing one path and staying with it creates steady progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Progress is about getting to where you want to go.” - Steve August
  • “If you do not know where you are going, you are never going to get there.” - Steve August
  • “Because I chose it, it was the right choice.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to move beyond productivity and focus on real progress. Learn how defining your magnetic north and narrowing your focus to one week at a time can create clear direction.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Progress Over Productivity

[03:09] - Reactive vs. Proactive

[05:28] - Finding Your Magnetic North

[06:22] - Sequencing Your Path

[08:36] - Why Choosing Matters More

[11:01] - Measuring What Counts

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KJ7JW9X4BC9EWWQVWQ6CAM94-d4swi8u6uryunv8m2hset7okThu, 26 Feb 2026 09:00:00 -040012:26falsefullEnough With the Productivity Porn: ADHD Brains Need Progress, Not PerfectionEnough With the Productivity Porn: ADHD Brains Need Progress, Not Perfection🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/enough-witht-he-productivity-porn-Its-about-progress

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, challenges the obsession with productivity and explains why progress is what truly matters for ADHD entrepreneurs. He breaks down the difference between being busy and actually moving toward meaningful goals, and shares how to shift from a reactive mindset to a proactive one. Steve introduces the idea of finding your magnetic north, narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe, and committing to decisions long enough to see real results. This episode offers practical guidance for building steady progress and avoiding distractions while growing a business with ADHD.

Steve challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to rethink their focus on productivity and shift their attention toward progress. He explains that being busy and getting many tasks done does not always move you closer to your real goals. Instead, he encourages listeners to define their magnetic north by clarifying the impact they want to make and the life they want to build. Steve also suggests narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe and choosing one key initiative to commit to. The goal is to make clear decisions, ignore distractions, and stay consistent long enough to see meaningful progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Focus on Progress: Being busy is not the same as moving forward.
  • Think Weekly: Narrow your focus to what matters this week.
  • Stick With It: Choose one path and ignore distractions long enough to see results.

Additional Insights:

  • Magnetic North Matters: Clear direction is required before real progress can happen.
  • Limit Your Focus: A weekly view helps prevent everything from feeling urgent.
  • Decision Builds Momentum: Choosing one path and staying with it creates steady progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Progress is about getting to where you want to go.” - Steve August
  • “If you do not know where you are going, you are never going to get there.” - Steve August
  • “Because I chose it, it was the right choice.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to move beyond productivity and focus on real progress. Learn how defining your magnetic north and narrowing your focus to one week at a time can create clear direction.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Progress Over Productivity

[03:09] - Reactive vs. Proactive

[05:28] - Finding Your Magnetic North

[06:22] - Sequencing Your Path

[08:36] - Why Choosing Matters More

[11:01] - Measuring What Counts

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/enough-witht-he-productivity-porn-Its-about-progress

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, challenges the obsession with productivity and explains why progress is what truly matters for ADHD entrepreneurs. He breaks down the difference between being busy and actually moving toward meaningful goals, and shares how to shift from a reactive mindset to a proactive one. Steve introduces the idea of finding your magnetic north, narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe, and committing to decisions long enough to see real results. This episode offers practical guidance for building steady progress and avoiding distractions while growing a business with ADHD.

Steve challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to rethink their focus on productivity and shift their attention toward progress. He explains that being busy and getting many tasks done does not always move you closer to your real goals. Instead, he encourages listeners to define their magnetic north by clarifying the impact they want to make and the life they want to build. Steve also suggests narrowing your focus to a weekly timeframe and choosing one key initiative to commit to. The goal is to make clear decisions, ignore distractions, and stay consistent long enough to see meaningful progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Focus on Progress: Being busy is not the same as moving forward.
  • Think Weekly: Narrow your focus to what matters this week.
  • Stick With It: Choose one path and ignore distractions long enough to see results.

Additional Insights:

  • Magnetic North Matters: Clear direction is required before real progress can happen.
  • Limit Your Focus: A weekly view helps prevent everything from feeling urgent.
  • Decision Builds Momentum: Choosing one path and staying with it creates steady progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Progress is about getting to where you want to go.” - Steve August
  • “If you do not know where you are going, you are never going to get there.” - Steve August
  • “Because I chose it, it was the right choice.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he challenges ADHD entrepreneurs to move beyond productivity and focus on real progress. Learn how defining your magnetic north and narrowing your focus to one week at a time can create clear direction.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Progress Over Productivity

[03:09] - Reactive vs. Proactive

[05:28] - Finding Your Magnetic North

[06:22] - Sequencing Your Path

[08:36] - Why Choosing Matters More

[11:01] - Measuring What Counts

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KJCQ2CVZ82ZN6EAYWQQEGS1ZThu, 26 Feb 2026 08:00:00 -040012:26falsefullEmotional Regulation: the Real Key to Unlocking Executive Function with ADHDEmotional Regulation: the Real Key to Unlocking Executive Function with ADHD🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-key-to-executive-fun-ctionemotional-regulation

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, in this solo episode, he explains why emotional regulation is the key to stronger executive function for ADHD entrepreneurs. Steve breaks down how stress and overwhelm limit access to focus, decision-making, and follow-through, and how this creates a downward spiral. He shares practical tools like the What is true exercise and simple body-based techniques to calm the nervous system. This episode offers clear strategies to regain control, improve productivity, and make steady progress in business and life with ADHD.

Steve shares a practical approach for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle with stress and overwhelm. He explains that ADHD is not a lack of attention but a challenge with executive function, especially when emotions run high. When we get dysregulated, we lose access to focus, planning, and follow-through, which can create a downward spiral. To break this cycle, Steve suggests simple tools like separating facts from fearful stories and using body based techniques to calm the nervous system. The goal is to protect your executive function, regain control, and make steady progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Protect Executive Function: Emotional stress limits access to focus, planning, and follow-through.
  • Separate Fact from Story: Use the What is true exercise to challenge fear and future projections.
  • Calm the Nervous System: Simple tools like tapping or walking help you reregulate and regain control.

Additional Insights:

  • Executive Function Drives Action: ADHD is about performance, not knowledge, and access can drop under stress.
  • Notice the Spiral: Emotional dysregulation reduces focus, which makes progress harder and increases stress.
  • Use Simple Tools: Writing down facts or using body-based calming techniques can help you reset and move forward.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD is not about attention. It is really about executive function.” - Steve August
  • “We know what to do. We have trouble doing what we know.” - Steve August
  • “When we get emotionally dysregulated, we get less access to our executive function.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares why emotional regulation is the key to strong executive function for ADHD entrepreneurs. Learn how stress limits focus and follow through, and discover simple tools to calm your nervous system, separate facts from fear, and regain control so you can make steady progress..

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:07] - The Ferrari Engine with Bicycle Brakes

[03:18] - The Downward Spiral of Dysregulation

[05:33] - Head-Based Approach: The "What's True" Exercise

[08:20] - Body-Based Approach: Bilateral Tapping

[10:45] - The Key Skill: Bringing Yourself Back

[11:02] - Upcoming Webinar & Final Thoughts

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-key-to-executive-fun-ctionemotional-regulation

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, in this solo episode, he explains why emotional regulation is the key to stronger executive function for ADHD entrepreneurs. Steve breaks down how stress and overwhelm limit access to focus, decision-making, and follow-through, and how this creates a downward spiral. He shares practical tools like the What is true exercise and simple body-based techniques to calm the nervous system. This episode offers clear strategies to regain control, improve productivity, and make steady progress in business and life with ADHD.

Steve shares a practical approach for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle with stress and overwhelm. He explains that ADHD is not a lack of attention but a challenge with executive function, especially when emotions run high. When we get dysregulated, we lose access to focus, planning, and follow-through, which can create a downward spiral. To break this cycle, Steve suggests simple tools like separating facts from fearful stories and using body based techniques to calm the nervous system. The goal is to protect your executive function, regain control, and make steady progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Protect Executive Function: Emotional stress limits access to focus, planning, and follow-through.
  • Separate Fact from Story: Use the What is true exercise to challenge fear and future projections.
  • Calm the Nervous System: Simple tools like tapping or walking help you reregulate and regain control.

Additional Insights:

  • Executive Function Drives Action: ADHD is about performance, not knowledge, and access can drop under stress.
  • Notice the Spiral: Emotional dysregulation reduces focus, which makes progress harder and increases stress.
  • Use Simple Tools: Writing down facts or using body-based calming techniques can help you reset and move forward.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD is not about attention. It is really about executive function.” - Steve August
  • “We know what to do. We have trouble doing what we know.” - Steve August
  • “When we get emotionally dysregulated, we get less access to our executive function.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares why emotional regulation is the key to strong executive function for ADHD entrepreneurs. Learn how stress limits focus and follow through, and discover simple tools to calm your nervous system, separate facts from fear, and regain control so you can make steady progress..

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:07] - The Ferrari Engine with Bicycle Brakes

[03:18] - The Downward Spiral of Dysregulation

[05:33] - Head-Based Approach: The "What's True" Exercise

[08:20] - Body-Based Approach: Bilateral Tapping

[10:45] - The Key Skill: Bringing Yourself Back

[11:02] - Upcoming Webinar & Final Thoughts

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KHQPVDF686G8EZF8S3J3AE1NThu, 19 Feb 2026 08:00:00 -040012:48falsefullHow to Calm Your ADHD Brain Without Trying Harder (with Andi Hess)How to Calm Your ADHD Brain Without Trying Harder (with Andi Hess)🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/andihe-ss 

------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August talks with Andi Hess, award-winning certified Hypnotherapist, Rapid Results Coach, CEO of Remix Coaching, Bestselling author of The Six-Figure Chicks, and Local Group Leader - Phoenix East Valley for the Holistic Chamber of Commerce. Andi shares how she helps entrepreneurs break internal blocks that slow growth, even when the strategy is clear. She explains what hypnotherapy really is, how it supports nervous system regulation, and why identity-based change matters for ADHD business owners. 

Andi is not just helping entrepreneurs grow their businesses; she is helping them change how they relate to their own minds. Through hypnotherapy and coaching, she supports people with ADHD in calming an overactive nervous system, closing mental loops, and following through more easily. Drawing from her own early experience with self-hypnosis and years of productivity work, she focuses on identity-based change rather than forcing discipline. 

She spent years working in productivity, training, and leadership before focusing fully on hypnotherapy and coaching. Now works mainly with entrepreneurs, helping them move past internal blocks that slow growth even when they know what to do. Drawing from her early experience with self-hypnosis and her work with ADHD clients, she focuses on calming the nervous system and changing identity-based patterns.

Key Takeaways:

  • Early Self-Hypnosis: Andi discovered self-hypnosis at a young age and used it to calm her mind and sleep better.

  • Identity-Based Change: Real growth comes from changing the story you tell yourself, not forcing more effort.

  • Calm the Nervous System: Regulation helps ADHD entrepreneurs access focus, decision-making, and follow-through.


Additional Insights:

  • Hypnosis Myths: Andi explains why hypnosis is safe, self-directed, and aligned with personal values.

  • Pause and Process: ADHD challenges often come from missing pauses between thoughts and tasks.

  • Stories Shape Behavior: Changing the internal story changes identity, habits, and results.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Your subconscious mind is never going to do anything that is not protective or aligned with your values.” Andi Hess

  • “All hypnosis is self-hypnosis.” Andi Hess

  • “You do not have to do it right; your brain knows what it needs to process.” Andi Hess


Join Andi Hess as she shares how hypnotherapy helps ADHD entrepreneurs calm an overactive mind and move past internal blocks. Learn what hypnosis really is, why it is safe and self-directed, and how it supports nervous system regulation. Discover how changing internal stories, creating pauses, and building supportive environments can lead to better focus, follow-through, and steady business growth.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:51] - Introducing Guest Andi Hess
[03:42] - Andi’s Work: Hypnotherapy for Entrepreneurs
[05:19] - Hypnotherapy Myths Addressed
[09:26] - Andi’s ADHD & Self-Hypnosis Journey
[12:20] - How Hypnosis Works
[18:05] - Steve’s Experience with Hypnosis
[19:03] - ADHD & Missing Mental Pauses
[22:54] - Open Loops & Unfinished Projects
[27:04] - Hypnosis for Processing & Closure
[31:48] - Andi in the Weekly OS Program
[34:11] - Value of Coworking & Structure
[39:46] - Returning After Drifting
[42:43] - How to Connect with Andi

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


Want to join Andi Hess live on February 25 at 10:00 AM Pacific Time? Use the registration link below.

👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/hypnotherapy-for-adhd 

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/andihe-ss 

------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August talks with Andi Hess, award-winning certified Hypnotherapist, Rapid Results Coach, CEO of Remix Coaching, Bestselling author of The Six-Figure Chicks, and Local Group Leader - Phoenix East Valley for the Holistic Chamber of Commerce. Andi shares how she helps entrepreneurs break internal blocks that slow growth, even when the strategy is clear. She explains what hypnotherapy really is, how it supports nervous system regulation, and why identity-based change matters for ADHD business owners. 

Andi is not just helping entrepreneurs grow their businesses; she is helping them change how they relate to their own minds. Through hypnotherapy and coaching, she supports people with ADHD in calming an overactive nervous system, closing mental loops, and following through more easily. Drawing from her own early experience with self-hypnosis and years of productivity work, she focuses on identity-based change rather than forcing discipline. 

She spent years working in productivity, training, and leadership before focusing fully on hypnotherapy and coaching. Now works mainly with entrepreneurs, helping them move past internal blocks that slow growth even when they know what to do. Drawing from her early experience with self-hypnosis and her work with ADHD clients, she focuses on calming the nervous system and changing identity-based patterns.

Key Takeaways:

  • Early Self-Hypnosis: Andi discovered self-hypnosis at a young age and used it to calm her mind and sleep better.

  • Identity-Based Change: Real growth comes from changing the story you tell yourself, not forcing more effort.

  • Calm the Nervous System: Regulation helps ADHD entrepreneurs access focus, decision-making, and follow-through.


Additional Insights:

  • Hypnosis Myths: Andi explains why hypnosis is safe, self-directed, and aligned with personal values.

  • Pause and Process: ADHD challenges often come from missing pauses between thoughts and tasks.

  • Stories Shape Behavior: Changing the internal story changes identity, habits, and results.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Your subconscious mind is never going to do anything that is not protective or aligned with your values.” Andi Hess

  • “All hypnosis is self-hypnosis.” Andi Hess

  • “You do not have to do it right; your brain knows what it needs to process.” Andi Hess


Join Andi Hess as she shares how hypnotherapy helps ADHD entrepreneurs calm an overactive mind and move past internal blocks. Learn what hypnosis really is, why it is safe and self-directed, and how it supports nervous system regulation. Discover how changing internal stories, creating pauses, and building supportive environments can lead to better focus, follow-through, and steady business growth.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:51] - Introducing Guest Andi Hess
[03:42] - Andi’s Work: Hypnotherapy for Entrepreneurs
[05:19] - Hypnotherapy Myths Addressed
[09:26] - Andi’s ADHD & Self-Hypnosis Journey
[12:20] - How Hypnosis Works
[18:05] - Steve’s Experience with Hypnosis
[19:03] - ADHD & Missing Mental Pauses
[22:54] - Open Loops & Unfinished Projects
[27:04] - Hypnosis for Processing & Closure
[31:48] - Andi in the Weekly OS Program
[34:11] - Value of Coworking & Structure
[39:46] - Returning After Drifting
[42:43] - How to Connect with Andi

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


Want to join Andi Hess live on February 25 at 10:00 AM Pacific Time? Use the registration link below.

👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/hypnotherapy-for-adhd 

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KH61BZETSC50GJ99WNG5K0XJThu, 12 Feb 2026 00:00:00 -040044:48falsefull"Really, Brain?" - How ADHD Entrepreneurs Can Stop the Negative Monologue"Really, Brain?" - How ADHD Entrepreneurs Can Stop the Negative Monologue🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/reallybr-ain

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, in this solo episode, he talks about how to manage the constant inner monologue of an ADHD brain by turning it into a two-way conversation. Using the phrase “Really, brain?” Steve shows how to question negative thoughts, create space from harsh self-talk, and find a more helpful perspective. This episode gives practical advice for improving focus, self-compassion, and productivity while navigating the ups and downs of ADHD.

Steve shares a helpful mindset for ADHD entrepreneurs who deal with constant mental chatter and self-criticism. He explains how ADHD brains often speak in harsh absolutes, making us feel behind or not good enough. To shift this, Steve suggests turning the inner monologue into a conversation using the phrase “Really, brain?” This simple question helps create space to challenge negative thoughts and see things more clearly. The goal is to build a better relationship with your brain and move forward with more focus and self-trust.

Key Takeaways:

  • Talk Back to Your Brain: Use “Really, brain?” to question harsh thoughts.
  • Spot the Absolutes: Watch for words like “always” or “never” in your self-talk.
  • Create Mental Space: Turning monologue into dialogue helps reduce stress.

Additional Insights:

  • Ask Questions: Turning self-talk into questions can shift your mindset.
  • Watch for Patterns: Notice when your brain speaks in negative loops.
  • Progress Takes Time: Big tasks need steps, not instant action.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Really, brain? Are we sure about that?” - Steve August
  • “Don't let it be a monologue.” - Steve August
  • “Our brains speak in absolutes like always and never.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a powerful way to calm the busy ADHD brain. Learn how to turn harsh self-talk into a helpful conversation using one simple question. This episode offers clear tips for building focus, easing stress, and working with your thoughts.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Brain’s Running Monologue

[02:28] - Shifting from Monologue to Conversation

[04:52] - Questioning “Always” and “Never” Thoughts

[06:48] - Challenging Absolutes with “Really, Brain?”

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/reallybr-ain

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, in this solo episode, he talks about how to manage the constant inner monologue of an ADHD brain by turning it into a two-way conversation. Using the phrase “Really, brain?” Steve shows how to question negative thoughts, create space from harsh self-talk, and find a more helpful perspective. This episode gives practical advice for improving focus, self-compassion, and productivity while navigating the ups and downs of ADHD.

Steve shares a helpful mindset for ADHD entrepreneurs who deal with constant mental chatter and self-criticism. He explains how ADHD brains often speak in harsh absolutes, making us feel behind or not good enough. To shift this, Steve suggests turning the inner monologue into a conversation using the phrase “Really, brain?” This simple question helps create space to challenge negative thoughts and see things more clearly. The goal is to build a better relationship with your brain and move forward with more focus and self-trust.

Key Takeaways:

  • Talk Back to Your Brain: Use “Really, brain?” to question harsh thoughts.
  • Spot the Absolutes: Watch for words like “always” or “never” in your self-talk.
  • Create Mental Space: Turning monologue into dialogue helps reduce stress.

Additional Insights:

  • Ask Questions: Turning self-talk into questions can shift your mindset.
  • Watch for Patterns: Notice when your brain speaks in negative loops.
  • Progress Takes Time: Big tasks need steps, not instant action.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Really, brain? Are we sure about that?” - Steve August
  • “Don't let it be a monologue.” - Steve August
  • “Our brains speak in absolutes like always and never.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a powerful way to calm the busy ADHD brain. Learn how to turn harsh self-talk into a helpful conversation using one simple question. This episode offers clear tips for building focus, easing stress, and working with your thoughts.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Brain’s Running Monologue

[02:28] - Shifting from Monologue to Conversation

[04:52] - Questioning “Always” and “Never” Thoughts

[06:48] - Challenging Absolutes with “Really, Brain?”

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KGKQ284EYWVEH6793A8DNEMTThu, 05 Feb 2026 00:00:00 -040007:47falsefullWhy High-Performing ADHD Leaders Still Struggle (And What Actually Helps) with Mineela ChandWhy High-Performing ADHD Leaders Still Struggle (And What Actually Helps) with Mineela Chand🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Minee-lachand 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Mineela Chand, Neuroleadership Coach - ADHD & Executive Function Specialist and Host of the Podcast ADHD Running In Heels. Mineela shares her path from clinical therapy to coaching high-performing professionals with ADHD and executive function challenges. She explains how her own late ADHD diagnosis shaped her work and led to the creation of the Executive Function Inventory, a tool that helps people understand how their brain works and where they may struggle or thrive. Mineela breaks down the four core traits of ADHD and how leaders can build systems that reduce burnout, improve focus, and create lasting change in both work and life.

Mineela is not just coaching leaders; she is helping them understand their brains and lead with clarity. Through her work at Avant Corporate Consulting and Praxis Wellness, she guides professionals with ADHD to manage stress, avoid burnout, and use their strengths with purpose. Her own late diagnosis gave her a deeper insight into how executive function challenges show up in real life, not just in theory. By blending neuroscience, practical tools, and real-world experience, she helps people shift from overload to momentum, using self-knowledge to build systems that truly support them.

Mineela spent years in clinical practice before shifting her focus to coaching leaders with ADHD and executive function challenges. Now at Avant Corporate Consulting and Praxis Wellness, she supports entrepreneurs and executives in using their brain’s strengths while reducing stress and overload. Her own diagnosis came later in life, leading her to create the Executive Function Inventory, a tool that helps people see how their mind works and what support they need. Through research, coaching, and lived experience, she helps others turn awareness into action and build systems that support real progress.

Key Takeaways:

  • Late Diagnosis: Mineela discovered her ADHD after years of helping others.

  • Executive Function Inventory: Her tool shows how your brain works and what to do next.

  • Strengths First: Knowing what you do well can boost energy and cut burnout.


Additional Insights:

  • Four Core Traits: Mineela breaks ADHD into dopamine, executive function, sensitivity, & nonlinear thinking.

  • Three Buckets: Her tool sorts executive functions into strengths, adequate, and struggle areas.

  • Energy Management: She teaches how to reduce burnout by matching tasks to brain strengths.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Your brain has specific requirements to work at its best.” - Mineela Chand

  • “Every emotion, not just rejection, can lead to hyperarousal in ADHD.” - Mineela Chand

  • “You cannot change your wiring, but you can build systems that work with it.” - Mineela Chand


Join Mineela as she shares how her late ADHD diagnosis reshaped her work from therapist to coach. Learn how the Executive Function Inventory helps leaders understand their brain, reduce burnout, and take focused action.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:26] - Introducing Maneela Chand
[01:52] - Maneela’s Work: Neuroleadership and Cognitive Performance
[03:11] - Maneela and Steve Connection & Maneela’s ADHD Discovery
[08:07] - Discovering Her Own ADHD Through a Surprising Moment
[10:58] - Defining Cognitive Performance
[13:08] - The Executive Function Inventory (EFI)
[17:59] - The Four Core Aspects of ADHD
[20:25] - Emotional Regulation and Executive Function
[25:32] - Reducing Burnout by Leveraging Strengths
[27:17] - Client Success Story: From Stress to Promotion
[33:25] - How to Connect with Maneela

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


 Want more insights from Mineela? Listen to ADHD Running In Heels wherever you get your podcasts.
https://www.mineelachand.com/podcasts/adhd-running-in-heels

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Minee-lachand 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Mineela Chand, Neuroleadership Coach - ADHD & Executive Function Specialist and Host of the Podcast ADHD Running In Heels. Mineela shares her path from clinical therapy to coaching high-performing professionals with ADHD and executive function challenges. She explains how her own late ADHD diagnosis shaped her work and led to the creation of the Executive Function Inventory, a tool that helps people understand how their brain works and where they may struggle or thrive. Mineela breaks down the four core traits of ADHD and how leaders can build systems that reduce burnout, improve focus, and create lasting change in both work and life.

Mineela is not just coaching leaders; she is helping them understand their brains and lead with clarity. Through her work at Avant Corporate Consulting and Praxis Wellness, she guides professionals with ADHD to manage stress, avoid burnout, and use their strengths with purpose. Her own late diagnosis gave her a deeper insight into how executive function challenges show up in real life, not just in theory. By blending neuroscience, practical tools, and real-world experience, she helps people shift from overload to momentum, using self-knowledge to build systems that truly support them.

Mineela spent years in clinical practice before shifting her focus to coaching leaders with ADHD and executive function challenges. Now at Avant Corporate Consulting and Praxis Wellness, she supports entrepreneurs and executives in using their brain’s strengths while reducing stress and overload. Her own diagnosis came later in life, leading her to create the Executive Function Inventory, a tool that helps people see how their mind works and what support they need. Through research, coaching, and lived experience, she helps others turn awareness into action and build systems that support real progress.

Key Takeaways:

  • Late Diagnosis: Mineela discovered her ADHD after years of helping others.

  • Executive Function Inventory: Her tool shows how your brain works and what to do next.

  • Strengths First: Knowing what you do well can boost energy and cut burnout.


Additional Insights:

  • Four Core Traits: Mineela breaks ADHD into dopamine, executive function, sensitivity, & nonlinear thinking.

  • Three Buckets: Her tool sorts executive functions into strengths, adequate, and struggle areas.

  • Energy Management: She teaches how to reduce burnout by matching tasks to brain strengths.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Your brain has specific requirements to work at its best.” - Mineela Chand

  • “Every emotion, not just rejection, can lead to hyperarousal in ADHD.” - Mineela Chand

  • “You cannot change your wiring, but you can build systems that work with it.” - Mineela Chand


Join Mineela as she shares how her late ADHD diagnosis reshaped her work from therapist to coach. Learn how the Executive Function Inventory helps leaders understand their brain, reduce burnout, and take focused action.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:26] - Introducing Maneela Chand
[01:52] - Maneela’s Work: Neuroleadership and Cognitive Performance
[03:11] - Maneela and Steve Connection & Maneela’s ADHD Discovery
[08:07] - Discovering Her Own ADHD Through a Surprising Moment
[10:58] - Defining Cognitive Performance
[13:08] - The Executive Function Inventory (EFI)
[17:59] - The Four Core Aspects of ADHD
[20:25] - Emotional Regulation and Executive Function
[25:32] - Reducing Burnout by Leveraging Strengths
[27:17] - Client Success Story: From Stress to Promotion
[33:25] - How to Connect with Maneela

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


 Want more insights from Mineela? Listen to ADHD Running In Heels wherever you get your podcasts.
https://www.mineelachand.com/podcasts/adhd-running-in-heels

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG28882E6H49CEW2XHMB7W93Thu, 29 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -040035:36falsefullLow Sleep ADHD Entrepreneur Survival Guide to Beat Brain Fog and Get Things DoneLow Sleep ADHD Entrepreneur Survival Guide to Beat Brain Fog and Get Things DoneIs ADHD making it hard to reach your business goals?

ADHD isn’t the issue. Trying to run a neurodiverse brain on neurotypical systems is.

The Focus Formula is for you. In 6 weeks, you will build and install a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain - so you can prioritize what matters, start with ease, and stay focused through the finish.

By the end, you’ll feel more calm, more capable, and more proud of your progress.

The next cohort starts January 20th.

Get all the details and apply here. 👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/focus-formula-2026

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares valuable insights on how to manage work when dealing with sleep deficits or feeling under the weather. He explains how ADHD entrepreneurs can adapt by shortening work sprints, acknowledging emotional dysregulation, and focusing on smaller tasks. Steve also highlights the importance of working with a supportive community and taking advantage of quiet moments when the brain is tired. This episode offers practical tips for maintaining productivity and managing challenges while running a business with ADHD.

Steve shares a helpful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to work when feeling tired or under the weather. He explains that when the brain is fatigued, staying focused can be harder, and emotional reactions are more intense. Steve advises breaking tasks into smaller sprints and being kind to yourself when focus drifts. He also highlights the power of working with a supportive community to stay on track. The key is to adapt to your brain’s state and manage tasks in a way that doesn’t overwhelm you.

Key Takeaways:

  • Break Tasks into Sprints: Tackle smaller chunks when you're tired.
  • Recognize Emotional Shifts: Be kind to yourself when emotions rise.
  • Lean on Support: Use a community to stay focused and motivated.

Additional Insights:

  • Small Tasks Help: Breaking work into smaller pieces prevents overwhelm.
  • Emotions Matter: Acknowledge when tiredness affects your mood and focus.
  • Community Boosts Focus: Working with others helps you stay on track and move forward.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Smaller sprints help when your brain is tired.” - Steve August
  • “Be kind to yourself when emotions rise.” - Steve August
  • “Support from others helps keep you moving forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares tips for ADHD entrepreneurs struggling with fatigue. Learn how small sprints and support can keep you productive. This episode offers simple advice for managing emotions and working with your brain.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:44] - Why This Episode is Different: A Low-Sleep Day

[03:09] - Rethinking ADHD: It's an Attention Surplus

[05:03] - Low-Sleep Strategy: Shorter Sprints & Managing Focus

[08:12] - Choosing Tasks: Tadpoles Over Frogs

[10:47] - The Power of Community & Co-Working

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>Is ADHD making it hard to reach your business goals?

ADHD isn’t the issue. Trying to run a neurodiverse brain on neurotypical systems is.

The Focus Formula is for you. In 6 weeks, you will build and install a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain - so you can prioritize what matters, start with ease, and stay focused through the finish.

By the end, you’ll feel more calm, more capable, and more proud of your progress.

The next cohort starts January 20th.

Get all the details and apply here. 👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/focus-formula-2026

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares valuable insights on how to manage work when dealing with sleep deficits or feeling under the weather. He explains how ADHD entrepreneurs can adapt by shortening work sprints, acknowledging emotional dysregulation, and focusing on smaller tasks. Steve also highlights the importance of working with a supportive community and taking advantage of quiet moments when the brain is tired. This episode offers practical tips for maintaining productivity and managing challenges while running a business with ADHD.

Steve shares a helpful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to work when feeling tired or under the weather. He explains that when the brain is fatigued, staying focused can be harder, and emotional reactions are more intense. Steve advises breaking tasks into smaller sprints and being kind to yourself when focus drifts. He also highlights the power of working with a supportive community to stay on track. The key is to adapt to your brain’s state and manage tasks in a way that doesn’t overwhelm you.

Key Takeaways:

  • Break Tasks into Sprints: Tackle smaller chunks when you're tired.
  • Recognize Emotional Shifts: Be kind to yourself when emotions rise.
  • Lean on Support: Use a community to stay focused and motivated.

Additional Insights:

  • Small Tasks Help: Breaking work into smaller pieces prevents overwhelm.
  • Emotions Matter: Acknowledge when tiredness affects your mood and focus.
  • Community Boosts Focus: Working with others helps you stay on track and move forward.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Smaller sprints help when your brain is tired.” - Steve August
  • “Be kind to yourself when emotions rise.” - Steve August
  • “Support from others helps keep you moving forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares tips for ADHD entrepreneurs struggling with fatigue. Learn how small sprints and support can keep you productive. This episode offers simple advice for managing emotions and working with your brain.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[01:44] - Why This Episode is Different: A Low-Sleep Day

[03:09] - Rethinking ADHD: It's an Attention Surplus

[05:03] - Low-Sleep Strategy: Shorter Sprints & Managing Focus

[08:12] - Choosing Tasks: Tadpoles Over Frogs

[10:47] - The Power of Community & Co-Working

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KFJMRB83GRC9ERVRHNZ03F9PWed, 21 Jan 2026 19:00:00 -040012:42falsefullWhy Planners Fail ADHD Entrepreneurs with Executive Dysfunction and the Real FixWhy Planners Fail ADHD Entrepreneurs with Executive Dysfunction and the Real FixIs ADHD making it hard to reach your business goals?

ADHD isn’t the issue. Trying to run a neurodiverse brain on neurotypical systems is.

The Focus Formula is for you. In 6 weeks, you will build and install a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain - so you can prioritize what matters, start with ease, and stay focused through the finish.

By the end, you’ll feel more calm, more capable, and more proud of your progress.

The next cohort starts January 20th. Get all the details and apply here.

👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/focus-formula-2026

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explains why planners often fail ADHD entrepreneurs. He shares how executive function challenges make it hard to prioritize, plan, and follow through. Steve offers a better way by focusing on weekly systems, knowing your “magnetic north,” and supporting the doing, not just the planning. He also gives a preview of his Focus Formula course and shares steps to stay calm and make steady progress. This episode gives smart tips for turning ideas into action.

Steve explains why planners often fail ADHD entrepreneurs and what actually helps them stay on track. He shares how executive function challenges make it hard to plan, prioritize, and follow through, even with the best tools. Instead of relying on planners alone, Steve teaches a weekly system built for ADHD brains. He shows how getting clear on your goals, breaking them down into smaller steps, and focusing on weekly progress leads to real results. This episode gives practical advice for staying focused, reducing overwhelm, and making steady progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Planners Often Fail: Most planners do not support how ADHD brains work.
  • Start with a Clear Goal: Knowing your “magnetic north” makes it easier to focus.
  • Weekly Systems Work: Small weekly steps lead to steady progress.

Additional Insights:

  • Planning Needs Support: Tools do not replace the thinking process.
  • Know Your Vision: Clear goals guide better choices and reduce overwhelm.
  • Doing Is the Hard Part: ADHD brains need help turning plans into action.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Planners only capture what your brain can already do.” - Steve August
  • “If everything is a priority, nothing is a priority.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains need support for the doing, not just the planning.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains why planners often fail ADHD entrepreneurs and what to do instead. Learn how to set clear goals, work with your brain, and build a weekly system that supports real progress. This episode offers simple steps to reduce overwhelm, stay focused, and take action in your business.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Introducing the Focus Formula

[01:44] - Why Planners Fail

[04:55] - The Planner Problem

[07:34] - Your Magnetic North

[09:28] - The Weekly System

[10:26] - Takeaways & Next Steps

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>Is ADHD making it hard to reach your business goals?

ADHD isn’t the issue. Trying to run a neurodiverse brain on neurotypical systems is.

The Focus Formula is for you. In 6 weeks, you will build and install a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain - so you can prioritize what matters, start with ease, and stay focused through the finish.

By the end, you’ll feel more calm, more capable, and more proud of your progress.

The next cohort starts January 20th. Get all the details and apply here.

👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/focus-formula-2026

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explains why planners often fail ADHD entrepreneurs. He shares how executive function challenges make it hard to prioritize, plan, and follow through. Steve offers a better way by focusing on weekly systems, knowing your “magnetic north,” and supporting the doing, not just the planning. He also gives a preview of his Focus Formula course and shares steps to stay calm and make steady progress. This episode gives smart tips for turning ideas into action.

Steve explains why planners often fail ADHD entrepreneurs and what actually helps them stay on track. He shares how executive function challenges make it hard to plan, prioritize, and follow through, even with the best tools. Instead of relying on planners alone, Steve teaches a weekly system built for ADHD brains. He shows how getting clear on your goals, breaking them down into smaller steps, and focusing on weekly progress leads to real results. This episode gives practical advice for staying focused, reducing overwhelm, and making steady progress in your business.

Key Takeaways:

  • Planners Often Fail: Most planners do not support how ADHD brains work.
  • Start with a Clear Goal: Knowing your “magnetic north” makes it easier to focus.
  • Weekly Systems Work: Small weekly steps lead to steady progress.

Additional Insights:

  • Planning Needs Support: Tools do not replace the thinking process.
  • Know Your Vision: Clear goals guide better choices and reduce overwhelm.
  • Doing Is the Hard Part: ADHD brains need help turning plans into action.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Planners only capture what your brain can already do.” - Steve August
  • “If everything is a priority, nothing is a priority.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains need support for the doing, not just the planning.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains why planners often fail ADHD entrepreneurs and what to do instead. Learn how to set clear goals, work with your brain, and build a weekly system that supports real progress. This episode offers simple steps to reduce overwhelm, stay focused, and take action in your business.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Introducing the Focus Formula

[01:44] - Why Planners Fail

[04:55] - The Planner Problem

[07:34] - Your Magnetic North

[09:28] - The Weekly System

[10:26] - Takeaways & Next Steps

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG0GR3S3NXCKGGT4555V46WXThu, 15 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -040011:17falsefull5 Things I Learned Working with 100+ ADHD Entrepreneurs in 20255 Things I Learned Working with 100+ ADHD Entrepreneurs in 2025Is ADHD making it hard to reach your business goals?

ADHD isn’t the issue. Trying to run a neurodiverse brain on neurotypical systems is.

The Focus Formula is for you. In 6 weeks, you will build and install a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain - so you can prioritize what matters, start with ease, and stay focused through the finish.

By the end, you’ll feel more calm, more capable, and more proud of your progress.

The next cohort starts January 20th. Get all the details and apply here.

👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/focus-formula-2026

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares five key lessons from working with over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs in 2025. He explains why no single tool guarantees success, how coworking helps through co-regulation, and how real change can happen in just three weeks. Steve also talks about how long-term support leads to more space and calm, and why emotional regulation is key to staying focused. This episode gives clear and helpful advice for growing a business while working with an ADHD brain.

Steve shares key insights from working with over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs in 2025. He explains that success does not come from using the perfect tool, but from having a system that fits how your brain works. Steve highlights how coworking helps by giving emotional support and improving focus. He also shows how real change can happen in just three weeks and how life can feel more calm and spacious over time. A big part of this progress comes from learning to manage emotions and working with others to stay motivated and on track.

Key Takeaways:

  • Tools Are Not Magic: Success comes from a system, not just apps.
  • Coworking Helps Focus: Being with others boosts calm and clarity.
  • Change Starts Fast: Big progress can happen in just three weeks.

Additional Insights:

  • Systems Beat Tools: A clear system helps more than any one app.
  • Emotional Balance Matters: Staying calm supports better focus and action.
  • Progress Builds Over Time: Regular habits can create space and lasting change.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “There’s no magic tool. It’s the system that makes the difference.” - Steve August
  • “Coworking works because we co-regulate and focus better together.” - Steve August
  • “Real change can happen in just three weeks.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares five lessons from working with over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs in 2025. Learn why systems matter more than tools and how coworking helps you stay focused. This episode gives clear tips for building habits, managing emotions, and creating space in your work and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Introducing the Focus Formula

[01:43] - 5 Lessons from 100+ ADHD Entrepreneurs

[02:51] - No Magic Tool

[04:46] - Why Coworking Actually Works

[07:52] - Transformation in 3 Weeks

[08:48] - Creating Spaciousness Over Time

[11:07] - Bonus: Crossing the Dopamine Desert

[13:14] - Final Recap & Closing

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>Is ADHD making it hard to reach your business goals?

ADHD isn’t the issue. Trying to run a neurodiverse brain on neurotypical systems is.

The Focus Formula is for you. In 6 weeks, you will build and install a weekly system that works with your ADHD brain - so you can prioritize what matters, start with ease, and stay focused through the finish.

By the end, you’ll feel more calm, more capable, and more proud of your progress.

The next cohort starts January 20th. Get all the details and apply here.

👉https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/focus-formula-2026

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares five key lessons from working with over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs in 2025. He explains why no single tool guarantees success, how coworking helps through co-regulation, and how real change can happen in just three weeks. Steve also talks about how long-term support leads to more space and calm, and why emotional regulation is key to staying focused. This episode gives clear and helpful advice for growing a business while working with an ADHD brain.

Steve shares key insights from working with over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs in 2025. He explains that success does not come from using the perfect tool, but from having a system that fits how your brain works. Steve highlights how coworking helps by giving emotional support and improving focus. He also shows how real change can happen in just three weeks and how life can feel more calm and spacious over time. A big part of this progress comes from learning to manage emotions and working with others to stay motivated and on track.

Key Takeaways:

  • Tools Are Not Magic: Success comes from a system, not just apps.
  • Coworking Helps Focus: Being with others boosts calm and clarity.
  • Change Starts Fast: Big progress can happen in just three weeks.

Additional Insights:

  • Systems Beat Tools: A clear system helps more than any one app.
  • Emotional Balance Matters: Staying calm supports better focus and action.
  • Progress Builds Over Time: Regular habits can create space and lasting change.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “There’s no magic tool. It’s the system that makes the difference.” - Steve August
  • “Coworking works because we co-regulate and focus better together.” - Steve August
  • “Real change can happen in just three weeks.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares five lessons from working with over 100 ADHD entrepreneurs in 2025. Learn why systems matter more than tools and how coworking helps you stay focused. This episode gives clear tips for building habits, managing emotions, and creating space in your work and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Introducing the Focus Formula

[01:43] - 5 Lessons from 100+ ADHD Entrepreneurs

[02:51] - No Magic Tool

[04:46] - Why Coworking Actually Works

[07:52] - Transformation in 3 Weeks

[08:48] - Creating Spaciousness Over Time

[11:07] - Bonus: Crossing the Dopamine Desert

[13:14] - Final Recap & Closing

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG0GDCF0YHRJDYFTEFMPSXPHThu, 08 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -040013:56falsefullMonetary Goals as the ADHD Motivation Dilemma Entrepreneurs Must UnderstandMonetary Goals as the ADHD Motivation Dilemma Entrepreneurs Must Understand🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solo-monetary-goalsa-s-adhd-motivation-dilemma

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares insights on why money and revenue goals may not always motivate ADHD entrepreneurs. He explains that ADHD brains are driven by intense deadlines or interest in tasks, but struggle with longer-term rewards. Steve offers practical advice on how to stay consistent with weekly tasks, making activities more interesting, and using co-working to beat procrastination. This episode provides strategies to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and avoid burnout.

Steve shares a helpful strategy for ADHD entrepreneurs to stay motivated: instead of relying on big goals, focus on weekly progress. ADHD brains thrive on intense interest or urgent deadlines, but struggle with long-term goals. By setting weekly tasks and sticking to them, ADHD entrepreneurs can stay on track. Steve suggests finding ways to make tasks interesting and using co-working to stay focused. This approach helps reduce procrastination, build momentum, and keep ADHD minds engaged and productive.

Key Takeaways:

  • Interest-Driven Tasks: Focus on what excites you to stay motivated.
  • ADHD Focus: Use weekly goals to avoid distractions and stay on track.
  • Co-Working: Team up with others to beat procrastination and boost productivity.

Additional Insights:

  • Not Giving Up: Focusing on weekly tasks helps avoid overwhelm.
  • ADHD Brain Reality: Long-term goals don’t motivate; interest does.
  • Weekly Check-ins: Regular planning keeps you on track and reduces stress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Focus on weekly progress, not distant goals.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains thrive on short-term interest, not long-term rewards.” - Steve August
  • “Co-working and interest can turn distractions into productivity.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains how focusing on weekly tasks helps ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated, reduce stress, and avoid overwhelm. Learn practical tips to stay on track, make tasks interesting, and boost productivity with co-working.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:28] - The ADHD Money Motivation Paradox

[02:54] - ADHD Motivation & Weekly Planning

[06:25] - Making Tasks Engaging & Co-Working

[08:24] - Reframing ADHD Entrepreneur Success

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solo-monetary-goalsa-s-adhd-motivation-dilemma

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares insights on why money and revenue goals may not always motivate ADHD entrepreneurs. He explains that ADHD brains are driven by intense deadlines or interest in tasks, but struggle with longer-term rewards. Steve offers practical advice on how to stay consistent with weekly tasks, making activities more interesting, and using co-working to beat procrastination. This episode provides strategies to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and avoid burnout.

Steve shares a helpful strategy for ADHD entrepreneurs to stay motivated: instead of relying on big goals, focus on weekly progress. ADHD brains thrive on intense interest or urgent deadlines, but struggle with long-term goals. By setting weekly tasks and sticking to them, ADHD entrepreneurs can stay on track. Steve suggests finding ways to make tasks interesting and using co-working to stay focused. This approach helps reduce procrastination, build momentum, and keep ADHD minds engaged and productive.

Key Takeaways:

  • Interest-Driven Tasks: Focus on what excites you to stay motivated.
  • ADHD Focus: Use weekly goals to avoid distractions and stay on track.
  • Co-Working: Team up with others to beat procrastination and boost productivity.

Additional Insights:

  • Not Giving Up: Focusing on weekly tasks helps avoid overwhelm.
  • ADHD Brain Reality: Long-term goals don’t motivate; interest does.
  • Weekly Check-ins: Regular planning keeps you on track and reduces stress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Focus on weekly progress, not distant goals.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains thrive on short-term interest, not long-term rewards.” - Steve August
  • “Co-working and interest can turn distractions into productivity.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains how focusing on weekly tasks helps ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated, reduce stress, and avoid overwhelm. Learn practical tips to stay on track, make tasks interesting, and boost productivity with co-working.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:28] - The ADHD Money Motivation Paradox

[02:54] - ADHD Motivation & Weekly Planning

[06:25] - Making Tasks Engaging & Co-Working

[08:24] - Reframing ADHD Entrepreneur Success

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG0G5FGB65M0D9SF9QNV2EZ5Thu, 01 Jan 2026 00:00:00 -040009:44falsefullThe Data Strategy for Nonprofit Leaders to Fix Broken Systems with ADHD Strengths - Hannah UnderwoodThe Data Strategy for Nonprofit Leaders to Fix Broken Systems with ADHD Strengths - Hannah Underwood🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/hannahunderwo-od-republish 

------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August is joined by Hannah Underwood, Founder of How Might We Community and Under the Hood, a youth charity in the UK. Hannah shares her journey from charity leadership to building a social impact tech startup. She opens up about discovering her ADHD later in life, how it shaped her work, and the tools that help her focus. Learn how she uses curiosity, data, and community to create change and manage life as an ADHD entrepreneur.

Hannah isn’t just a founder; she cares deeply about making a social impact with data and community. Her shift from charity work to tech shows how ADHD can drive big ideas when managed well. She believes curiosity, support, and the right tools help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, follow through, and reach their goals.

Hannah spent over 15 years leading a youth charity before starting her own tech venture, How Might We. She uses her deep knowledge of data, leadership, and community building to help others make a bigger impact. Her personal ADHD journey helps her create tools and spaces where neurodivergent founders can stay focused and thrive.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Impact Work: Hannah shares how ADHD can spark big ideas and social change.

  • Data with Purpose: Using data and curiosity to drive meaningful results.

  • Support Systems: How community and accountability boost focus and follow-through.

  • Personal Journey: Discovering her ADHD later in life changed how she works.

  • Real Tools: Habits and systems that help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Leadership: Hannah shows how ADHD traits can lead to bold, creative leadership.

  • Power of Community: Supportive groups help ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated and accountable.

  • Learning Through Life: Hannah’s late ADHD discovery reshaped how she builds and leads.

  • Focus Tools: She shares real-world systems to manage time and energy effectively.

  • Curiosity Wins: Staying curious helps ADHD minds turn big visions into real impact.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Opportunities aren’t my problem, seeing them all through is.” - Hannah Underwood

  • “Data is like a catnip for my curiosity.” - Hannah Underwood

  • “Throwing little accountability hand grenades helps me focus.” - Hannah Underwood


Join Hannah Underwood as she shares how ADHD traits, data, and supportive communities help neurodivergent entrepreneurs succeed. Learn how curiosity and focus drive her social impact work and business ventures.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser
[01:00] - Guest Introduction: Hannah Underwood and Her Work in Social Impact
[03:26] - Early Career: Becoming a Charity CEO at Age 25
[06:28] - Real Example: How Data Doubled Impact Without Extra Cost
[08:26] - Why Frontline Engagement Improves Data Quality and Results
[14:12] - Discovering ADHD: Motherhood, Startups, and New Challenges
[18:36] - Managing ADHD Without a Diagnosis: What Actually Works
[21:21] - Tools That Help: Focus Blocks, Community, and Accountability
[23:51] - How Co-Working Helps ADHD Entrepreneurs Stay on Track
[26:08] - Advice: Build Support Networks and Lean Into Your Strengths
[31:53] - Where to Connect: Hannah’s Community and TEDx Talk


FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 


Websites:   


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/hannahunderwo-od-republish 

------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August is joined by Hannah Underwood, Founder of How Might We Community and Under the Hood, a youth charity in the UK. Hannah shares her journey from charity leadership to building a social impact tech startup. She opens up about discovering her ADHD later in life, how it shaped her work, and the tools that help her focus. Learn how she uses curiosity, data, and community to create change and manage life as an ADHD entrepreneur.

Hannah isn’t just a founder; she cares deeply about making a social impact with data and community. Her shift from charity work to tech shows how ADHD can drive big ideas when managed well. She believes curiosity, support, and the right tools help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, follow through, and reach their goals.

Hannah spent over 15 years leading a youth charity before starting her own tech venture, How Might We. She uses her deep knowledge of data, leadership, and community building to help others make a bigger impact. Her personal ADHD journey helps her create tools and spaces where neurodivergent founders can stay focused and thrive.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Impact Work: Hannah shares how ADHD can spark big ideas and social change.

  • Data with Purpose: Using data and curiosity to drive meaningful results.

  • Support Systems: How community and accountability boost focus and follow-through.

  • Personal Journey: Discovering her ADHD later in life changed how she works.

  • Real Tools: Habits and systems that help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Leadership: Hannah shows how ADHD traits can lead to bold, creative leadership.

  • Power of Community: Supportive groups help ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated and accountable.

  • Learning Through Life: Hannah’s late ADHD discovery reshaped how she builds and leads.

  • Focus Tools: She shares real-world systems to manage time and energy effectively.

  • Curiosity Wins: Staying curious helps ADHD minds turn big visions into real impact.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Opportunities aren’t my problem, seeing them all through is.” - Hannah Underwood

  • “Data is like a catnip for my curiosity.” - Hannah Underwood

  • “Throwing little accountability hand grenades helps me focus.” - Hannah Underwood


Join Hannah Underwood as she shares how ADHD traits, data, and supportive communities help neurodivergent entrepreneurs succeed. Learn how curiosity and focus drive her social impact work and business ventures.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser
[01:00] - Guest Introduction: Hannah Underwood and Her Work in Social Impact
[03:26] - Early Career: Becoming a Charity CEO at Age 25
[06:28] - Real Example: How Data Doubled Impact Without Extra Cost
[08:26] - Why Frontline Engagement Improves Data Quality and Results
[14:12] - Discovering ADHD: Motherhood, Startups, and New Challenges
[18:36] - Managing ADHD Without a Diagnosis: What Actually Works
[21:21] - Tools That Help: Focus Blocks, Community, and Accountability
[23:51] - How Co-Working Helps ADHD Entrepreneurs Stay on Track
[26:08] - Advice: Build Support Networks and Lean Into Your Strengths
[31:53] - Where to Connect: Hannah’s Community and TEDx Talk


FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 


Websites:   


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG0FXW6T80H3BS2KWBJZ544KThu, 25 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -040033:14falsefullADHD Unlock: Switch Mediums to Get Unstuck and Move Ideas FasterADHD Unlock: Switch Mediums to Get Unstuck and Move Ideas Faster🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhd-block-switchmed-iums-to-get-unstuck-and-move-ideas-faster

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a simple but powerful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to explain their ideas. He explains how switching the medium from writing to speaking can help ideas flow more easily. Steve talks about how recording thoughts out loud and using tools like transcription and AI can turn rough ideas into clear communication. This episode gives a helpful method to beat overwhelm and work with your brain, not against it.

Steve shares a helpful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to explain their ideas clearly. He talks about how writing things down can feel overwhelming because the brain gets flooded with thoughts and steps that are hard to organize. This often leads to task paralysis and delay. Steve explains that changing the way you share your thoughts, like speaking instead of writing, can make a big difference. By recording your ideas and then cleaning them up with tools like AI, you can move faster and avoid getting stuck. The key is to work with your brain, not against it.

Key Takeaways:

  • Change the Medium: Switching from writing to speaking can make it easier to express complex ideas.
  • Stop Editing Too Soon: Trying to perfect your words while thinking can slow you down and block progress.
  • Let It Flow First: Getting your thoughts out without pressure helps you move past overwhelm and take action.

Additional Insights:

  • Writing Can Be a Trap: Trying to organize thoughts on paper can lead to confusion and delay.
  • Editing Slows You Down: Fixing things too early blocks the flow of ideas and causes frustration.
  • Speak to Move Forward: Talking out your ideas can unlock clarity and help you take the next step.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Sometimes the best way to make progress is to change the medium.” - Steve August
  • “Let it out. Don’t worry about how coherent it is.” - Steve August
  • “Work with your brain, not against it.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a powerful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to explain their ideas. Learn how switching from writing to speaking can unlock clarity and speed up progress. This episode offers a simple way to get unstuck, reduce overwhelm, and work better with your brain.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Why Explaining Ideas Feels Overwhelming

[03:41] - The Solution: Switch from Writing to Speaking

[04:37] - How to Use AI to Clean Up Recordings

[06:21] - Work With Your Brain, Not Against It

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhd-block-switchmed-iums-to-get-unstuck-and-move-ideas-faster

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a simple but powerful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to explain their ideas. He explains how switching the medium from writing to speaking can help ideas flow more easily. Steve talks about how recording thoughts out loud and using tools like transcription and AI can turn rough ideas into clear communication. This episode gives a helpful method to beat overwhelm and work with your brain, not against it.

Steve shares a helpful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to explain their ideas clearly. He talks about how writing things down can feel overwhelming because the brain gets flooded with thoughts and steps that are hard to organize. This often leads to task paralysis and delay. Steve explains that changing the way you share your thoughts, like speaking instead of writing, can make a big difference. By recording your ideas and then cleaning them up with tools like AI, you can move faster and avoid getting stuck. The key is to work with your brain, not against it.

Key Takeaways:

  • Change the Medium: Switching from writing to speaking can make it easier to express complex ideas.
  • Stop Editing Too Soon: Trying to perfect your words while thinking can slow you down and block progress.
  • Let It Flow First: Getting your thoughts out without pressure helps you move past overwhelm and take action.

Additional Insights:

  • Writing Can Be a Trap: Trying to organize thoughts on paper can lead to confusion and delay.
  • Editing Slows You Down: Fixing things too early blocks the flow of ideas and causes frustration.
  • Speak to Move Forward: Talking out your ideas can unlock clarity and help you take the next step.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Sometimes the best way to make progress is to change the medium.” - Steve August
  • “Let it out. Don’t worry about how coherent it is.” - Steve August
  • “Work with your brain, not against it.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares a powerful tip for ADHD entrepreneurs who struggle to explain their ideas. Learn how switching from writing to speaking can unlock clarity and speed up progress. This episode offers a simple way to get unstuck, reduce overwhelm, and work better with your brain.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Why Explaining Ideas Feels Overwhelming

[03:41] - The Solution: Switch from Writing to Speaking

[04:37] - How to Use AI to Clean Up Recordings

[06:21] - Work With Your Brain, Not Against It

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG0FC9468KCSF6DV4Z056HV4Thu, 18 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -040007:32falsefullReset Your Focus After Distraction to Drive Growth While Living With ADHDReset Your Focus After Distraction to Drive Growth While Living With ADHD🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-biggest-skillf-or-adhd-success-resetting-focus

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, talks about a crucial skill for ADHD success: the ability to bring yourself back when distractions derail your focus. Steve explains how ADHD brains often get sidetracked by new ideas, boredom, or uncompleted tasks. He shares strategies for staying on track, including using timers, making small transitions, and focusing on the easiest step to get back into a project. This episode offers practical tips to help entrepreneurs stay productive and make real progress despite the challenges of ADHD.

Steve discusses a key skill for ADHD entrepreneurs: the ability to bring yourself back when distractions take you off course. He explains how ADHD brains often get sidetracked by new ideas, tasks, or boredom. Steve shares strategies like using timers, setting small transitions, and focusing on easy first steps to stay on track. By practicing these techniques, entrepreneurs can improve their focus, stay productive, and make steady progress without getting overwhelmed by distractions.

Key Takeaways:

  • Focus Can Be Sidetracked: ADHD brains often get distracted by new ideas, boredom, or uncompleted tasks.
  • Bring Yourself Back: Using timers and small transitions helps refocus and stay on track.
  • Small Steps Lead to Progress: Starting with easy actions helps maintain focus and move projects forward.

Additional Insights:

  • Distractions Are Inevitable: ADHD brains often lose focus due to new ideas or boredom.
  • Bring Yourself Back Quickly: Using timers and small tasks can help regain focus and keep progress going.
  • Small Actions Lead to Momentum: Starting with easy steps keeps projects moving forward and builds consistency.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD brains often get sidetracked by new ideas or distractions.” - Steve August
  • “The key is to bring yourself back when focus slips away.” - Steve August
  • “Small steps help you stay on track and keep moving forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the importance of regaining focus when distractions derail ADHD entrepreneurs. Learn how to use timers, small tasks, and quick transitions to stay on track and make progress. This episode offers practical strategies to help you maintain focus and move forward despite common ADHD challenges.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Struggle: ADHD Distractions and Losing Focus

[03:05] - Quick Fix: Using Timers and Small Tasks to Refocus

[05:03] - The Power of Transitions: Staying on Track Between Tasks

[06:53] - Long-Term Strategies: Handling Big Projects and Staying Focused

[08:58] - Conclusion: Practical Tips to Keep Moving Forward with ADHD

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-biggest-skillf-or-adhd-success-resetting-focus

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, talks about a crucial skill for ADHD success: the ability to bring yourself back when distractions derail your focus. Steve explains how ADHD brains often get sidetracked by new ideas, boredom, or uncompleted tasks. He shares strategies for staying on track, including using timers, making small transitions, and focusing on the easiest step to get back into a project. This episode offers practical tips to help entrepreneurs stay productive and make real progress despite the challenges of ADHD.

Steve discusses a key skill for ADHD entrepreneurs: the ability to bring yourself back when distractions take you off course. He explains how ADHD brains often get sidetracked by new ideas, tasks, or boredom. Steve shares strategies like using timers, setting small transitions, and focusing on easy first steps to stay on track. By practicing these techniques, entrepreneurs can improve their focus, stay productive, and make steady progress without getting overwhelmed by distractions.

Key Takeaways:

  • Focus Can Be Sidetracked: ADHD brains often get distracted by new ideas, boredom, or uncompleted tasks.
  • Bring Yourself Back: Using timers and small transitions helps refocus and stay on track.
  • Small Steps Lead to Progress: Starting with easy actions helps maintain focus and move projects forward.

Additional Insights:

  • Distractions Are Inevitable: ADHD brains often lose focus due to new ideas or boredom.
  • Bring Yourself Back Quickly: Using timers and small tasks can help regain focus and keep progress going.
  • Small Actions Lead to Momentum: Starting with easy steps keeps projects moving forward and builds consistency.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD brains often get sidetracked by new ideas or distractions.” - Steve August
  • “The key is to bring yourself back when focus slips away.” - Steve August
  • “Small steps help you stay on track and keep moving forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the importance of regaining focus when distractions derail ADHD entrepreneurs. Learn how to use timers, small tasks, and quick transitions to stay on track and make progress. This episode offers practical strategies to help you maintain focus and move forward despite common ADHD challenges.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - The Struggle: ADHD Distractions and Losing Focus

[03:05] - Quick Fix: Using Timers and Small Tasks to Refocus

[05:03] - The Power of Transitions: Staying on Track Between Tasks

[06:53] - Long-Term Strategies: Handling Big Projects and Staying Focused

[08:58] - Conclusion: Practical Tips to Keep Moving Forward with ADHD

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG0F32R3XYN14AY2MSY5PX17Thu, 11 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -040009:32falsefullAI Tools To Help AuADHD Professionals Prevent Burnout with Ross HeatleyAI Tools To Help AuADHD Professionals Prevent Burnout with Ross Heatley🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/rosshe-atley   

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August talks with Ross Heatley, Founder of Project Fluency LTD. Ross shares how his journey with ADHD, autism, and giftedness inspired him to create a digital support app designed for neurodiverse minds. He explains how Project Fluency helps users reflect, grow, and connect by combining executive function tools, wellness features, and real-world challenges. Ross also opens up about leaving corporate work to build a system that empowers self-understanding and balance, turning personal struggles into innovation and meaningful change.

Ross is not just building an app; he is creating support that meets people where they are. Through Project Fluency, he helps neurodiverse individuals manage daily life, build confidence, and connect with others. His ADHD and autism once made traditional work hard to navigate, but now they guide his creativity and purpose. By combining reflection, structure, and compassion, he shows how self-awareness can turn challenges into tools for growth and lasting change.

Ross spent years working in HR before turning his focus to creating tools that better support neurodiverse people. Through Project Fluency, he is building an all-in-one app that helps users organise their lives, improve well-being, and connect through shared experiences. His discovery of being both autistic and ADHD reshaped how he understands success and balance. Now, through reflection, technology, and empathy, he helps others turn self-discovery into strength and build support systems that truly work.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Autism: Ross turns self-understanding into balance and growth.

  • Project Fluency: His app helps neurodiverse users reflect, grow, and connect.

  • From Challenge to Change: Personal struggles shaped his mission.

  • Balanced Structure: He blends focus with flexibility for steady progress.

  • Build What You Need: When support is missing, create it with purpose.


Additional Insights:

  • Balance First: Ross builds structure with room for creativity and rest.

  • Three-Hour Rule: He sets daily goals in short, focused blocks of time.

  • Purple Path: His idea of balance blends order and freedom for sustainable work.

  • Community Focus: Ross aims to make Project Fluency open and supportive for everyone.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “If something doesn’t exist, go and make it yourself.” - Ross Heatley

  • “Being twice exceptional means having both giftedness and neurodivergence.” - Ross Heatley

  • “Be kind to yourself; pressure and comparison are the thief of joy.” - Ross Heatley


Join Ross as he shares how discovering his ADHD and autism shaped his path from HR advisor to founder. Learn how Project Fluency helps neurodiverse people build structure, confidence, and real-world connections. Discover how reflection, empathy, and balance can turn self-awareness into growth and lasting purpose.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:28] - Meet Ross Heatley
[02:09] - Ross's Background and Neurodivergent Journey
[06:42] - The Breaking Point and Self-Discovery
[08:02] - Identifying ADHD and Autistic Traits
[12:27] - The Inflexion Point of Understanding
[16:23] - Self-Diagnosis and Validation
[19:27] - The Vision Behind Project Fluency
[22:13] - Reflect, Grow, and Connect
[23:16] - A User's Journey with the App
[24:51] - Introducing "Living Energies"
[29:00] - The "Purple Path" and Sustainable Structure
[33:13] - The Importance of Being Kind to Yourself

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/4rQhk7bt3ZriSNfeVLxBj9?si=10ec3f4b0a374035

]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/rosshe-atley   

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August talks with Ross Heatley, Founder of Project Fluency LTD. Ross shares how his journey with ADHD, autism, and giftedness inspired him to create a digital support app designed for neurodiverse minds. He explains how Project Fluency helps users reflect, grow, and connect by combining executive function tools, wellness features, and real-world challenges. Ross also opens up about leaving corporate work to build a system that empowers self-understanding and balance, turning personal struggles into innovation and meaningful change.

Ross is not just building an app; he is creating support that meets people where they are. Through Project Fluency, he helps neurodiverse individuals manage daily life, build confidence, and connect with others. His ADHD and autism once made traditional work hard to navigate, but now they guide his creativity and purpose. By combining reflection, structure, and compassion, he shows how self-awareness can turn challenges into tools for growth and lasting change.

Ross spent years working in HR before turning his focus to creating tools that better support neurodiverse people. Through Project Fluency, he is building an all-in-one app that helps users organise their lives, improve well-being, and connect through shared experiences. His discovery of being both autistic and ADHD reshaped how he understands success and balance. Now, through reflection, technology, and empathy, he helps others turn self-discovery into strength and build support systems that truly work.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Autism: Ross turns self-understanding into balance and growth.

  • Project Fluency: His app helps neurodiverse users reflect, grow, and connect.

  • From Challenge to Change: Personal struggles shaped his mission.

  • Balanced Structure: He blends focus with flexibility for steady progress.

  • Build What You Need: When support is missing, create it with purpose.


Additional Insights:

  • Balance First: Ross builds structure with room for creativity and rest.

  • Three-Hour Rule: He sets daily goals in short, focused blocks of time.

  • Purple Path: His idea of balance blends order and freedom for sustainable work.

  • Community Focus: Ross aims to make Project Fluency open and supportive for everyone.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “If something doesn’t exist, go and make it yourself.” - Ross Heatley

  • “Being twice exceptional means having both giftedness and neurodivergence.” - Ross Heatley

  • “Be kind to yourself; pressure and comparison are the thief of joy.” - Ross Heatley


Join Ross as he shares how discovering his ADHD and autism shaped his path from HR advisor to founder. Learn how Project Fluency helps neurodiverse people build structure, confidence, and real-world connections. Discover how reflection, empathy, and balance can turn self-awareness into growth and lasting purpose.

Episode Highlights:
[00:00] - Teaser
[01:28] - Meet Ross Heatley
[02:09] - Ross's Background and Neurodivergent Journey
[06:42] - The Breaking Point and Self-Discovery
[08:02] - Identifying ADHD and Autistic Traits
[12:27] - The Inflexion Point of Understanding
[16:23] - Self-Diagnosis and Validation
[19:27] - The Vision Behind Project Fluency
[22:13] - Reflect, Grow, and Connect
[23:16] - A User's Journey with the App
[24:51] - Introducing "Living Energies"
[29:00] - The "Purple Path" and Sustainable Structure
[33:13] - The Importance of Being Kind to Yourself

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:


Websites:   


FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


Spotify: https://open.spotify.com/show/4rQhk7bt3ZriSNfeVLxBj9?si=10ec3f4b0a374035

]]>flightcast:01KG0EV8X358NJFQ52HNEVPG07Thu, 04 Dec 2025 00:00:00 -040035:36falsefullHow “Gold Plating” Keeps ADHD Entrepreneurs Stuck (And how to get unstuck)How “Gold Plating” Keeps ADHD Entrepreneurs Stuck (And how to get unstuck)🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhd-go-ldplating

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explores a habit he calls “ADHD gold plating.” He explains how ADHD brains often delay progress by constantly improving things instead of finishing and sharing them. This episode shows how perfectionism and fear of rejection can stop real growth. Steve shares the idea of “good, better, best” to help entrepreneurs release their work sooner and improve it over time. It is a practical and encouraging message for anyone trying to make progress with ADHD.

Steve talks about a common trap many ADHD entrepreneurs fall into, which is called “ADHD gold plating.” He explains how the brain keeps adding improvements to a task, making it harder to finish and share with others. This delay often comes from fear of rejection and a desire to get things perfect. Steve shares how thinking in terms of “good, better, best” helps people release their work sooner and build on it later. By focusing on action and learning through feedback, entrepreneurs can move forward faster and avoid getting stuck.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Gold Plating: Trying to make things perfect can stop real progress and delay results.
  • Perfection Blocks Feedback: Waiting too long to share work means missing out on helpful responses.
  • Good Is Good Enough: Releasing a “good” version is often the fastest way to learn and grow.

Additional Insights:

  • Perfection Delays Progress: Always trying to improve can stop things from being finished or shared.
  • Fear Fuels Delay: Worry about rejection can lead to endless changes instead of real action.
  • Action Brings Clarity: Releasing work early helps gather feedback and builds momentum over time.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Gold plating is when we keep making things better and better, but never release them.” - Steve August
  • “A quick no is better than a long maybe.” - Steve August
  • “Good is done enough to put it out there.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the concept of 'ADHD gold plating' and how it holds entrepreneurs back. Learn why trying to make things perfect can stop real progress and delay success. This episode shares simple ways to break the cycle, take action sooner, and grow through feedback.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Introduction: What is "ADHD Gold Plating"?

[02:37] - The Hidden Cost: Delayed Rewards and Missing Feedback

[03:58] - The Solution: The "Good, Better, Best" Framework

[05:35] - The Virtuous Loop: Clarity - Focus - Action - Clarity

[06:38] - Conclusion: How to Avoid the Gold Plating Trap

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhd-go-ldplating

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explores a habit he calls “ADHD gold plating.” He explains how ADHD brains often delay progress by constantly improving things instead of finishing and sharing them. This episode shows how perfectionism and fear of rejection can stop real growth. Steve shares the idea of “good, better, best” to help entrepreneurs release their work sooner and improve it over time. It is a practical and encouraging message for anyone trying to make progress with ADHD.

Steve talks about a common trap many ADHD entrepreneurs fall into, which is called “ADHD gold plating.” He explains how the brain keeps adding improvements to a task, making it harder to finish and share with others. This delay often comes from fear of rejection and a desire to get things perfect. Steve shares how thinking in terms of “good, better, best” helps people release their work sooner and build on it later. By focusing on action and learning through feedback, entrepreneurs can move forward faster and avoid getting stuck.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Gold Plating: Trying to make things perfect can stop real progress and delay results.
  • Perfection Blocks Feedback: Waiting too long to share work means missing out on helpful responses.
  • Good Is Good Enough: Releasing a “good” version is often the fastest way to learn and grow.

Additional Insights:

  • Perfection Delays Progress: Always trying to improve can stop things from being finished or shared.
  • Fear Fuels Delay: Worry about rejection can lead to endless changes instead of real action.
  • Action Brings Clarity: Releasing work early helps gather feedback and builds momentum over time.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Gold plating is when we keep making things better and better, but never release them.” - Steve August
  • “A quick no is better than a long maybe.” - Steve August
  • “Good is done enough to put it out there.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the concept of 'ADHD gold plating' and how it holds entrepreneurs back. Learn why trying to make things perfect can stop real progress and delay success. This episode shares simple ways to break the cycle, take action sooner, and grow through feedback.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Introduction: What is "ADHD Gold Plating"?

[02:37] - The Hidden Cost: Delayed Rewards and Missing Feedback

[03:58] - The Solution: The "Good, Better, Best" Framework

[05:35] - The Virtuous Loop: Clarity - Focus - Action - Clarity

[06:38] - Conclusion: How to Avoid the Gold Plating Trap

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>flightcast:01KG0EGPBMTEN53BRA6VPMVR0WThu, 27 Nov 2025 00:00:00 -040007:44falsefullADHD Claustrophobia Is Shrinking Your Life: This Weekly System Will Set You FreeADHD Claustrophobia Is Shrinking Your Life: This Weekly System Will Set You Free🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhdclaustro-phobia

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explores a feeling he calls “ADHD claustrophobia.” He explains how ADHD brains often get stuck between bursts of interest and the pressure of deadlines, making it hard to move forward. This episode breaks down why this happens and how it can make life feel smaller and more stressful. Steve shares real stories of people using systems like his Weekly OS to regain control and open up their lives. It’s a message of hope and practical tools for entrepreneurs with ADHD.

Steve talks about a hidden challenge many ADHD entrepreneurs face, which is “ADHD claustrophobia.” He explains how the brain fills up with ideas and to-dos, but without a strong interest or a looming deadline, it becomes hard to take action. This gap, which he calls the “dopamine desert,” can make life feel small and stressful. Steve shares how systems like his Weekly OS can help reduce this pressure by making steady progress easier. When the right support is in place, people can start enjoying life again and do things they once thought were out of reach.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Claustrophobia Is Real: Feeling stuck or weighed down often comes from not being able to act without pressure or strong interest.
  • The Dopamine Desert: Without excitement or urgency, ADHD brains struggle to move forward.
  • Systems Bring Relief: Tools like the Weekly OS can help lift the weight and open up life again.

Additional Insights:

  • The World Can Shrink: ADHD brains often pull back from life when stuck between ideas and deadlines.
  • Overwhelm Builds Quietly: Avoiding input to stay focused can lead to stress and isolation.
  • Relief Is Possible: With the right tools, it's easier to take action, reduce pressure, and enjoy life more fully.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD claustrophobia is when your world starts to shrink because you can’t move forward.” - Steve August
  • “The dopamine desert is that space where interest fades and the deadline hasn’t hit yet.” - Steve August
  • “A good week is when we meet our ADHD brain and still make progress.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the feeling of ADHD claustrophobia and why it happens. Learn how the space between excitement and deadlines can leave you stuck, and how systems like the Weekly OS can help. This episode offers clear steps to ease pressure and feel freer in your daily life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Introduction: Defining "ADHD Claustrophobia"

[01:40] - The "Dopamine Desert" Between Interest and Deadlines

[03:46] - The Emotional Weight and Shrinking World

[04:23] - Case Studies: Transformation Through Systems

[07:08] - Conclusion and Path Forward

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhdclaustro-phobia

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, explores a feeling he calls “ADHD claustrophobia.” He explains how ADHD brains often get stuck between bursts of interest and the pressure of deadlines, making it hard to move forward. This episode breaks down why this happens and how it can make life feel smaller and more stressful. Steve shares real stories of people using systems like his Weekly OS to regain control and open up their lives. It’s a message of hope and practical tools for entrepreneurs with ADHD.

Steve talks about a hidden challenge many ADHD entrepreneurs face, which is “ADHD claustrophobia.” He explains how the brain fills up with ideas and to-dos, but without a strong interest or a looming deadline, it becomes hard to take action. This gap, which he calls the “dopamine desert,” can make life feel small and stressful. Steve shares how systems like his Weekly OS can help reduce this pressure by making steady progress easier. When the right support is in place, people can start enjoying life again and do things they once thought were out of reach.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Claustrophobia Is Real: Feeling stuck or weighed down often comes from not being able to act without pressure or strong interest.
  • The Dopamine Desert: Without excitement or urgency, ADHD brains struggle to move forward.
  • Systems Bring Relief: Tools like the Weekly OS can help lift the weight and open up life again.

Additional Insights:

  • The World Can Shrink: ADHD brains often pull back from life when stuck between ideas and deadlines.
  • Overwhelm Builds Quietly: Avoiding input to stay focused can lead to stress and isolation.
  • Relief Is Possible: With the right tools, it's easier to take action, reduce pressure, and enjoy life more fully.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD claustrophobia is when your world starts to shrink because you can’t move forward.” - Steve August
  • “The dopamine desert is that space where interest fades and the deadline hasn’t hit yet.” - Steve August
  • “A good week is when we meet our ADHD brain and still make progress.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the feeling of ADHD claustrophobia and why it happens. Learn how the space between excitement and deadlines can leave you stuck, and how systems like the Weekly OS can help. This episode offers clear steps to ease pressure and feel freer in your daily life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Introduction: Defining "ADHD Claustrophobia"

[01:40] - The "Dopamine Desert" Between Interest and Deadlines

[03:46] - The Emotional Weight and Shrinking World

[04:23] - Case Studies: Transformation Through Systems

[07:08] - Conclusion and Path Forward

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>60f99bc2-aff4-4117-9820-b65a60a2ba1eThu, 20 Nov 2025 05:00:00 -040007:37falsefull119119The Venture Studio Model for Startup Founders to Build Better Companies Faster with JT BentonThe Venture Studio Model for Startup Founders to Build Better Companies Faster with JT Benton🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/jtb-enton 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August talks with JT Benton, Co-Founder and General Partner at 9point8 Collective and General Partner at B’MORE Venture Studio. JT shares how the Venture Studio model builds companies from the ground up and helps founders focus on what really matters. He explains how studios remove distractions, create faster growth, and make startups more capital-efficient. JT also opens up about his lifelong ADHD journey, how it shapes his thinking and leadership, and why he sees it as a superpower that fuels innovation and curiosity.

JT isn’t just building startups; he’s helping founders stay focused by removing the noise that slows them down. Through his work at 9point8 Collective and B’MORE Venture Studio, he supports people turning big ideas into real companies. His ADHD once made structure hard, but now it fuels his creativity and drive. By pairing systems with curiosity, he shows how thinking differently can lead to better, faster innovation.

JT spent years founding and leading companies before focusing on helping others build them. Through 9point8 Collective and B’MORE Venture Studio, he guides studios and founders to launch ventures that work smarter and grow faster. His early ADHD challenges taught him how his brain really works, turning what once felt hard into his edge. Now, through mentoring and innovation, he helps entrepreneurs use their focus, curiosity, and energy to create real impact.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Success: JT turns his ADHD into a strength that drives focus and innovation.
  • Venture Studios: He explains how studios build startups faster and smarter.
  • Remove the Noise: Founders can skip admin stress and focus on real growth.
  • Fail, Learn, Pivot: JT shows how testing ideas leads to better companies.
  • Work with Purpose: He proves that curiosity and structure can build lasting success.


Additional Insights:

  • Brain First: JT works in ways that match how his ADHD mind functions best.
  • Focus Time: He blocks quiet hours to handle tasks that need deep focus.
  • Step Outside: Nature and movement help him reset and think clearly.
  • Ask for Help: He partners with people whose strengths balance his own.
  • Share Freely: JT opens up about ADHD to guide and support other founders.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “A Venture Studio is a company that builds other companies.” - JT Benton
  • “It’s not a disorder; it’s a different way of thinking.” - JT Benton
  • “Be more interesting, that’s how you get my attention.” - JT Benton


Join JT as he shares how ADHD shaped his journey as a founder and leader. Learn how the Venture Studio model helps startups grow faster, stay focused, and build with purpose. Discover how curiosity, systems, and self-awareness can turn big ideas into real success.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:39] - Meet JT Benton

[03:29] - Inside 9point8 Venture Studio

[06:50] - Helping Founders Grow Smarter

[10:41] - Learning Through Failure and Pivots

[14:44] - ADHD as a Founder’s Edge

[21:26] - Focus, Impulse, and Energy

[25:28] - Clarity Through Breaks and Routines

[27:50] - Guiding ADHD Founders to Succeed

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/jtb-enton 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August talks with JT Benton, Co-Founder and General Partner at 9point8 Collective and General Partner at B’MORE Venture Studio. JT shares how the Venture Studio model builds companies from the ground up and helps founders focus on what really matters. He explains how studios remove distractions, create faster growth, and make startups more capital-efficient. JT also opens up about his lifelong ADHD journey, how it shapes his thinking and leadership, and why he sees it as a superpower that fuels innovation and curiosity.

JT isn’t just building startups; he’s helping founders stay focused by removing the noise that slows them down. Through his work at 9point8 Collective and B’MORE Venture Studio, he supports people turning big ideas into real companies. His ADHD once made structure hard, but now it fuels his creativity and drive. By pairing systems with curiosity, he shows how thinking differently can lead to better, faster innovation.

JT spent years founding and leading companies before focusing on helping others build them. Through 9point8 Collective and B’MORE Venture Studio, he guides studios and founders to launch ventures that work smarter and grow faster. His early ADHD challenges taught him how his brain really works, turning what once felt hard into his edge. Now, through mentoring and innovation, he helps entrepreneurs use their focus, curiosity, and energy to create real impact.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Success: JT turns his ADHD into a strength that drives focus and innovation.
  • Venture Studios: He explains how studios build startups faster and smarter.
  • Remove the Noise: Founders can skip admin stress and focus on real growth.
  • Fail, Learn, Pivot: JT shows how testing ideas leads to better companies.
  • Work with Purpose: He proves that curiosity and structure can build lasting success.


Additional Insights:

  • Brain First: JT works in ways that match how his ADHD mind functions best.
  • Focus Time: He blocks quiet hours to handle tasks that need deep focus.
  • Step Outside: Nature and movement help him reset and think clearly.
  • Ask for Help: He partners with people whose strengths balance his own.
  • Share Freely: JT opens up about ADHD to guide and support other founders.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “A Venture Studio is a company that builds other companies.” - JT Benton
  • “It’s not a disorder; it’s a different way of thinking.” - JT Benton
  • “Be more interesting, that’s how you get my attention.” - JT Benton


Join JT as he shares how ADHD shaped his journey as a founder and leader. Learn how the Venture Studio model helps startups grow faster, stay focused, and build with purpose. Discover how curiosity, systems, and self-awareness can turn big ideas into real success.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:39] - Meet JT Benton

[03:29] - Inside 9point8 Venture Studio

[06:50] - Helping Founders Grow Smarter

[10:41] - Learning Through Failure and Pivots

[14:44] - ADHD as a Founder’s Edge

[21:26] - Focus, Impulse, and Energy

[25:28] - Clarity Through Breaks and Routines

[27:50] - Guiding ADHD Founders to Succeed

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>ab856f3b-a2e1-45a5-a6da-e2787ccc71b7Thu, 13 Nov 2025 06:00:00 -040030:28falsefull118118Why My ADHD Brain Took Three days to write a Quick EmailWhy My ADHD Brain Took Three days to write a Quick Email🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/why-that-qu-ickemail-took-me-three-days

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a personal story about why writing a simple email took him three days. He explains how tasks that seem quick can take much longer for ADHD brains because of hidden, deep work like decision-making. Steve breaks down the difference between surface work and the harder thinking behind it. He offers helpful advice, like creating a “to decide” list to avoid frustration and make progress. This episode helps ADHD entrepreneurs understand their process and work with their brain, not against it.

Steve shares how a task that seemed simple, like writing an email, turned into days of work because of hidden decisions. He explains that for ADHD brains, the real challenge is not the task itself but the deep thinking that happens behind the scenes. Making choices, setting priorities, and narrowing options take time and energy. Steve suggests tracking decisions, not just tasks, and creating a “to decide” list to help move forward. This shift in focus can ease frustration, bring clarity, and make work feel more manageable.

Key Takeaways:

  • Hidden Work Matters: Tasks can take longer because of deep thinking, not just distraction.
  • Decisions Take Time: ADHD brains often get stuck on choices, not actions.
  • Track Decisions: Use a “to decide” list alongside your to-do list for better clarity.

Additional Insights:

  • Decisions Hide in Tasks: What looks simple may involve big choices under the surface.
  • Deep Work Counts: Decision-making is real work that needs focus and time.
  • Name the Work: Noticing the mental steps behind tasks can ease stress and build progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Sometimes we really need a to decide list, not just a to-do list.” - Steve August
  • “Deep work is the real work. The output is just communicating what you decided.” - Steve August
  • “If you're stuck, there may be hidden decisions you haven't noticed yet.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he unpacks why simple tasks can take longer for ADHD brains. Learn how hidden decisions can slow you down and how tools like a “to decide” list can help. This episode will help you feel less stuck and more in control of your work.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Why That “Quick Email” Took Three Days

[01:33] - Hidden Decisions Behind Simple Tasks

[02:52] - ADHD Brains and the Struggle to Prioritize

[05:15] - The Power of a “To Decide” List

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/why-that-qu-ickemail-took-me-three-days

-------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, shares a personal story about why writing a simple email took him three days. He explains how tasks that seem quick can take much longer for ADHD brains because of hidden, deep work like decision-making. Steve breaks down the difference between surface work and the harder thinking behind it. He offers helpful advice, like creating a “to decide” list to avoid frustration and make progress. This episode helps ADHD entrepreneurs understand their process and work with their brain, not against it.

Steve shares how a task that seemed simple, like writing an email, turned into days of work because of hidden decisions. He explains that for ADHD brains, the real challenge is not the task itself but the deep thinking that happens behind the scenes. Making choices, setting priorities, and narrowing options take time and energy. Steve suggests tracking decisions, not just tasks, and creating a “to decide” list to help move forward. This shift in focus can ease frustration, bring clarity, and make work feel more manageable.

Key Takeaways:

  • Hidden Work Matters: Tasks can take longer because of deep thinking, not just distraction.
  • Decisions Take Time: ADHD brains often get stuck on choices, not actions.
  • Track Decisions: Use a “to decide” list alongside your to-do list for better clarity.

Additional Insights:

  • Decisions Hide in Tasks: What looks simple may involve big choices under the surface.
  • Deep Work Counts: Decision-making is real work that needs focus and time.
  • Name the Work: Noticing the mental steps behind tasks can ease stress and build progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Sometimes we really need a to decide list, not just a to-do list.” - Steve August
  • “Deep work is the real work. The output is just communicating what you decided.” - Steve August
  • “If you're stuck, there may be hidden decisions you haven't noticed yet.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he unpacks why simple tasks can take longer for ADHD brains. Learn how hidden decisions can slow you down and how tools like a “to decide” list can help. This episode will help you feel less stuck and more in control of your work.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Why That “Quick Email” Took Three Days

[01:33] - Hidden Decisions Behind Simple Tasks

[02:52] - ADHD Brains and the Struggle to Prioritize

[05:15] - The Power of a “To Decide” List

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>f5aa5589-997c-44cd-b941-ee067da46799Thu, 06 Nov 2025 09:00:00 -040007:06falsefull117117How ADHD & Autistic Creators Can Build Systems That Actually Work - Jenna RedfieldHow ADHD & Autistic Creators Can Build Systems That Actually Work - Jenna Redfield🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/jennared-field 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August chats with Jenna Redfield, Founder of Red Thread Studio MN and Host of The Optimization Toolbox Podcast, and a marketing coach, content creator, and Notion expert. Jenna shares how ADHD and autism shape her work, systems, and creative flow. From local video services to digital planning tools, she helps entrepreneurs stay organized and visible online. They talk about her 13 Pillar System, content batching, weekly planning, and why systems should match your brain. Jenna shows how self-awareness and flexible tools can turn chaos into clarity.

Jenna helps ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and consistent by building systems that actually work for how their brains operate. After years in video production and content creation, she found clarity through her ADHD and autism diagnoses, and used that insight to reshape how she works. Now, through coaching, Notion templates, and simple planning tools like her 13 Pillars, she helps others avoid burnout and stay on track in a way that feels good and sustainable.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Autism: Jenna uses both to shape how she works and teaches.
  • Smart Systems: Her 13 Pillars and Notion tools help brains stay on track.
  • Content Made Easy: She shows how to batch videos and plan with ease.
  • Work Your Way: Jenna believes systems must fit your brain, not the other way.
  • Plan with Purpose: She helps ADHD creators stay focused without burnout.


Additional Insights:

  • Brain First: Jenna builds her week around what her brain needs most.
  • Daily Structure: She sets certain days for content, meetings, and rest.
  • Tool Power: Calendars, reminders, and booking links help her stay clear.
  • Speak Openly: Jenna shares her story to help others feel seen and supported.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I don’t make it pretty, I make it work.” - Jenna Redfield
  • “The system has to fit you, not the other way around.” - Jenna Redfield
  • “I lost my keys, so I use AirTags. That’s just how my brain works.” - Jenna Redfield


Join Jenna as she shares how ADHD and autism shaped her work, tools, and mindset. Learn how clear systems, honest planning, and brain-first habits help creators stay focused, calm, and in control.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:25] - Meet Jenna Redfield: Creator, Coach, and Notion Expert

[03:06] - How Jenna Helps ADHD Entrepreneurs with Video and Content

[04:20] - Building Local Community and Getting Clients Through Networking

[06:05] - Jenna’s ADHD, Love for Systems, and Discovery of Notion

[06:54] - Becoming a Notion Ambassador and Teaching on YouTube

[07:41] - Why Systems Must Match Your ADHD Brain

[11:28] - Problems with “Eat the Frog” and Pomodoro for ADHD

[13:28] - Jenna’s Late ADHD and Autism Diagnoses Explained

[17:19] - Brain-First Planning and Weekly Routines That Work

FOLLOW THE GUEST:


LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   




FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/jennared-field 

---------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, Host Steve August chats with Jenna Redfield, Founder of Red Thread Studio MN and Host of The Optimization Toolbox Podcast, and a marketing coach, content creator, and Notion expert. Jenna shares how ADHD and autism shape her work, systems, and creative flow. From local video services to digital planning tools, she helps entrepreneurs stay organized and visible online. They talk about her 13 Pillar System, content batching, weekly planning, and why systems should match your brain. Jenna shows how self-awareness and flexible tools can turn chaos into clarity.

Jenna helps ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and consistent by building systems that actually work for how their brains operate. After years in video production and content creation, she found clarity through her ADHD and autism diagnoses, and used that insight to reshape how she works. Now, through coaching, Notion templates, and simple planning tools like her 13 Pillars, she helps others avoid burnout and stay on track in a way that feels good and sustainable.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD & Autism: Jenna uses both to shape how she works and teaches.
  • Smart Systems: Her 13 Pillars and Notion tools help brains stay on track.
  • Content Made Easy: She shows how to batch videos and plan with ease.
  • Work Your Way: Jenna believes systems must fit your brain, not the other way.
  • Plan with Purpose: She helps ADHD creators stay focused without burnout.


Additional Insights:

  • Brain First: Jenna builds her week around what her brain needs most.
  • Daily Structure: She sets certain days for content, meetings, and rest.
  • Tool Power: Calendars, reminders, and booking links help her stay clear.
  • Speak Openly: Jenna shares her story to help others feel seen and supported.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I don’t make it pretty, I make it work.” - Jenna Redfield
  • “The system has to fit you, not the other way around.” - Jenna Redfield
  • “I lost my keys, so I use AirTags. That’s just how my brain works.” - Jenna Redfield


Join Jenna as she shares how ADHD and autism shaped her work, tools, and mindset. Learn how clear systems, honest planning, and brain-first habits help creators stay focused, calm, and in control.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:25] - Meet Jenna Redfield: Creator, Coach, and Notion Expert

[03:06] - How Jenna Helps ADHD Entrepreneurs with Video and Content

[04:20] - Building Local Community and Getting Clients Through Networking

[06:05] - Jenna’s ADHD, Love for Systems, and Discovery of Notion

[06:54] - Becoming a Notion Ambassador and Teaching on YouTube

[07:41] - Why Systems Must Match Your ADHD Brain

[11:28] - Problems with “Eat the Frog” and Pomodoro for ADHD

[13:28] - Jenna’s Late ADHD and Autism Diagnoses Explained

[17:19] - Brain-First Planning and Weekly Routines That Work

FOLLOW THE GUEST:


LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   




FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>b8feb711-d018-469b-8326-839d2a5dabb7Thu, 30 Oct 2025 10:00:00 -040022:59falsefull116116Letting Go of Productivity Shame in ADHD to Stop the Guilt and Start Getting Things DoneLetting Go of Productivity Shame in ADHD to Stop the Guilt and Start Getting Things Done🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Solo-LettingGoOfProductivityShame

–------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and talks about “productivity shame,” the guilt ADHD entrepreneurs feel when they don’t get enough done. Steve explains why common systems don’t always work for ADHD brains and how accepting your brain’s unique way of working is key. He shares simple tips like using weekly plans, coworking, and loose time-blocks to make progress without burnout. This episode helps you feel less alone and more in control of how you work.

Steve talks about how ADHD entrepreneurs often feel guilty for not getting enough done. He explains that this “productivity shame” comes from trying to use systems that don’t fit how ADHD brains work. Instead, he says to accept your brain and use simple tools like weekly planning, short work sessions, and co-working. These help make tasks easier to start and finish. Letting go of shame and working with your brain helps you stay focused, feel better, and get more done.

Key Takeaways:

  • Let Go of Shame: Accept how your ADHD brain works and stop feeling guilty.
  • Work With Your Brain: Plan around your best focus times and energy levels.
  • Simple Systems: Use easy tools like weekly planning and loose time-blocks to get things done.

Additional Insights:

  • Shame Is Common: Many with ADHD feel guilt when they can’t finish tasks.
  • Know Your Brain: ADHD brains need support with planning and follow-through.
  • Plan Smarter: Use simple tools and accept your brain to make real progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Let go of productivity shame and accept how your brain works.” - Steve August
  • “Your brain isn’t broken, it just works differently.” - Steve August
  • “Plan for when your brain works best, not when it should.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he talks about letting go of productivity shame and working with your ADHD brain. Discover how weekly planning, co-working, and self-acceptance can help you stay focused, feel better, and get more done without stress.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Understanding Productivity Shame in ADHD

[02:59] - Daily Struggles: Plans, Distractions & Guilt

[04:29] - Accepting Your ADHD Brain and How It Works

[06:55] - Tools, Systems & Mindset Shifts That Help

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/Solo-LettingGoOfProductivityShame

–------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and talks about “productivity shame,” the guilt ADHD entrepreneurs feel when they don’t get enough done. Steve explains why common systems don’t always work for ADHD brains and how accepting your brain’s unique way of working is key. He shares simple tips like using weekly plans, coworking, and loose time-blocks to make progress without burnout. This episode helps you feel less alone and more in control of how you work.

Steve talks about how ADHD entrepreneurs often feel guilty for not getting enough done. He explains that this “productivity shame” comes from trying to use systems that don’t fit how ADHD brains work. Instead, he says to accept your brain and use simple tools like weekly planning, short work sessions, and co-working. These help make tasks easier to start and finish. Letting go of shame and working with your brain helps you stay focused, feel better, and get more done.

Key Takeaways:

  • Let Go of Shame: Accept how your ADHD brain works and stop feeling guilty.
  • Work With Your Brain: Plan around your best focus times and energy levels.
  • Simple Systems: Use easy tools like weekly planning and loose time-blocks to get things done.

Additional Insights:

  • Shame Is Common: Many with ADHD feel guilt when they can’t finish tasks.
  • Know Your Brain: ADHD brains need support with planning and follow-through.
  • Plan Smarter: Use simple tools and accept your brain to make real progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Let go of productivity shame and accept how your brain works.” - Steve August
  • “Your brain isn’t broken, it just works differently.” - Steve August
  • “Plan for when your brain works best, not when it should.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he talks about letting go of productivity shame and working with your ADHD brain. Discover how weekly planning, co-working, and self-acceptance can help you stay focused, feel better, and get more done without stress.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Grab Your Free ADHD Dashboard to Master Your Week!

[00:28] - Understanding Productivity Shame in ADHD

[02:59] - Daily Struggles: Plans, Distractions & Guilt

[04:29] - Accepting Your ADHD Brain and How It Works

[06:55] - Tools, Systems & Mindset Shifts That Help

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>4d7b032c-c339-4253-baef-ded47b5ef344Thu, 23 Oct 2025 10:00:00 -040010:04falsefull115115ADHD Productivity System for Founders to Beat Overwhelm using the Only Tens with Mark J. SilvermanADHD Productivity System for Founders to Beat Overwhelm using the Only Tens with Mark J. Silverman🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/marks-ilverman 

—------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Mark J. Silverman, an Executive Coach, Speaker, Podcaster, and Author at Mark J. Silverman and Associates LLC, to explore how ADHD has shaped his life, career, and coaching practice. From addiction recovery to high-level tech sales and then becoming a transformational coach, Mark shares the systems, insights, and mindset shifts that have allowed him to turn ADHD challenges into superpowers. They dive deep into productivity, authenticity, self-awareness, and how his "Only 10s" methodology helps people align actions with their values and capabilities.

Mark isn’t just a coach; he’s helping ADHD leaders succeed by doing less, not more. His ADHD once made life hard, but now it’s his strength. After big wins in tech sales, he learned to trust what truly matters. With his “Only 10s” method, he teaches others to focus, say no, and build lives full of peace, not pressure.

Mark spent years in tech sales before becoming a coach for leaders with ADHD. His late diagnosis helped him understand how his brain works. From big business deals to deep personal work, he’s learned to focus on what truly matters. Now, through writing and coaching, he helps others do less, trust themselves, and lead with clarity.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Insight: Mark turned his ADHD into a tool for focus and success.
  • Simple Tools: His “Only 10s” method helps people do what really matters.
  • Big Shifts: He went from sales to coaching top leaders and changemakers.
  • Know Yourself: He teaches how to spot the lies we tell ourselves and stay true.
  • Lead with Peace: Mark shows ADHD minds how to thrive with less stress.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Action: Mark’s ADHD taught him to work with his brain, not against it.
  • Big Change: Coaching showed him how to stop people-pleasing and set limits.
  • Focus Tools: Whiteboards, check-ins, and help from others keep him on track.
  • Trust Yourself: He learned to listen to what he really wants, not just say yes.
  • Share the Truth: Mark opens up about his path to help others feel less alone.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I don’t think it’s that you can’t get things done, you just don’t want to.” - Mark J. Silverman
  • “If I only do what I really want to, everything works better.” - Mark J. Silverman
  • “I pay for help because I know I won’t do it myself.” - Mark J. Silverman


Join Mark as he shares how ADHD shaped his path from burnout to balance. Learn how focus, honesty, and simple tools help ADHD minds lead with calm, do less, and still make a big impact.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:51] - Introduction to Mark Silverman: Coach, Author, and Leader

[03:37] - How Mark Became a Key Influence in Steve’s Coaching Journey

[05:02] - Mark on His ADHD Diagnosis and the Struggles Before Awareness

[09:52] - Mark on How "Only 10s" Transformed His Productivity

[14:02] - Mark on Prioritizing with "Only 10s" for ADHD Brains

[21:07] - Mark on Paying for Support to Stay Productive

[23:02] - Mark on Overcoming Fear, Setting Boundaries, and Saying No

[27:45] - Mark’s Approach to Prioritizing Big Decisions

[31:32] - True North & Legacy

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/marks-ilverman 

—------------------------------------------------------------

In this episode of the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast, host Steve August talks with Mark J. Silverman, an Executive Coach, Speaker, Podcaster, and Author at Mark J. Silverman and Associates LLC, to explore how ADHD has shaped his life, career, and coaching practice. From addiction recovery to high-level tech sales and then becoming a transformational coach, Mark shares the systems, insights, and mindset shifts that have allowed him to turn ADHD challenges into superpowers. They dive deep into productivity, authenticity, self-awareness, and how his "Only 10s" methodology helps people align actions with their values and capabilities.

Mark isn’t just a coach; he’s helping ADHD leaders succeed by doing less, not more. His ADHD once made life hard, but now it’s his strength. After big wins in tech sales, he learned to trust what truly matters. With his “Only 10s” method, he teaches others to focus, say no, and build lives full of peace, not pressure.

Mark spent years in tech sales before becoming a coach for leaders with ADHD. His late diagnosis helped him understand how his brain works. From big business deals to deep personal work, he’s learned to focus on what truly matters. Now, through writing and coaching, he helps others do less, trust themselves, and lead with clarity.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Insight: Mark turned his ADHD into a tool for focus and success.
  • Simple Tools: His “Only 10s” method helps people do what really matters.
  • Big Shifts: He went from sales to coaching top leaders and changemakers.
  • Know Yourself: He teaches how to spot the lies we tell ourselves and stay true.
  • Lead with Peace: Mark shows ADHD minds how to thrive with less stress.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Action: Mark’s ADHD taught him to work with his brain, not against it.
  • Big Change: Coaching showed him how to stop people-pleasing and set limits.
  • Focus Tools: Whiteboards, check-ins, and help from others keep him on track.
  • Trust Yourself: He learned to listen to what he really wants, not just say yes.
  • Share the Truth: Mark opens up about his path to help others feel less alone.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I don’t think it’s that you can’t get things done, you just don’t want to.” - Mark J. Silverman
  • “If I only do what I really want to, everything works better.” - Mark J. Silverman
  • “I pay for help because I know I won’t do it myself.” - Mark J. Silverman


Join Mark as he shares how ADHD shaped his path from burnout to balance. Learn how focus, honesty, and simple tools help ADHD minds lead with calm, do less, and still make a big impact.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:51] - Introduction to Mark Silverman: Coach, Author, and Leader

[03:37] - How Mark Became a Key Influence in Steve’s Coaching Journey

[05:02] - Mark on His ADHD Diagnosis and the Struggles Before Awareness

[09:52] - Mark on How "Only 10s" Transformed His Productivity

[14:02] - Mark on Prioritizing with "Only 10s" for ADHD Brains

[21:07] - Mark on Paying for Support to Stay Productive

[23:02] - Mark on Overcoming Fear, Setting Boundaries, and Saying No

[27:45] - Mark’s Approach to Prioritizing Big Decisions

[31:32] - True North & Legacy

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>6135e458-ae86-44fc-b2b7-f15686795281Thu, 16 Oct 2025 10:00:00 -040035:42falsefull114114Monetary Goals as the ADHD Motivation Dilemma Entrepreneurs Must UnderstandMonetary Goals as the ADHD Motivation Dilemma Entrepreneurs Must Understand🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solo-monetary-goalsa-s-adhd-motivation-dilemma

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares insights on why money and revenue goals may not always motivate ADHD entrepreneurs. He explains that ADHD brains are driven by intense deadlines or interest in tasks, but struggle with longer-term rewards. Steve offers practical advice on how to stay consistent with weekly tasks, making activities more interesting, and using co-working to beat procrastination. This episode provides strategies to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and avoid burnout.

Steve shares a helpful strategy for ADHD entrepreneurs to stay motivated: instead of relying on big goals, focus on weekly progress. ADHD brains thrive on intense interest or urgent deadlines, but struggle with long-term goals. By setting weekly tasks and sticking to them, ADHD entrepreneurs can stay on track. Steve suggests finding ways to make tasks interesting and using co-working to stay focused. This approach helps reduce procrastination, build momentum, and keep ADHD minds engaged and productive.

Key Takeaways:

  • Interest-Driven Tasks: Focus on what excites you to stay motivated.
  • ADHD Focus: Use weekly goals to avoid distractions and stay on track.
  • Co-Working: Team up with others to beat procrastination and boost productivity.

Additional Insights:

  • Not Giving Up: Focusing on weekly tasks helps avoid overwhelm.
  • ADHD Brain Reality: Long-term goals don’t motivate; interest does.
  • Weekly Check-ins: Regular planning keeps you on track and reduces stress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Focus on weekly progress, not distant goals.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains thrive on short-term interest, not long-term rewards.” - Steve August
  • “Co-working and interest can turn distractions into productivity.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains how focusing on weekly tasks helps ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated, reduce stress, and avoid overwhelm. Learn practical tips to stay on track, make tasks interesting, and boost productivity with co-working.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:28] - The ADHD Money Motivation Paradox

[02:54] - ADHD Motivation & Weekly Planning

[06:25] - Making Tasks Engaging & Co-Working

[08:24] - Reframing ADHD Entrepreneur Success

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solo-monetary-goalsa-s-adhd-motivation-dilemma

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares insights on why money and revenue goals may not always motivate ADHD entrepreneurs. He explains that ADHD brains are driven by intense deadlines or interest in tasks, but struggle with longer-term rewards. Steve offers practical advice on how to stay consistent with weekly tasks, making activities more interesting, and using co-working to beat procrastination. This episode provides strategies to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and avoid burnout.

Steve shares a helpful strategy for ADHD entrepreneurs to stay motivated: instead of relying on big goals, focus on weekly progress. ADHD brains thrive on intense interest or urgent deadlines, but struggle with long-term goals. By setting weekly tasks and sticking to them, ADHD entrepreneurs can stay on track. Steve suggests finding ways to make tasks interesting and using co-working to stay focused. This approach helps reduce procrastination, build momentum, and keep ADHD minds engaged and productive.

Key Takeaways:

  • Interest-Driven Tasks: Focus on what excites you to stay motivated.
  • ADHD Focus: Use weekly goals to avoid distractions and stay on track.
  • Co-Working: Team up with others to beat procrastination and boost productivity.

Additional Insights:

  • Not Giving Up: Focusing on weekly tasks helps avoid overwhelm.
  • ADHD Brain Reality: Long-term goals don’t motivate; interest does.
  • Weekly Check-ins: Regular planning keeps you on track and reduces stress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Focus on weekly progress, not distant goals.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains thrive on short-term interest, not long-term rewards.” - Steve August
  • “Co-working and interest can turn distractions into productivity.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains how focusing on weekly tasks helps ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated, reduce stress, and avoid overwhelm. Learn practical tips to stay on track, make tasks interesting, and boost productivity with co-working.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:28] - The ADHD Money Motivation Paradox

[02:54] - ADHD Motivation & Weekly Planning

[06:25] - Making Tasks Engaging & Co-Working

[08:24] - Reframing ADHD Entrepreneur Success

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>3e162a51-7d02-433f-8270-e6a5ba39a120Thu, 09 Oct 2025 10:00:00 -040009:44falsefull113113How Mission-Driven Founders Overcame 90% Funding Loss and Raised $750K with Beck HayesHow Mission-Driven Founders Overcame 90% Funding Loss and Raised $750K with Beck Hayes🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/beckh-ayes 

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Beck Hayes, a Session Lead & Community Facilitator at Climatebase, Co-Founder & Principal Consultant at The Atharii Collective, and Writer at Sowing Seas. She talks about her journey from Peace Corps to leading global impact work, how she got diagnosed at 31, and the tools that help her thrive. Learn how Beck uses her story and skills to support change-makers around the world.

Beck isn’t just a grant expert; she’s working to fix how mission-driven groups get funded. Her ADHD helped her stay flexible when her business hit a major crisis. At Athari, she helps small groups find money, grow, and keep going strong. She believes that with support, community, and the right mindset, ADHD brains can lead to real change.

Beck spent years in climate and ocean work before starting Athari, a group that helps changemakers get funding. Her late ADHD diagnosis helped her see how her brain works best. From global projects to small nonprofits, she builds bridges between ideas and money. Now, she helps others stay strong, adapt, and keep making a difference.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Power: Beck uses her ADHD to stay flexible and keep moving forward.
  • Funding Guide: She helps small groups find money and grow their impact.
  • Real Change: Her work supports health, climate, and social justice projects.
  • Bounce Back: She rebuilt her business after a major funding loss.
  • Stronger Together: Beck shows how ADHD minds can lead with care and courage.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Impact: Beck’s ADHD helps her stay creative and solve hard funding problems.
  • Work Shift: Losing clients pushed her to find new ways to help and grow.
  • Freedom to Adapt: She works best when she can move fast and stay flexible.
  • Helpful Tools: Therapy, body doubling, and co-working help her stay on track.
  • Real Talk: Beck shares her story to support others with ADHD on their journey.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “We’re not going to stop. These groups need support.” - Beck Hayes
  • “I am not my thoughts. That changed everything for me.” - Beck Hayes
  • “Community helps me feel seen and stay strong.” - Beck Hayes


Join Beck Hayes as she shares how ADHD helped her stay strong through big changes. Learn how support, flexibility, and mission-driven work help ADHD minds lead, grow, and make a real impact.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:55] - Meet Beck Hayes: Social Entrepreneur & Founder of Athari

[04:22] - From Sustainable Oceans to Grant Writing Success

[05:48] - Funding Justice: Somali Health Support & Climate Startups

[07:41] - Losing 90% of Clients After Federal Grant Cuts

[09:46] - Pivoting Fast: ADHD Flexibility in Action

[11:21] - Teaching Nonprofits to Earn & Adapt for Survival

[16:43] - Finding New Tools: DBT, Therapy & Mental Health Growth

[22:38] - Accountability, Body Doubling & ADHD Community

[24:35] - Final Thoughts & Where to Find Beck Hayes

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/beckh-ayes 

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Beck Hayes, a Session Lead & Community Facilitator at Climatebase, Co-Founder & Principal Consultant at The Atharii Collective, and Writer at Sowing Seas. She talks about her journey from Peace Corps to leading global impact work, how she got diagnosed at 31, and the tools that help her thrive. Learn how Beck uses her story and skills to support change-makers around the world.

Beck isn’t just a grant expert; she’s working to fix how mission-driven groups get funded. Her ADHD helped her stay flexible when her business hit a major crisis. At Athari, she helps small groups find money, grow, and keep going strong. She believes that with support, community, and the right mindset, ADHD brains can lead to real change.

Beck spent years in climate and ocean work before starting Athari, a group that helps changemakers get funding. Her late ADHD diagnosis helped her see how her brain works best. From global projects to small nonprofits, she builds bridges between ideas and money. Now, she helps others stay strong, adapt, and keep making a difference.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Power: Beck uses her ADHD to stay flexible and keep moving forward.
  • Funding Guide: She helps small groups find money and grow their impact.
  • Real Change: Her work supports health, climate, and social justice projects.
  • Bounce Back: She rebuilt her business after a major funding loss.
  • Stronger Together: Beck shows how ADHD minds can lead with care and courage.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Impact: Beck’s ADHD helps her stay creative and solve hard funding problems.
  • Work Shift: Losing clients pushed her to find new ways to help and grow.
  • Freedom to Adapt: She works best when she can move fast and stay flexible.
  • Helpful Tools: Therapy, body doubling, and co-working help her stay on track.
  • Real Talk: Beck shares her story to support others with ADHD on their journey.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “We’re not going to stop. These groups need support.” - Beck Hayes
  • “I am not my thoughts. That changed everything for me.” - Beck Hayes
  • “Community helps me feel seen and stay strong.” - Beck Hayes


Join Beck Hayes as she shares how ADHD helped her stay strong through big changes. Learn how support, flexibility, and mission-driven work help ADHD minds lead, grow, and make a real impact.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:55] - Meet Beck Hayes: Social Entrepreneur & Founder of Athari

[04:22] - From Sustainable Oceans to Grant Writing Success

[05:48] - Funding Justice: Somali Health Support & Climate Startups

[07:41] - Losing 90% of Clients After Federal Grant Cuts

[09:46] - Pivoting Fast: ADHD Flexibility in Action

[11:21] - Teaching Nonprofits to Earn & Adapt for Survival

[16:43] - Finding New Tools: DBT, Therapy & Mental Health Growth

[22:38] - Accountability, Body Doubling & ADHD Community

[24:35] - Final Thoughts & Where to Find Beck Hayes

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts:



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>e37dced2-c087-4639-bcd8-6cd093f24f3bThu, 02 Oct 2025 10:00:00 -040027:50falsefull112112Solo–Putting Balls Down Vs Dropping Them for ADHD Founders to Prioritize Better and Stay FocusedSolo–Putting Balls Down Vs Dropping Them for ADHD Founders to Prioritize Better and Stay Focused🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solo-putting-ballsdo-wn-vs-dropping-them

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares a quick solo episode on a powerful mindset shift. Instead of “dropping the ball,” Steve talks about the idea of “putting balls down,” making clear choices about what to pause or delay. He explains how ADHD brains often treat every task as equally urgent, which leads to overwhelm. By learning to be intentional and organized each week, we can feel more in control and less guilty. This episode offers real tools and encouragement to help ADHD entrepreneurs focus, plan better, and take pressure off themselves.

Steve shares a smart strategy for ADHD entrepreneurs to stay calm and focused: instead of feeling bad about "dropping the ball," he encourages them to "put balls down" on purpose. This means choosing what truly matters each week and letting go of the rest. ADHD brains often make everything feel urgent, causing stress and confusion. By planning weekly, being honest about limits, and seeking support, ADHD minds can reduce overwhelm and gain clarity. Steve’s approach helps simplify tasks, making life feel lighter, more manageable, and in control.

Key Takeaways:

  • Put Balls Down: Choose what to pause instead of feeling like you failed.
  • ADHD Overload: Brains treat everything as urgent; learn to sort it out.
  • Weekly Planning: A clear weekly plan helps reduce stress and confusion.

Additional Insights:

  • Not Failure: Putting things down is a smart choice, not giving up.
  • ADHD Brain Truth: Everything can feel urgent, even when it’s not.
  • Planning Helps: A weekly check-in makes choices feel easier.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “You don’t have to drop the ball, you can choose to put it down.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains make everything feel urgent. They need help sorting.” - Steve August
  • “Letting go of some things gives you the space to move forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares how choosing to “put balls down” on purpose helps ADHD entrepreneurs feel less stressed, more focused, and better able to plan their weeks. Learn simple ways to handle overload, sort priorities, and move forward with clarity.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:31] - Dropping Balls vs. Putting Them Down

[02:14] - Why ADHD Brains Struggle with Overload

[03:28] - Refocusing on What Truly Matters

[04:35] - Choosing Intentionally, Not Reacting

[05:40] - Getting Support and Planning Weekly

[06:43] - Letting Go to Move Forward with Clarity

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solo-putting-ballsdo-wn-vs-dropping-them

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares a quick solo episode on a powerful mindset shift. Instead of “dropping the ball,” Steve talks about the idea of “putting balls down,” making clear choices about what to pause or delay. He explains how ADHD brains often treat every task as equally urgent, which leads to overwhelm. By learning to be intentional and organized each week, we can feel more in control and less guilty. This episode offers real tools and encouragement to help ADHD entrepreneurs focus, plan better, and take pressure off themselves.

Steve shares a smart strategy for ADHD entrepreneurs to stay calm and focused: instead of feeling bad about "dropping the ball," he encourages them to "put balls down" on purpose. This means choosing what truly matters each week and letting go of the rest. ADHD brains often make everything feel urgent, causing stress and confusion. By planning weekly, being honest about limits, and seeking support, ADHD minds can reduce overwhelm and gain clarity. Steve’s approach helps simplify tasks, making life feel lighter, more manageable, and in control.

Key Takeaways:

  • Put Balls Down: Choose what to pause instead of feeling like you failed.
  • ADHD Overload: Brains treat everything as urgent; learn to sort it out.
  • Weekly Planning: A clear weekly plan helps reduce stress and confusion.

Additional Insights:

  • Not Failure: Putting things down is a smart choice, not giving up.
  • ADHD Brain Truth: Everything can feel urgent, even when it’s not.
  • Planning Helps: A weekly check-in makes choices feel easier.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “You don’t have to drop the ball, you can choose to put it down.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD brains make everything feel urgent. They need help sorting.” - Steve August
  • “Letting go of some things gives you the space to move forward.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares how choosing to “put balls down” on purpose helps ADHD entrepreneurs feel less stressed, more focused, and better able to plan their weeks. Learn simple ways to handle overload, sort priorities, and move forward with clarity.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:31] - Dropping Balls vs. Putting Them Down

[02:14] - Why ADHD Brains Struggle with Overload

[03:28] - Refocusing on What Truly Matters

[04:35] - Choosing Intentionally, Not Reacting

[05:40] - Getting Support and Planning Weekly

[06:43] - Letting Go to Move Forward with Clarity

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>6d6453e4-9d89-4c69-9b02-b7aa2d91aed2Thu, 25 Sep 2025 10:00:00 -040007:22falsefull111111ADHD Strategies for Executives to Boost Fresh Food Supply Chain Efficiency with Judson ArmentroutADHD Strategies for Executives to Boost Fresh Food Supply Chain Efficiency with Judson Armentrout🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/judsonarmen-trout 

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Judson Armentrout, Founder and Principal Consultant of Building Block Solutions, and a Former Coordinator - Case Ready Fresh Meats at Kroger. Judson shares how growing up around agriculture led him to a career in the fresh food industry. He opens up about discovering his ADHD through his son’s diagnosis and how he’s built a career using his strengths. Learn how Judson went from running a $1.5B meat supply chain to solving big food supply problems as an entrepreneur.

Judson isn’t just a food expert; he’s on a mission to fix how fresh food gets to stores. His own ADHD journey helped him see problems clearly and build smarter systems. At Building Block Solutions, he helps companies solve real supply chain issues without the usual stress. He believes focus, freedom, and the right tools help ADHD minds thrive.

Judson spent years in the fresh food industry before starting Building Block Solutions, a company that solves big supply chain problems. His late ADHD discovery helped him understand how his brain works best. From plant floors to boardrooms, he’s built tools and systems that turn chaos into clarity. Now, he helps companies work smarter and get fresh food where it’s needed.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Strengths: Judson uses his ADHD to solve problems in smart, new ways.
  • Fresh Food Fixer: He helps companies move fresh food better, faster, and safer.
  • Real World Tools: His systems save time, cut waste, and make work smoother.
  • Freedom to Build: Leaving corporate life gave him space to grow and help more.
  • Shared Story: Judson’s journey shows that ADHD minds can lead and create real change.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Mission: Judson’s ADHD helped him build a business that solves real food problems.
  • Lessons from Work: His past jobs taught him how to fix things fast and think differently.
  • Right Fit Work: He knows he does best with freedom, not strict rules or slow systems.
  • Smart Systems: Simple tools and daily habits help him stay focused and get things done.
  • Honest Talk: Judson shares openly so others with ADHD feel seen and inspired.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I’m built to solve hard problems, then move on.” - Judson Armentrout
  • “I didn’t realize how much stress I was under until I left.” - Judson Armentrout
  • “I love the freedom. That’s what I was craving.” - Judson Armentrout


Join Judson Armentrout as he shares how ADHD led him to fix big food supply problems. Learn how smart systems, clear focus, and the right work style help ADHD minds lead, build, and thrive.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:40] - Meet Judson Armentrout: From Food Ops to Founder

[04:35] - The Realities of Summer Work-Life Balance

[05:49] - Growing Up in Agriculture: Early Career Foundations

[08:54] - Revolutionizing Case Ready Meat Operations

[11:51] - From Iowa to Innovation: Traceability and Tech Startups

[13:34] - Leading Kroger’s $1.5B Meat Supply Chain

[16:40] - Building Block Solutions: Disruption with Purpose

[31:02] - Discovering ADHD Through His Son’s Diagnosis

[27:13] - Tools, Systems & Coping Mechanisms That Work

[34:04] - Final Advice & Where to Find Judson

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/judsonarmen-trout 

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Judson Armentrout, Founder and Principal Consultant of Building Block Solutions, and a Former Coordinator - Case Ready Fresh Meats at Kroger. Judson shares how growing up around agriculture led him to a career in the fresh food industry. He opens up about discovering his ADHD through his son’s diagnosis and how he’s built a career using his strengths. Learn how Judson went from running a $1.5B meat supply chain to solving big food supply problems as an entrepreneur.

Judson isn’t just a food expert; he’s on a mission to fix how fresh food gets to stores. His own ADHD journey helped him see problems clearly and build smarter systems. At Building Block Solutions, he helps companies solve real supply chain issues without the usual stress. He believes focus, freedom, and the right tools help ADHD minds thrive.

Judson spent years in the fresh food industry before starting Building Block Solutions, a company that solves big supply chain problems. His late ADHD discovery helped him understand how his brain works best. From plant floors to boardrooms, he’s built tools and systems that turn chaos into clarity. Now, he helps companies work smarter and get fresh food where it’s needed.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Strengths: Judson uses his ADHD to solve problems in smart, new ways.
  • Fresh Food Fixer: He helps companies move fresh food better, faster, and safer.
  • Real World Tools: His systems save time, cut waste, and make work smoother.
  • Freedom to Build: Leaving corporate life gave him space to grow and help more.
  • Shared Story: Judson’s journey shows that ADHD minds can lead and create real change.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Mission: Judson’s ADHD helped him build a business that solves real food problems.
  • Lessons from Work: His past jobs taught him how to fix things fast and think differently.
  • Right Fit Work: He knows he does best with freedom, not strict rules or slow systems.
  • Smart Systems: Simple tools and daily habits help him stay focused and get things done.
  • Honest Talk: Judson shares openly so others with ADHD feel seen and inspired.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I’m built to solve hard problems, then move on.” - Judson Armentrout
  • “I didn’t realize how much stress I was under until I left.” - Judson Armentrout
  • “I love the freedom. That’s what I was craving.” - Judson Armentrout


Join Judson Armentrout as he shares how ADHD led him to fix big food supply problems. Learn how smart systems, clear focus, and the right work style help ADHD minds lead, build, and thrive.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:40] - Meet Judson Armentrout: From Food Ops to Founder

[04:35] - The Realities of Summer Work-Life Balance

[05:49] - Growing Up in Agriculture: Early Career Foundations

[08:54] - Revolutionizing Case Ready Meat Operations

[11:51] - From Iowa to Innovation: Traceability and Tech Startups

[13:34] - Leading Kroger’s $1.5B Meat Supply Chain

[16:40] - Building Block Solutions: Disruption with Purpose

[31:02] - Discovering ADHD Through His Son’s Diagnosis

[27:13] - Tools, Systems & Coping Mechanisms That Work

[34:04] - Final Advice & Where to Find Judson

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>1ec966fa-2cc7-4fa6-bb07-abf45c13970cThu, 18 Sep 2025 10:00:00 -040036:31falsefull110110How The Four Agreements guide ADHD Brains to stop assumptions and reduce daily overwhelmHow The Four Agreements guide ADHD Brains to stop assumptions and reduce daily overwhelm🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-four-agreements-evenmore-so-for-adhd-brains

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares how “The Four Agreements” book can help ADHD minds. In this short solo episode, Steve explains each agreement and why they matter more when you have ADHD. He talks about being kind with your words, not taking things personally, asking questions instead of assuming, and doing your best. Steve links these ideas to common ADHD struggles like self-criticism, rejection, and overwhelm. It’s a powerful and helpful episode for anyone with an ADHD brain.

Steve knows how tough it can be for ADHD minds to deal with daily thoughts and feelings. He learned that “The Four Agreements” can really help ADHD brains feel calmer and clearer. These four simple ideas, be kind with your words, don’t take things personally, don’t assume, and always try your best, can change how you think and act. Steve explains how each one helps with things like overthinking, feeling rejected, or being hard on yourself. These tools make it easier to handle life and work without feeling lost or overwhelmed.

Steve used to believe “The Four Agreements” was a great book, but after learning he had ADHD, it hit even harder. He saw how ADHD made things like self-talk, rejection, and quick assumptions feel bigger. Now, he teaches ADHD entrepreneurs how these four simple rules can help calm the chaos. By using kindness, asking questions, and doing your best, it’s easier to handle life and work. These tools help ADHD minds feel steadier, clearer, and less overwhelmed each day.

Key Takeaways:

  • Power of Words: How self-talk shapes how we feel and act with ADHD.
  • Don’t Take It Personally: Why other people’s actions aren’t always about you.
  • Ask, Don’t Assume: ADHD minds often fill in gaps, asking clears things up.
  • Do Your Best: Your best looks different every day, and that’s okay.
  • Real-Life Tools: Simple ideas to handle stress, rejection, and overthinking.

Additional Insights:

  • Words Matter: Kind self-talk helps calm ADHD’s inner critic.
  • It’s Not About You: Others act from their own stories, not yours.
  • Ask First: Questions clear up the stories we make in our heads.
  • Do What You Can: Your best changes day to day, meet your brain where it is.
  • Simple Tools Help: These four ideas bring more peace, focus, and control.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Our words shape our world, especially the ones we tell ourselves.” - Steve August
  • “Most of the time, it’s not about you, it’s their story, not yours.” - Steve August
  • “Your best changes every day, and that’s totally okay.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares how “The Four Agreements” can help ADHD entrepreneurs handle self-talk, rejection, and overthinking, with simple rules that bring more calm, focus, and real ease to daily life and business.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:29] - Welcome Back: Steve Talks About His Vacation

[02:04] -Why Don Miguel Ruiz’s The Four Agreements Matters More with ADHD

[03:41] - Be Impeccable with Your Word

[05:04] - Don’t Take Things Personally & Don’t Make Assumptions

[07:36] - Always Do Your Best

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/the-four-agreements-evenmore-so-for-adhd-brains

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist, and shares how “The Four Agreements” book can help ADHD minds. In this short solo episode, Steve explains each agreement and why they matter more when you have ADHD. He talks about being kind with your words, not taking things personally, asking questions instead of assuming, and doing your best. Steve links these ideas to common ADHD struggles like self-criticism, rejection, and overwhelm. It’s a powerful and helpful episode for anyone with an ADHD brain.

Steve knows how tough it can be for ADHD minds to deal with daily thoughts and feelings. He learned that “The Four Agreements” can really help ADHD brains feel calmer and clearer. These four simple ideas, be kind with your words, don’t take things personally, don’t assume, and always try your best, can change how you think and act. Steve explains how each one helps with things like overthinking, feeling rejected, or being hard on yourself. These tools make it easier to handle life and work without feeling lost or overwhelmed.

Steve used to believe “The Four Agreements” was a great book, but after learning he had ADHD, it hit even harder. He saw how ADHD made things like self-talk, rejection, and quick assumptions feel bigger. Now, he teaches ADHD entrepreneurs how these four simple rules can help calm the chaos. By using kindness, asking questions, and doing your best, it’s easier to handle life and work. These tools help ADHD minds feel steadier, clearer, and less overwhelmed each day.

Key Takeaways:

  • Power of Words: How self-talk shapes how we feel and act with ADHD.
  • Don’t Take It Personally: Why other people’s actions aren’t always about you.
  • Ask, Don’t Assume: ADHD minds often fill in gaps, asking clears things up.
  • Do Your Best: Your best looks different every day, and that’s okay.
  • Real-Life Tools: Simple ideas to handle stress, rejection, and overthinking.

Additional Insights:

  • Words Matter: Kind self-talk helps calm ADHD’s inner critic.
  • It’s Not About You: Others act from their own stories, not yours.
  • Ask First: Questions clear up the stories we make in our heads.
  • Do What You Can: Your best changes day to day, meet your brain where it is.
  • Simple Tools Help: These four ideas bring more peace, focus, and control.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Our words shape our world, especially the ones we tell ourselves.” - Steve August
  • “Most of the time, it’s not about you, it’s their story, not yours.” - Steve August
  • “Your best changes every day, and that’s totally okay.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares how “The Four Agreements” can help ADHD entrepreneurs handle self-talk, rejection, and overthinking, with simple rules that bring more calm, focus, and real ease to daily life and business.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:29] - Welcome Back: Steve Talks About His Vacation

[02:04] -Why Don Miguel Ruiz’s The Four Agreements Matters More with ADHD

[03:41] - Be Impeccable with Your Word

[05:04] - Don’t Take Things Personally & Don’t Make Assumptions

[07:36] - Always Do Your Best

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>c4451fa8-c656-471c-8f34-e5cf5d61317fThu, 11 Sep 2025 10:00:00 -040009:13falsefull109109The Real College Fix for ADHD Students to Prevent Dropouts and Maximise Fit with Evan MooreThe Real College Fix for ADHD Students to Prevent Dropouts and Maximise Fit with Evan Moore🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/evanm-oore 

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Evan Moore, Owner and Founder of Real Frequency, an adjunct professor at Gonzaga University, and a college consulting company. Evan shares his journey from working in college admissions to starting his own business to help students find the right college fit. He opens up about living with ADHD, how it affected him growing up, and how he now uses it as a strength. Learn how Evan built a system that supports ADHD students and families through one of life’s biggest transitions.

Evan isn’t just a college coach; he’s driven to help students find the right path without stress or burnout. His own ADHD journey shaped how he built Real Frequency, a place where different brains are understood and supported. He believes clear steps, early planning, and real talk help ADHD students and families succeed with confidence.

Evan spent years in college admissions before starting Real Frequency, a company that helps students find colleges that truly fit. His ADHD, diagnosed early, shaped how he thinks, works, and supports others. From personal struggle to building systems that work, Evan now guides families with tools, support, and clear steps to reduce stress and make better choices.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Strengths: Evan turns ADHD challenges into systems that help others succeed.
  • College Fit Matters: Finding the right college match prevents burnout and costly mistakes.
  • Early Planning: Starting the process early builds confidence and better results.
  • Real Support: ADHD students thrive with structure, empathy, and open conversations.
  • Shared Journey: Evan’s story helps families feel seen, understood, and guided.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Purpose: Evan’s ADHD helped him build a mission-driven business that supports students.
  • Learning from Struggles: His early school challenges taught him how to help others through tough spots.
  • Team Power: Having the right people and systems keeps his growing team focused.
  • Clear Steps: Structure and early action are key to avoiding stress and staying on track.
  • Real Talk: Evan’s honesty makes space for families to ask the questions that matter.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I wanted freedom, to build something real and help people from the start.” - Evan Moore
  • “It’s usually the start that stops someone.” - Evan Moore
  • “If I don’t shut work down, I will shut down.” - Evan Moore


Join Evan Moore as he shares how ADHD shaped his mission to help students find the right college fit. Learn how clear systems, early planning, and real support make the college journey better for ADHD families.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser

[02:10] - Guest Introduction: Evan Moore and Real Frequency

[05:27] - From College Admissions to ADHD-Focused Coaching

[07:37] - Why Students Leave College: The Cost of Poor Fit

[11:32] - Real Frequency’s 4 Pillars: Life, Academics, Finance, Environment

[13:41] - Supporting ADHD Students Through Clear Steps and Clubs

[17:10] - Advice for Parents of ADHD Teens Considering College

[25:28] - Early ADHD Diagnosis and How It Shaped Evan’s Learning

[29:38] - From College Success to ADHD Wake-Up Call in Business

[39:31] - How the ADHD Accelerator Helped Evan Stay on Track

[45:54] - Where to Connect: Real Frequency and Evan’s Work

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/evanm-oore 

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Evan Moore, Owner and Founder of Real Frequency, an adjunct professor at Gonzaga University, and a college consulting company. Evan shares his journey from working in college admissions to starting his own business to help students find the right college fit. He opens up about living with ADHD, how it affected him growing up, and how he now uses it as a strength. Learn how Evan built a system that supports ADHD students and families through one of life’s biggest transitions.

Evan isn’t just a college coach; he’s driven to help students find the right path without stress or burnout. His own ADHD journey shaped how he built Real Frequency, a place where different brains are understood and supported. He believes clear steps, early planning, and real talk help ADHD students and families succeed with confidence.

Evan spent years in college admissions before starting Real Frequency, a company that helps students find colleges that truly fit. His ADHD, diagnosed early, shaped how he thinks, works, and supports others. From personal struggle to building systems that work, Evan now guides families with tools, support, and clear steps to reduce stress and make better choices.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Strengths: Evan turns ADHD challenges into systems that help others succeed.
  • College Fit Matters: Finding the right college match prevents burnout and costly mistakes.
  • Early Planning: Starting the process early builds confidence and better results.
  • Real Support: ADHD students thrive with structure, empathy, and open conversations.
  • Shared Journey: Evan’s story helps families feel seen, understood, and guided.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Purpose: Evan’s ADHD helped him build a mission-driven business that supports students.
  • Learning from Struggles: His early school challenges taught him how to help others through tough spots.
  • Team Power: Having the right people and systems keeps his growing team focused.
  • Clear Steps: Structure and early action are key to avoiding stress and staying on track.
  • Real Talk: Evan’s honesty makes space for families to ask the questions that matter.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I wanted freedom, to build something real and help people from the start.” - Evan Moore
  • “It’s usually the start that stops someone.” - Evan Moore
  • “If I don’t shut work down, I will shut down.” - Evan Moore


Join Evan Moore as he shares how ADHD shaped his mission to help students find the right college fit. Learn how clear systems, early planning, and real support make the college journey better for ADHD families.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser

[02:10] - Guest Introduction: Evan Moore and Real Frequency

[05:27] - From College Admissions to ADHD-Focused Coaching

[07:37] - Why Students Leave College: The Cost of Poor Fit

[11:32] - Real Frequency’s 4 Pillars: Life, Academics, Finance, Environment

[13:41] - Supporting ADHD Students Through Clear Steps and Clubs

[17:10] - Advice for Parents of ADHD Teens Considering College

[25:28] - Early ADHD Diagnosis and How It Shaped Evan’s Learning

[29:38] - From College Success to ADHD Wake-Up Call in Business

[39:31] - How the ADHD Accelerator Helped Evan Stay on Track

[45:54] - Where to Connect: Real Frequency and Evan’s Work

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>e77c0ed9-d136-4864-97dd-742cc29638cdThu, 04 Sep 2025 10:00:00 -040048:39falsefull108108How to Break the Great Wall of ADHD Overwhelm and Regain Focus as a Business OwnerHow to Break the Great Wall of ADHD Overwhelm and Regain Focus as a Business Owner🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solot-he-great-wall-of-everything-now

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He shares about a big ADHD challenge, having too many ideas and tasks at once. In this short solo episode, Steve explains the “Great Wall of Everything Now,” when everything feels urgent and important. He shares why ADHD brains have a hard time choosing what to do first. Steve gives an easy plan: get clear on your goals, pick what matters most, and take action. It’s a quick and helpful episode with real tips for ADHD business owners.

Steve knows how hard it is for ADHD minds to pick what to do first when everything feels important. He learned that ADHD isn’t about a lack of focus, but too much focus on too many things. This makes it hard to choose and start. Steve now teaches ADHD entrepreneurs to get clear on where they want to go, so they can spot the most helpful tasks. With this clear goal, it’s easier to focus, take action, and make progress without feeling stuck or overwhelmed.

Steve used to feel stuck with too many tasks and ideas, not knowing where to start. He realized ADHD made it hard to choose and organize what to do first. Things changed when he focused on getting clear about his goals instead of trying to do everything. Now, Steve teaches ADHD entrepreneurs to find their “magnetic north,” so they can pick the right tasks, focus better, and take real steps forward without feeling lost or stuck.

Key Takeaways:

  • Too Much at Once: ADHD makes everything feel urgent and important, causing overwhelm.
  • Executive Function: Why ADHD brains struggle to choose and organize tasks.
  • Magnetic North: How clear goals help you focus on what really matters.
  • Clarity to Action: The path from knowing your goal to taking the right steps.
  • Real Progress: Simple ways to sort your tasks and move forward with less stress.

Additional Insights:

  • Overwhelm is Real: ADHD brains take in too much, making it hard to pick what to do.
  • Focus is Built: Clear goals help you choose and stick to the right task.
  • Small Steps Win: Deciding on one next step can lead to real progress.
  • Clarity First: Knowing where you’re going helps sort the mess of tasks.
  • Use What Works: ADHD success comes from clear goals, not just more effort.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Everything feels urgent and important all at once.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD isn’t a focus problem, it’s a sorting problem.” - Steve August
  • “Clarity leads to focus, and focus leads to action.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the “Great Wall of Everything Now” and shows ADHD entrepreneurs how clear goals, focus, and small steps can break through overwhelm and lead to real progress in business and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:32] - Episode Introduction

[02:28] - ADHD, Executive Function & Action Triggers

[04:32] - Magnetic North: Your Inner Compass

[07:30] - Clarity → Focus → Action: The Escape Route

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/solot-he-great-wall-of-everything-now

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He shares about a big ADHD challenge, having too many ideas and tasks at once. In this short solo episode, Steve explains the “Great Wall of Everything Now,” when everything feels urgent and important. He shares why ADHD brains have a hard time choosing what to do first. Steve gives an easy plan: get clear on your goals, pick what matters most, and take action. It’s a quick and helpful episode with real tips for ADHD business owners.

Steve knows how hard it is for ADHD minds to pick what to do first when everything feels important. He learned that ADHD isn’t about a lack of focus, but too much focus on too many things. This makes it hard to choose and start. Steve now teaches ADHD entrepreneurs to get clear on where they want to go, so they can spot the most helpful tasks. With this clear goal, it’s easier to focus, take action, and make progress without feeling stuck or overwhelmed.

Steve used to feel stuck with too many tasks and ideas, not knowing where to start. He realized ADHD made it hard to choose and organize what to do first. Things changed when he focused on getting clear about his goals instead of trying to do everything. Now, Steve teaches ADHD entrepreneurs to find their “magnetic north,” so they can pick the right tasks, focus better, and take real steps forward without feeling lost or stuck.

Key Takeaways:

  • Too Much at Once: ADHD makes everything feel urgent and important, causing overwhelm.
  • Executive Function: Why ADHD brains struggle to choose and organize tasks.
  • Magnetic North: How clear goals help you focus on what really matters.
  • Clarity to Action: The path from knowing your goal to taking the right steps.
  • Real Progress: Simple ways to sort your tasks and move forward with less stress.

Additional Insights:

  • Overwhelm is Real: ADHD brains take in too much, making it hard to pick what to do.
  • Focus is Built: Clear goals help you choose and stick to the right task.
  • Small Steps Win: Deciding on one next step can lead to real progress.
  • Clarity First: Knowing where you’re going helps sort the mess of tasks.
  • Use What Works: ADHD success comes from clear goals, not just more effort.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Everything feels urgent and important all at once.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD isn’t a focus problem, it’s a sorting problem.” - Steve August
  • “Clarity leads to focus, and focus leads to action.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains the “Great Wall of Everything Now” and shows ADHD entrepreneurs how clear goals, focus, and small steps can break through overwhelm and lead to real progress in business and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:32] - Episode Introduction

[02:28] - ADHD, Executive Function & Action Triggers

[04:32] - Magnetic North: Your Inner Compass

[07:30] - Clarity → Focus → Action: The Escape Route

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>5be703ab-17b9-48cf-bf4a-b6d29e0911baThu, 28 Aug 2025 10:00:00 -040009:52falsefull107107AI Tools for ADHD Founders to Overcome Addiction and Build Startups Faster with Matt BurchAI Tools for ADHD Founders to Overcome Addiction and Build Startups Faster with Matt Burch🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/mattbur-ch

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Matt Burch, Co-Founder of Humcrush, a music app that brings back the feel of FM radio, and Foundation Member of Agentics Foundation. Matt shares his path from being a creative artist to becoming an AI-focused engineer. He opens up about hitting rock bottom, living with ADHD, and how it shaped his career. Hear how Matt uses AI, structure, and support systems to manage his work and thrive as an ADHD entrepreneur.

Matt isn’t just an engineer; he’s passionate about building tools that help people and create impact. His move from creative work to AI tech shows how ADHD minds can thrive in fast-changing spaces. He believes structure, curiosity, and AI as a second brain help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track, build better, and grow with purpose.

Matt spent over 20 years building software, starting as a creative and moving into AI-first engineering. He Co-Founded Humcrush to bring back simple, human-curated music experiences. His journey with ADHD, from late diagnosis to daily tools and systems, helps him support founders, solve tough problems, and build with clarity and focus.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Tech Work: Matt shows how ADHD can drive creative thinking and innovation.
  • AI as a Tool: How AI helps him solve hard problems and build faster.
  • Focus Systems: Using reminders, writing things down, and AI chats to stay on track.
  • Personal Story: From hitting bottom to leading in tech with ADHD.
  • Community Help: How coaching and peer support boost progress and purpose.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Growth: Matt’s story shows how ADHD can lead to deep learning and fast progress.
  • Building with Support: Coaching and community help him stay focused and move forward.
  • Life Lessons: His ADHD journey shapes how he works, solves problems, and leads.
  • Second Brain: He uses AI chats and notes to stay clear and avoid overwhelm.
  • Creative Energy: Matt’s love for new ideas drives his work and helps founders build better.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “AI is my exoskeleton, it helps me do the best work of my life.” - Matt Burch
  • “I almost spent more time building systems than doing the work.” - Matt Burch
  • “Everything in front of me is a giant inbox, I just try to keep it from slipping away.” - Matt Burch


Join Matt Burch as he talks about how ADHD, AI, and support systems help neurodivergent entrepreneurs thrive. Discover how curiosity and structure fuel his work in tech and his journey to building Humcrush.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:58] - Guest Introduction: Matt Burch and His Journey in Tech and AI

[03:20] - Matt’s Early Journey: From Aspiring Creative to Rock Bottom

[05:51] - Discovery of Programming Through Flash & ActionScript

[09:16] - First Big Break: Digital Signage & Startup Culture

[12:45] - ADHD & R&D: Why Complex Problems Are an Advantage

[14:50] - Transition to Team Leadership in Agency Work

[18:46] - Startup Passion & AI-First Engineering

[22:18] - The Realities of Building with AI: Capability, Hype & Practical Use

[34:11] - ADHD Diagnosis, Medication, and Recovery Journey

[39:23] - Systems, Tools & What Works Now for ADHD Management

[41:43] - The Power of Community: Impact of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator

[47:14] - Closing Thoughts & Where to Find Matt

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/mattbur-ch

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August talks with Matt Burch, Co-Founder of Humcrush, a music app that brings back the feel of FM radio, and Foundation Member of Agentics Foundation. Matt shares his path from being a creative artist to becoming an AI-focused engineer. He opens up about hitting rock bottom, living with ADHD, and how it shaped his career. Hear how Matt uses AI, structure, and support systems to manage his work and thrive as an ADHD entrepreneur.

Matt isn’t just an engineer; he’s passionate about building tools that help people and create impact. His move from creative work to AI tech shows how ADHD minds can thrive in fast-changing spaces. He believes structure, curiosity, and AI as a second brain help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track, build better, and grow with purpose.

Matt spent over 20 years building software, starting as a creative and moving into AI-first engineering. He Co-Founded Humcrush to bring back simple, human-curated music experiences. His journey with ADHD, from late diagnosis to daily tools and systems, helps him support founders, solve tough problems, and build with clarity and focus.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Tech Work: Matt shows how ADHD can drive creative thinking and innovation.
  • AI as a Tool: How AI helps him solve hard problems and build faster.
  • Focus Systems: Using reminders, writing things down, and AI chats to stay on track.
  • Personal Story: From hitting bottom to leading in tech with ADHD.
  • Community Help: How coaching and peer support boost progress and purpose.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Growth: Matt’s story shows how ADHD can lead to deep learning and fast progress.
  • Building with Support: Coaching and community help him stay focused and move forward.
  • Life Lessons: His ADHD journey shapes how he works, solves problems, and leads.
  • Second Brain: He uses AI chats and notes to stay clear and avoid overwhelm.
  • Creative Energy: Matt’s love for new ideas drives his work and helps founders build better.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “AI is my exoskeleton, it helps me do the best work of my life.” - Matt Burch
  • “I almost spent more time building systems than doing the work.” - Matt Burch
  • “Everything in front of me is a giant inbox, I just try to keep it from slipping away.” - Matt Burch


Join Matt Burch as he talks about how ADHD, AI, and support systems help neurodivergent entrepreneurs thrive. Discover how curiosity and structure fuel his work in tech and his journey to building Humcrush.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:58] - Guest Introduction: Matt Burch and His Journey in Tech and AI

[03:20] - Matt’s Early Journey: From Aspiring Creative to Rock Bottom

[05:51] - Discovery of Programming Through Flash & ActionScript

[09:16] - First Big Break: Digital Signage & Startup Culture

[12:45] - ADHD & R&D: Why Complex Problems Are an Advantage

[14:50] - Transition to Team Leadership in Agency Work

[18:46] - Startup Passion & AI-First Engineering

[22:18] - The Realities of Building with AI: Capability, Hype & Practical Use

[34:11] - ADHD Diagnosis, Medication, and Recovery Journey

[39:23] - Systems, Tools & What Works Now for ADHD Management

[41:43] - The Power of Community: Impact of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator

[47:14] - Closing Thoughts & Where to Find Matt

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>cb4b2d4e-f620-46ca-b372-9103b59723aeThu, 21 Aug 2025 10:00:00 -040049:12falsefull106106Why ADHD Brains Don’t Need More Discipline and How to Use Smarter Systems to Boost ProductivityWhy ADHD Brains Don’t Need More Discipline and How to Use Smarter Systems to Boost Productivity🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/why-adhd-brains-don-t-need-more-discipline

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He shares insights on why ADHD entrepreneurs often struggle with discipline. In this episode, Steve explains how ADHD brains have limited willpower and discipline, making it harder to stay on task. He emphasizes that the key isn’t more discipline, but working with your brain's strengths and weaknesses. Steve shares strategies like optimizing your environment, using your peak energy times, and creating routines to work smarter, not harder. It’s a practical episode filled with helpful tips for ADHD entrepreneurs to get more done.

Steve understands the challenge of feeling ready to work but struggling to get started. He learned that it's not about needing more discipline, but about how ADHD affects your ability to take action. By managing energy and setting up the right environment, progress becomes easier. Now, Steve teaches ADHD entrepreneurs to recognize their brain's needs, use their peak times for focus, and create routines that make getting things done feel more natural and manageable.

Steve used to struggle with starting tasks, even though he had great ideas and experience. He realized ADHD made it harder to begin, plan, and finish tasks without a plan. The turning point came when he stopped blaming himself and focused on managing his brain’s energy and routine. Now, Steve helps ADHD entrepreneurs use tools like setting up their environment and working during peak focus times to get things done and feel in control.

Key Takeaways:

  • Struggling to Start: Why ADHD entrepreneurs find it hard to begin, even with a plan.
  • Executive Function: Understanding how ADHD affects your ability to start and finish tasks.
  • Energy and Focus: How knowing your brain's best work times can boost productivity.
  • Environment Setup: Why creating the right space helps you focus and stay on track.
  • Smart Strategies: Simple tips to use your brain’s strengths and move forward with ease.

Additional Insights:

  • Why It’s Hard: Steve explains how ADHD brains need structure to start tasks.
  • Energy Matters: How your energy levels and time of day affect your focus.
  • Think Like a Coach: Treating executive function like a limited resource helps you manage better.
  • Quick Help: Simple tools like co-working and setting your best hours can boost productivity.
  • Work With Your Brain: Success comes from using your brain’s strengths, not forcing it.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I felt ready to work, but I just couldn’t start.” - Steve August
  • “It’s not about discipline, it’s about executive function.” - Steve August
  • “Manage your brain’s energy and set the right environment to succeed.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares why ADHD entrepreneurs struggle to get started and how understanding your brain, energy, and focus can help you overcome challenges and make progress in both business and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[00:34] - Introduction: Mastering Your Weeks as an ADHD Entrepreneur

[01:39] - Discipline and ADHD: The Misconception

[03:19] - ADHD Strengths vs. Discipline Limitations

[06:16] - Strategic Deployment of Willpower and Discipline

[09:15] - Maximizing Discipline and Willpower Through Environment

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/why-adhd-brains-don-t-need-more-discipline

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He shares insights on why ADHD entrepreneurs often struggle with discipline. In this episode, Steve explains how ADHD brains have limited willpower and discipline, making it harder to stay on task. He emphasizes that the key isn’t more discipline, but working with your brain's strengths and weaknesses. Steve shares strategies like optimizing your environment, using your peak energy times, and creating routines to work smarter, not harder. It’s a practical episode filled with helpful tips for ADHD entrepreneurs to get more done.

Steve understands the challenge of feeling ready to work but struggling to get started. He learned that it's not about needing more discipline, but about how ADHD affects your ability to take action. By managing energy and setting up the right environment, progress becomes easier. Now, Steve teaches ADHD entrepreneurs to recognize their brain's needs, use their peak times for focus, and create routines that make getting things done feel more natural and manageable.

Steve used to struggle with starting tasks, even though he had great ideas and experience. He realized ADHD made it harder to begin, plan, and finish tasks without a plan. The turning point came when he stopped blaming himself and focused on managing his brain’s energy and routine. Now, Steve helps ADHD entrepreneurs use tools like setting up their environment and working during peak focus times to get things done and feel in control.

Key Takeaways:

  • Struggling to Start: Why ADHD entrepreneurs find it hard to begin, even with a plan.
  • Executive Function: Understanding how ADHD affects your ability to start and finish tasks.
  • Energy and Focus: How knowing your brain's best work times can boost productivity.
  • Environment Setup: Why creating the right space helps you focus and stay on track.
  • Smart Strategies: Simple tips to use your brain’s strengths and move forward with ease.

Additional Insights:

  • Why It’s Hard: Steve explains how ADHD brains need structure to start tasks.
  • Energy Matters: How your energy levels and time of day affect your focus.
  • Think Like a Coach: Treating executive function like a limited resource helps you manage better.
  • Quick Help: Simple tools like co-working and setting your best hours can boost productivity.
  • Work With Your Brain: Success comes from using your brain’s strengths, not forcing it.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I felt ready to work, but I just couldn’t start.” - Steve August
  • “It’s not about discipline, it’s about executive function.” - Steve August
  • “Manage your brain’s energy and set the right environment to succeed.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares why ADHD entrepreneurs struggle to get started and how understanding your brain, energy, and focus can help you overcome challenges and make progress in both business and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[00:34] - Introduction: Mastering Your Weeks as an ADHD Entrepreneur

[01:39] - Discipline and ADHD: The Misconception

[03:19] - ADHD Strengths vs. Discipline Limitations

[06:16] - Strategic Deployment of Willpower and Discipline

[09:15] - Maximizing Discipline and Willpower Through Environment

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>b2a0f946-8bce-4733-8c7d-4903b5f3aa0eThu, 14 Aug 2025 10:00:00 -040010:53falsefull107107The Retail Playbook for DTC Founders to Scale into Walmart and Exit at $1B with Martin FordeThe Retail Playbook for DTC Founders to Scale into Walmart and Exit at $1B with Martin Forde🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August chats with Martin Forde, founder of Retail Strategy Consultant at Omnichannel Ventures. Martin talks about his journey in the consumer packaged goods (CPG) industry, including his role in the early days of Doctor Squatch. He shares how ADHD shaped his work and how he found tools to help him stay focused. Martin reveals the importance of consistency, focus, and building strong teams while managing life as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how his experiences led him to help emerging brands scale in retail.

Martin isn’t just a founder; he’s passionate about helping brands grow in retail. His journey from Doctor Squatch to building Omnichannel Ventures shows how ADHD can fuel success when managed well. He believes consistency, focus, and the right strategies help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track, execute ideas, and achieve their goals.

Martin spent years in the CPG industry, playing a key role in growing brands like Doctor Squatch. Now, he uses his expertise in retail strategy to help emerging brands scale. His personal ADHD journey guides him in creating systems that help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and succeed in business.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Brand Growth: Martin talks about how ADHD helped him scale successful brands.
  • Retail Strategy: How smart planning and focus can lead to big retail wins.
  • Consistency is Key: Staying focused and consistent helps ADHD entrepreneurs succeed.
  • Personal Experience: Martin’s ADHD journey shaped his approach to business.
  • Practical Tools: Systems and strategies that keep ADHD entrepreneurs on track.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Brand Building: ADHD fueled Martin’s success with brands like Doctor Squatch.
  • Power of Focus: Consistency is key for ADHD entrepreneurs.
  • Lessons Learned: Martin’s ADHD journey shaped his strategies.
  • Practical Systems: Tools for staying organized and productive.
  • Community Support: A strong network helps ADHD entrepreneurs thrive.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD helps me focus deeply on what excites me.” - Martin Forde
  • “Retail success is all about staying consistent and executing.” - Martin Forde
  • “Building a brand takes focus, but it’s the community that keeps you going.” - Martin Forde


Join Martin Forde as he shares how ADHD, focus, and strategic planning helped him scale successful brands. Learn how consistency and community play a key role in his journey to help emerging brands grow in retail.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:50] - Guest Introduction: Martin Forde and His Work in CPG

[03:10] - Early Career: Joining Doctor Squatch and Growing a Brand

[06:50] - Retail Strategy: Expanding Doctor Squatch into Big Retailers

[11:00] - Key Lesson: How ADHD Helps Focus on Big Ideas

[14:56] - The Role of Consistency: Building a Successful Brand

[20:28] - Martin Discusses His ADHD Journey and Its Impact on His Work

[26:25] - Overcoming Challenges: Learning from Mistakes and Growing

[33:33] - Body Doubling: Boosting Focus for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[36:53] - What’s Next: Martin Helps Brands Scale in Retail

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   




FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August chats with Martin Forde, founder of Retail Strategy Consultant at Omnichannel Ventures. Martin talks about his journey in the consumer packaged goods (CPG) industry, including his role in the early days of Doctor Squatch. He shares how ADHD shaped his work and how he found tools to help him stay focused. Martin reveals the importance of consistency, focus, and building strong teams while managing life as an ADHD entrepreneur. Learn how his experiences led him to help emerging brands scale in retail.

Martin isn’t just a founder; he’s passionate about helping brands grow in retail. His journey from Doctor Squatch to building Omnichannel Ventures shows how ADHD can fuel success when managed well. He believes consistency, focus, and the right strategies help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track, execute ideas, and achieve their goals.

Martin spent years in the CPG industry, playing a key role in growing brands like Doctor Squatch. Now, he uses his expertise in retail strategy to help emerging brands scale. His personal ADHD journey guides him in creating systems that help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and succeed in business.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Brand Growth: Martin talks about how ADHD helped him scale successful brands.
  • Retail Strategy: How smart planning and focus can lead to big retail wins.
  • Consistency is Key: Staying focused and consistent helps ADHD entrepreneurs succeed.
  • Personal Experience: Martin’s ADHD journey shaped his approach to business.
  • Practical Tools: Systems and strategies that keep ADHD entrepreneurs on track.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Brand Building: ADHD fueled Martin’s success with brands like Doctor Squatch.
  • Power of Focus: Consistency is key for ADHD entrepreneurs.
  • Lessons Learned: Martin’s ADHD journey shaped his strategies.
  • Practical Systems: Tools for staying organized and productive.
  • Community Support: A strong network helps ADHD entrepreneurs thrive.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD helps me focus deeply on what excites me.” - Martin Forde
  • “Retail success is all about staying consistent and executing.” - Martin Forde
  • “Building a brand takes focus, but it’s the community that keeps you going.” - Martin Forde


Join Martin Forde as he shares how ADHD, focus, and strategic planning helped him scale successful brands. Learn how consistency and community play a key role in his journey to help emerging brands grow in retail.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:50] - Guest Introduction: Martin Forde and His Work in CPG

[03:10] - Early Career: Joining Doctor Squatch and Growing a Brand

[06:50] - Retail Strategy: Expanding Doctor Squatch into Big Retailers

[11:00] - Key Lesson: How ADHD Helps Focus on Big Ideas

[14:56] - The Role of Consistency: Building a Successful Brand

[20:28] - Martin Discusses His ADHD Journey and Its Impact on His Work

[26:25] - Overcoming Challenges: Learning from Mistakes and Growing

[33:33] - Body Doubling: Boosting Focus for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[36:53] - What’s Next: Martin Helps Brands Scale in Retail

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   




FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>b5e9c2b0-1ce8-4b8a-9adc-d5e0dacc0950Thu, 07 Aug 2025 10:00:00 -040041:18falsefull105105ADHD Paralysis in Entrepreneurs to Overcome Executive Dysfunction and Start Using Structure HacksADHD Paralysis in Entrepreneurs to Overcome Executive Dysfunction and Start Using Structure Hacks🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He is also the founder, coach, and leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, talks about why many ADHD entrepreneurs struggle to get started, even when they know what to do. In this episode, Steve shares why this happens, especially for experienced professionals in their second act, and how it’s often tied to executive function challenges. He explains how understanding your brain’s energy patterns, managing your “mental fuel,” and using tools like body doubling can help you start and stay on track. It’s a clear and real talk packed with tips to help ADHD brains move forward.

Steve knows how it feels to sit down, ready to work, but not be able to start. After facing this himself, he learned it’s not about discipline, it’s about how ADHD affects the brain’s ability to begin tasks. He found that managing energy and building the right structure makes a big difference. Now, he helps ADHD entrepreneurs understand their executive function, use their best focus times, and work with others to finally get things done and feel more in control.

Steve used to wonder why starting felt so hard, even with experience and big ideas. He learned that ADHD makes it harder to start, plan, and follow through, especially without structure. Real progress came when he stopped blaming himself and started managing his brain’s energy and focus. Now, he helps ADHD entrepreneurs use simple tools like co-working and timing their best hours to get unstuck and move forward with confidence.

Key Takeaways:

  • Getting Stuck: Why ADHD entrepreneurs struggle to start, even when they know what to do.
  • Executive Function: What it means and why it’s the real challenge behind “not starting.”
  • Energy and Focus: How understanding your brain’s best times helps you get more done.
  • Body Doubling: Why working with others makes starting and finishing easier.
  • Smart Strategies: Simple tools to stop spinning and finally move your ideas forward.

Additional Insights:

  • Why It Feels Hard: Steve explains how ADHD brains hit a wall when there's no structure.
  • Less Energy, More Struggle: How aging and energy levels affect task starting.
  • Think Like a Coach: Seeing executive function like a fuel tank helps you manage better.
  • Simple Help: Tools like co-working and body doubling can boost motivation fast.
  • Work With Your Brain: Success comes from using your brain’s strengths, not fighting them.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I knew what to do, but I just couldn’t get myself to start.” - Steve August
  • “It’s not a focus problem, it’s an executive function problem.” - Steve August
  • “Treat your brain like it runs on fuel, and use the best times to get started.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares why ADHD entrepreneurs often get stuck at the starting line, and how understanding your brain, energy, and focus can help you break through the wall and finally get things done in work and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:22] - Why Smart ADHD Entrepreneurs Still Struggle to Start

[05:00] - Executive Function and the Real Reason Behind the Wall

[06:30] - Creating Structure When You’re On Your Own

[09:44] - Tools That Help: Timing, Co-working, and Managing Your Mental Fuel

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉 https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

—------------------------------------------------------------

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, is an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He is also the founder, coach, and leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, talks about why many ADHD entrepreneurs struggle to get started, even when they know what to do. In this episode, Steve shares why this happens, especially for experienced professionals in their second act, and how it’s often tied to executive function challenges. He explains how understanding your brain’s energy patterns, managing your “mental fuel,” and using tools like body doubling can help you start and stay on track. It’s a clear and real talk packed with tips to help ADHD brains move forward.

Steve knows how it feels to sit down, ready to work, but not be able to start. After facing this himself, he learned it’s not about discipline, it’s about how ADHD affects the brain’s ability to begin tasks. He found that managing energy and building the right structure makes a big difference. Now, he helps ADHD entrepreneurs understand their executive function, use their best focus times, and work with others to finally get things done and feel more in control.

Steve used to wonder why starting felt so hard, even with experience and big ideas. He learned that ADHD makes it harder to start, plan, and follow through, especially without structure. Real progress came when he stopped blaming himself and started managing his brain’s energy and focus. Now, he helps ADHD entrepreneurs use simple tools like co-working and timing their best hours to get unstuck and move forward with confidence.

Key Takeaways:

  • Getting Stuck: Why ADHD entrepreneurs struggle to start, even when they know what to do.
  • Executive Function: What it means and why it’s the real challenge behind “not starting.”
  • Energy and Focus: How understanding your brain’s best times helps you get more done.
  • Body Doubling: Why working with others makes starting and finishing easier.
  • Smart Strategies: Simple tools to stop spinning and finally move your ideas forward.

Additional Insights:

  • Why It Feels Hard: Steve explains how ADHD brains hit a wall when there's no structure.
  • Less Energy, More Struggle: How aging and energy levels affect task starting.
  • Think Like a Coach: Seeing executive function like a fuel tank helps you manage better.
  • Simple Help: Tools like co-working and body doubling can boost motivation fast.
  • Work With Your Brain: Success comes from using your brain’s strengths, not fighting them.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I knew what to do, but I just couldn’t get myself to start.” - Steve August
  • “It’s not a focus problem, it’s an executive function problem.” - Steve August
  • “Treat your brain like it runs on fuel, and use the best times to get started.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares why ADHD entrepreneurs often get stuck at the starting line, and how understanding your brain, energy, and focus can help you break through the wall and finally get things done in work and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:22] - Why Smart ADHD Entrepreneurs Still Struggle to Start

[05:00] - Executive Function and the Real Reason Behind the Wall

[06:30] - Creating Structure When You’re On Your Own

[09:44] - Tools That Help: Timing, Co-working, and Managing Your Mental Fuel

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>31a61d0e-438f-4bee-98ea-e0c4fd5dfc32Thu, 31 Jul 2025 10:00:00 -040013:35falsefull104104The ADHD Superpower for Nonprofit Leaders to Transform Chaos into Impact with Hannah UnderwoodThe ADHD Superpower for Nonprofit Leaders to Transform Chaos into Impact with Hannah Underwood🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August is joined by Hannah Underwood, founder of How Might We Community and Under the Hood, a youth charity in the UK. Hannah shares her journey from charity leadership to building a social impact tech startup. She opens up about discovering her ADHD later in life, how it shaped her work, and the tools that help her focus. Learn how she uses curiosity, data, and community to create change and manage life as an ADHD entrepreneur.

Hannah isn’t just a founder; she cares deeply about making a social impact with data and community. Her shift from charity work to tech shows how ADHD can drive big ideas when managed well. She believes curiosity, support, and the right tools help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, follow through, and reach their goals.

Hannah spent over 15 years leading a youth charity before starting her own tech venture, How Might We. She uses her deep knowledge of data, leadership, and community building to help others make a bigger impact. Her personal ADHD journey helps her create tools and spaces where neurodivergent founders can stay focused and thrive.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Impact Work: Hannah shares how ADHD can spark big ideas and social change.
  • Data with Purpose: Using data and curiosity to drive meaningful results.
  • Support Systems: How community and accountability boost focus and follow-through.
  • Personal Journey: Discovering her ADHD later in life changed how she works.
  • Real Tools: Habits and systems that help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Leadership: Hannah shows how ADHD traits can lead to bold, creative leadership.
  • Power of Community: Supportive groups help ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated and accountable.
  • Learning Through Life: Hannah’s late ADHD discovery reshaped how she builds and leads.
  • Focus Tools: She shares real-world systems to manage time and energy effectively.
  • Curiosity Wins: Staying curious helps ADHD minds turn big visions into real impact.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Opportunities aren’t my problem, seeing them all through is.” - Hannah Underwood
  • “Data is like a catnip for my curiosity.” - Hannah Underwood
  • “Throwing little accountability hand grenades helps me focus.” - Hannah Underwood


Join Hannah Underwood as she shares how ADHD traits, data, and supportive communities help neurodivergent entrepreneurs succeed. Learn how curiosity and focus drive her social impact work and business ventures.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:00] - Guest Introduction: Hannah Underwood and Her Work in Social Impact

[03:26] - Early Career: Becoming a Charity CEO at Age 25

[06:28] - Real Example: How Data Doubled Impact Without Extra Cost

[08:26] - Why Frontline Engagement Improves Data Quality and Results

[14:12] - Discovering ADHD: Motherhood, Startups, and New Challenges

[18:36] - Managing ADHD Without a Diagnosis: What Actually Works

[21:21] - Tools That Help: Focus Blocks, Community, and Accountability

[23:51] - How Co-Working Helps ADHD Entrepreneurs Stay on Track

[26:08] - Advice: Build Support Networks and Lean Into Your Strengths

[31:53] - Where to Connect: Hannah’s Community and TEDx Talk

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August is joined by Hannah Underwood, founder of How Might We Community and Under the Hood, a youth charity in the UK. Hannah shares her journey from charity leadership to building a social impact tech startup. She opens up about discovering her ADHD later in life, how it shaped her work, and the tools that help her focus. Learn how she uses curiosity, data, and community to create change and manage life as an ADHD entrepreneur.

Hannah isn’t just a founder; she cares deeply about making a social impact with data and community. Her shift from charity work to tech shows how ADHD can drive big ideas when managed well. She believes curiosity, support, and the right tools help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, follow through, and reach their goals.

Hannah spent over 15 years leading a youth charity before starting her own tech venture, How Might We. She uses her deep knowledge of data, leadership, and community building to help others make a bigger impact. Her personal ADHD journey helps her create tools and spaces where neurodivergent founders can stay focused and thrive.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Impact Work: Hannah shares how ADHD can spark big ideas and social change.
  • Data with Purpose: Using data and curiosity to drive meaningful results.
  • Support Systems: How community and accountability boost focus and follow-through.
  • Personal Journey: Discovering her ADHD later in life changed how she works.
  • Real Tools: Habits and systems that help ADHD entrepreneurs stay on track.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Leadership: Hannah shows how ADHD traits can lead to bold, creative leadership.
  • Power of Community: Supportive groups help ADHD entrepreneurs stay motivated and accountable.
  • Learning Through Life: Hannah’s late ADHD discovery reshaped how she builds and leads.
  • Focus Tools: She shares real-world systems to manage time and energy effectively.
  • Curiosity Wins: Staying curious helps ADHD minds turn big visions into real impact.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Opportunities aren’t my problem, seeing them all through is.” - Hannah Underwood
  • “Data is like a catnip for my curiosity.” - Hannah Underwood
  • “Throwing little accountability hand grenades helps me focus.” - Hannah Underwood


Join Hannah Underwood as she shares how ADHD traits, data, and supportive communities help neurodivergent entrepreneurs succeed. Learn how curiosity and focus drive her social impact work and business ventures.

Episode Highlights: 

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:00] - Guest Introduction: Hannah Underwood and Her Work in Social Impact

[03:26] - Early Career: Becoming a Charity CEO at Age 25

[06:28] - Real Example: How Data Doubled Impact Without Extra Cost

[08:26] - Why Frontline Engagement Improves Data Quality and Results

[14:12] - Discovering ADHD: Motherhood, Startups, and New Challenges

[18:36] - Managing ADHD Without a Diagnosis: What Actually Works

[21:21] - Tools That Help: Focus Blocks, Community, and Accountability

[23:51] - How Co-Working Helps ADHD Entrepreneurs Stay on Track

[26:08] - Advice: Build Support Networks and Lean Into Your Strengths

[31:53] - Where to Connect: Hannah’s Community and TEDx Talk

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>6b169405-af5c-4676-a9b0-d0a52cc6deebThu, 24 Jul 2025 10:00:00 -040033:14falsefull103103The Executive Function Strategy for ADHD Entrepreneurs to Get More Done in Just 2 HoursThe Executive Function Strategy for ADHD Entrepreneurs to Get More Done in Just 2 Hours🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast! Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, also a Founder, Coach & Leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, shares a powerful idea that changed his work life, the 2-Hour Workday. Steve talks about how ADHD isn’t a lack of attention, but a challenge with using it well. He explains how managing your executive function can help you get more done with less stress. This episode gives simple, real advice to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, do what matters most, and feel good at the end of the day.

Steve isn’t just a coach; he’s lived the real struggle of knowing what to do but not being able to do it. As he got older, work got harder, and learning he had ADHD made it all make sense. He found that managing his executive function was the key. Now, he teaches ADHD entrepreneurs how to work with their brains, use their best hours, and make real progress without burnout.

Steve coached startup founders and helped them grow, but over time, he noticed he couldn’t get his brain to do what he wanted. Learning about ADHD helped him understand why. He realized it’s not about having no attention, but about using it wisely. Now, he helps ADHD entrepreneurs work smarter by focusing on what matters most during their best hours of the day.

Key Takeaways:

  • The 2 Hour Workday: Why working less can help you do more with ADHD.
  • Executive Function: What it is and why it's so important for focus and progress.
  • Work With Your Brain: How to plan your day based on your energy, not a full schedule.
  • Body Doubling: How co-working with others helps ADHD minds stay on task.
  • Progress Over Perfection: Simple ways to move forward even on tough days.

Additional Insights:

  • ADHD Reality: Steve explains how ADHD is about managing focus, not lacking it.
  • Smart Planning: The 2 Hour Workday helps you use your best brain time wisely.
  • Energy Over Hours: Why short, focused work blocks beat long busy days.
  • Co-Working Power: How working with others boosts focus and follow-through.
  • Daily Wins: Doing a little every day adds up to big progress over time.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD isn’t a lack of attention, it’s trouble using it the right way.” - Steve August
  • “Executive function is like energy for your brain, you only get so much each day.” - Steve August
  • “If I win my two-hour work block, the rest of the day is just a bonus.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he breaks down the 2-Hour Workday, a simple way for ADHD entrepreneurs to get more done by using their best focus time. Learn how working with your brain can lead to real progress.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - What ADHD Really Means: It’s not about lack of attention

[01:47] - How Executive Function Shapes Your Day

[03:32] - The 2-Hour Workday: Use Your Best Focus Time

[07:34] - Why Time Blocking Fails for ADHD Brains

[09:16] - Progress Over Perfection: Win the Day with Small Wins

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast! Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, also a Founder, Coach & Leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, shares a powerful idea that changed his work life, the 2-Hour Workday. Steve talks about how ADHD isn’t a lack of attention, but a challenge with using it well. He explains how managing your executive function can help you get more done with less stress. This episode gives simple, real advice to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, do what matters most, and feel good at the end of the day.

Steve isn’t just a coach; he’s lived the real struggle of knowing what to do but not being able to do it. As he got older, work got harder, and learning he had ADHD made it all make sense. He found that managing his executive function was the key. Now, he teaches ADHD entrepreneurs how to work with their brains, use their best hours, and make real progress without burnout.

Steve coached startup founders and helped them grow, but over time, he noticed he couldn’t get his brain to do what he wanted. Learning about ADHD helped him understand why. He realized it’s not about having no attention, but about using it wisely. Now, he helps ADHD entrepreneurs work smarter by focusing on what matters most during their best hours of the day.

Key Takeaways:

  • The 2 Hour Workday: Why working less can help you do more with ADHD.
  • Executive Function: What it is and why it's so important for focus and progress.
  • Work With Your Brain: How to plan your day based on your energy, not a full schedule.
  • Body Doubling: How co-working with others helps ADHD minds stay on task.
  • Progress Over Perfection: Simple ways to move forward even on tough days.

Additional Insights:

  • ADHD Reality: Steve explains how ADHD is about managing focus, not lacking it.
  • Smart Planning: The 2 Hour Workday helps you use your best brain time wisely.
  • Energy Over Hours: Why short, focused work blocks beat long busy days.
  • Co-Working Power: How working with others boosts focus and follow-through.
  • Daily Wins: Doing a little every day adds up to big progress over time.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD isn’t a lack of attention, it’s trouble using it the right way.” - Steve August
  • “Executive function is like energy for your brain, you only get so much each day.” - Steve August
  • “If I win my two-hour work block, the rest of the day is just a bonus.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he breaks down the 2-Hour Workday, a simple way for ADHD entrepreneurs to get more done by using their best focus time. Learn how working with your brain can lead to real progress.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - What ADHD Really Means: It’s not about lack of attention

[01:47] - How Executive Function Shapes Your Day

[03:32] - The 2-Hour Workday: Use Your Best Focus Time

[07:34] - Why Time Blocking Fails for ADHD Brains

[09:16] - Progress Over Perfection: Win the Day with Small Wins

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>463b0651-1b5e-4909-be05-419b37958362Thu, 17 Jul 2025 10:00:00 -040011:36falsefull102102ADHD Strengths and Weaknesses for Entrepreneurs to Build & Sustain Business with Jennifer AdelhardtADHD Strengths and Weaknesses for Entrepreneurs to Build & Sustain Business with Jennifer Adelhardt🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August is joined by Jennifer Adelhardt, founder of Strategic Curiosity and Adjunct Faculty & Associate Graduate Faculty, Department of Management at the University of North Carolina at Charlotte, and a TEDx Speaker. Jennifer shares her journey from corporate consulting to studying ADHD in entrepreneurship. She talks about how ADHD traits can both challenge and fuel entrepreneurial success, and offers insights on building environments where neurodivergent entrepreneurs can thrive.

Jennifer isn’t just a consultant; she’s passionate about helping ADHD entrepreneurs succeed. Her journey from the corporate world to studying ADHD in business shows how understanding neurodivergent traits can create better work environments. She believes the right strategies can help ADHD entrepreneurs thrive, especially with the right support and mindset.

Jennifer has nearly two decades of experience in the corporate world before transitioning to focus on ADHD in entrepreneurship. As the founder of Strategic Curiosity, she combines her expertise in leadership and academic research to create environments where neurodivergent entrepreneurs can thrive. She uses her personal experience with ADHD to help others build effective strategies for success.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Entrepreneurship: Jennifer highlights how ADHD traits can fuel business success.
  • Building Supportive Environments: Creating workplaces where neurodivergent entrepreneurs thrive.
  • The Power of Research: Understanding ADHD leads to better strategies.
  • Personal Experience: How Jennifer’s ADHD journey shaped her approach.
  • Practical Tools: Strategies to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and succeed.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Entrepreneurship: Jennifer explains how ADHD traits can drive business success.
  • Building Support: The importance of creating supportive work environments for ADHD entrepreneurs.
  • Learning from Experience: How Jennifer’s ADHD journey shaped her business strategies.
  • Effective Tools: The tools and strategies Jennifer uses to stay focused and productive.
  • Adapting and Growing: Why flexibility and curiosity are key to success for ADHD entrepreneurs.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD traits can be a powerful advantage in business.” - Jennifer Adler
  • “Creating supportive environments helps ADHD entrepreneurs thrive.” - Jennifer Adler
  • “Understanding ADHD leads to better strategies for success.” - Jennifer Adler


Join Jennifer Adler as she discusses how ADHD traits, research, and supportive environments can help neurodivergent entrepreneurs thrive and build successful businesses.

Episode Highlight:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:15] - Guest Introduction: Jennifer Adler

[03:26] - Jennifer’s Journey: From Corporate to ADHD Research

[05:36] - ADHD Traits and Their Impact on Entrepreneurship

[07:16] - Using ADHD Strengths to Drive Business Success

[09:14] - Creating Supportive Work Environments for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[11:39] - The Role of Research in Understanding ADHD in Business

[15:32] - Tools and Strategies for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[17:52] - Importance of Delegation and Teamwork for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[20:20] - Coping Mechanisms and Support Systems for Success

[25:04] - The Future of ADHD in Entrepreneurship: Research and Growth

[27:04] - How Co-Working Sessions Help with ADHD and Accountability

[31:09] - Final Thoughts: Launching LLC, TEDx Talk, and the Future of ADHD Entrepreneurship

🎥 Watch Jen’s inspiring TEDx Talk here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G14Q_izwflg 

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August is joined by Jennifer Adelhardt, founder of Strategic Curiosity and Adjunct Faculty & Associate Graduate Faculty, Department of Management at the University of North Carolina at Charlotte, and a TEDx Speaker. Jennifer shares her journey from corporate consulting to studying ADHD in entrepreneurship. She talks about how ADHD traits can both challenge and fuel entrepreneurial success, and offers insights on building environments where neurodivergent entrepreneurs can thrive.

Jennifer isn’t just a consultant; she’s passionate about helping ADHD entrepreneurs succeed. Her journey from the corporate world to studying ADHD in business shows how understanding neurodivergent traits can create better work environments. She believes the right strategies can help ADHD entrepreneurs thrive, especially with the right support and mindset.

Jennifer has nearly two decades of experience in the corporate world before transitioning to focus on ADHD in entrepreneurship. As the founder of Strategic Curiosity, she combines her expertise in leadership and academic research to create environments where neurodivergent entrepreneurs can thrive. She uses her personal experience with ADHD to help others build effective strategies for success.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD and Entrepreneurship: Jennifer highlights how ADHD traits can fuel business success.
  • Building Supportive Environments: Creating workplaces where neurodivergent entrepreneurs thrive.
  • The Power of Research: Understanding ADHD leads to better strategies.
  • Personal Experience: How Jennifer’s ADHD journey shaped her approach.
  • Practical Tools: Strategies to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused and succeed.


Additional Insights:

  • ADHD and Entrepreneurship: Jennifer explains how ADHD traits can drive business success.
  • Building Support: The importance of creating supportive work environments for ADHD entrepreneurs.
  • Learning from Experience: How Jennifer’s ADHD journey shaped her business strategies.
  • Effective Tools: The tools and strategies Jennifer uses to stay focused and productive.
  • Adapting and Growing: Why flexibility and curiosity are key to success for ADHD entrepreneurs.


Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “ADHD traits can be a powerful advantage in business.” - Jennifer Adler
  • “Creating supportive environments helps ADHD entrepreneurs thrive.” - Jennifer Adler
  • “Understanding ADHD leads to better strategies for success.” - Jennifer Adler


Join Jennifer Adler as she discusses how ADHD traits, research, and supportive environments can help neurodivergent entrepreneurs thrive and build successful businesses.

Episode Highlight:

[00:00] - Teaser

[01:15] - Guest Introduction: Jennifer Adler

[03:26] - Jennifer’s Journey: From Corporate to ADHD Research

[05:36] - ADHD Traits and Their Impact on Entrepreneurship

[07:16] - Using ADHD Strengths to Drive Business Success

[09:14] - Creating Supportive Work Environments for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[11:39] - The Role of Research in Understanding ADHD in Business

[15:32] - Tools and Strategies for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[17:52] - Importance of Delegation and Teamwork for ADHD Entrepreneurs

[20:20] - Coping Mechanisms and Support Systems for Success

[25:04] - The Future of ADHD in Entrepreneurship: Research and Growth

[27:04] - How Co-Working Sessions Help with ADHD and Accountability

[31:09] - Final Thoughts: Launching LLC, TEDx Talk, and the Future of ADHD Entrepreneurship

🎥 Watch Jen’s inspiring TEDx Talk here: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G14Q_izwflg 

FOLLOW THE GUEST:

LinkedIn Accounts: 



Websites:   



FOLLOW THE HOST:



FOLLOW THE PODCAST:



]]>8be0401d-d351-4e09-9129-d4df07d1f1edThu, 10 Jul 2025 10:00:00 -040033:36falsefull101101The Weekly Dashboard for ADHD Entrepreneurs to Solve Time Blindness and Execute with FocusThe Weekly Dashboard for ADHD Entrepreneurs to Solve Time Blindness and Execute with Focus🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, and an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He is also the founder, coach, and leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, helping ADHD entrepreneurs grow with focus and clarity in Steve August Coaching. In today’s episode, Steve shares how ADHD brains struggle with planning and time, and why typical tools don’t work. He explains the power of a simple weekly dashboard to stay focused, prioritize better, and make real progress. Through personal stories and clear advice, Steve gives listeners a tool built for ADHD brains to finally break the cycle of stress and distraction.

Steve knows what it’s like to plan a great week and still feel stuck. After learning how ADHD affects time and focus, he found new ways to work better. Instead of fighting his brain, he built tools that match how it works. Now, he teaches ADHD entrepreneurs how to stay on track with simple systems that help them do the right work, avoid burnout, and feel more in control each week.

Steve spent years trying different planning tools, chasing new systems, and feeling stuck in the same weekly cycle. Nothing seemed to work until he realized most tools weren’t made for ADHD brains. That led him to build his own weekly dashboard, focused on progress, not just planning. Now, he helps other ADHD entrepreneurs use this simple system to stop spinning their wheels and start making real progress.

Key Takeaways:

  • Weekly Struggles: Why ADHD brains often feel stuck and overwhelmed by midweek.
  • The Power of a Dashboard: How a simple weekly dashboard can replace complex planners.
  • Planning vs. Progress: Why most systems fail ADHD brains and how to fix that.
  • Meeting Your Brain: How to match your work to your energy and focus levels.
  • ADHD-Friendly Tools: A look at Steve’s real system to plan less and get more done.

Additional Insights:

  • Real ADHD Weeks: Steve breaks down why typical weeks fall apart for ADHD entrepreneurs.
  • Smarter Support: Knowing how your brain works makes it easier to build better habits.
  • From Chaos to Clarity: Steve’s experience shows how the right tools make a big difference.
  • Dashboard in Action: A real example of how to use the weekly dashboard for focus.
  • Focus First: Working with your ADHD, not against it, is the key to real progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Time blocking is great until it eats all your energy before you even start.” - Steve August
  • “Most planning tools are built for brains that aren’t like ours.” - Steve August
  • “A good week for an ADHD brain means meeting your brain where it is.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains why most ADHD entrepreneurs struggle with typical planning systems and how a simple weekly dashboard can create clarity, focus, and real progress in both business and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[00:58] - The Key to a Better ADHD Week

[02:18] - The ADHD Weekly Cycle: Hope, Chaos, and Catch-Up

[04:37] - Why Weeks Matter More Than Days or Months

[06:17] - What Makes a “Good Week” for ADHD Brains

[08:00] - Executive Function and What’s Really in the Way

[09:12] - Why Most Planning Systems Fail ADHD Entrepreneurs

[12:03] - Building a System That Supports ADHD Brains

[12:48] - Introducing the Weekly Dashboard Approach

[13:58] - Real Walkthrough: Steve’s Weekly Dashboard in Action

[20:55] - How to Use This Free Tool and Make Progress Weekly

Get your free weekly dashboard and training videos now. Click the link to start! https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/ADHD-Dashboard

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast. Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, and an expert ADHD coach and productivity specialist. He is also the founder, coach, and leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, helping ADHD entrepreneurs grow with focus and clarity in Steve August Coaching. In today’s episode, Steve shares how ADHD brains struggle with planning and time, and why typical tools don’t work. He explains the power of a simple weekly dashboard to stay focused, prioritize better, and make real progress. Through personal stories and clear advice, Steve gives listeners a tool built for ADHD brains to finally break the cycle of stress and distraction.

Steve knows what it’s like to plan a great week and still feel stuck. After learning how ADHD affects time and focus, he found new ways to work better. Instead of fighting his brain, he built tools that match how it works. Now, he teaches ADHD entrepreneurs how to stay on track with simple systems that help them do the right work, avoid burnout, and feel more in control each week.

Steve spent years trying different planning tools, chasing new systems, and feeling stuck in the same weekly cycle. Nothing seemed to work until he realized most tools weren’t made for ADHD brains. That led him to build his own weekly dashboard, focused on progress, not just planning. Now, he helps other ADHD entrepreneurs use this simple system to stop spinning their wheels and start making real progress.

Key Takeaways:

  • Weekly Struggles: Why ADHD brains often feel stuck and overwhelmed by midweek.
  • The Power of a Dashboard: How a simple weekly dashboard can replace complex planners.
  • Planning vs. Progress: Why most systems fail ADHD brains and how to fix that.
  • Meeting Your Brain: How to match your work to your energy and focus levels.
  • ADHD-Friendly Tools: A look at Steve’s real system to plan less and get more done.

Additional Insights:

  • Real ADHD Weeks: Steve breaks down why typical weeks fall apart for ADHD entrepreneurs.
  • Smarter Support: Knowing how your brain works makes it easier to build better habits.
  • From Chaos to Clarity: Steve’s experience shows how the right tools make a big difference.
  • Dashboard in Action: A real example of how to use the weekly dashboard for focus.
  • Focus First: Working with your ADHD, not against it, is the key to real progress.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “Time blocking is great until it eats all your energy before you even start.” - Steve August
  • “Most planning tools are built for brains that aren’t like ours.” - Steve August
  • “A good week for an ADHD brain means meeting your brain where it is.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he explains why most ADHD entrepreneurs struggle with typical planning systems and how a simple weekly dashboard can create clarity, focus, and real progress in both business and life.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Teaser

[00:58] - The Key to a Better ADHD Week

[02:18] - The ADHD Weekly Cycle: Hope, Chaos, and Catch-Up

[04:37] - Why Weeks Matter More Than Days or Months

[06:17] - What Makes a “Good Week” for ADHD Brains

[08:00] - Executive Function and What’s Really in the Way

[09:12] - Why Most Planning Systems Fail ADHD Entrepreneurs

[12:03] - Building a System That Supports ADHD Brains

[12:48] - Introducing the Weekly Dashboard Approach

[13:58] - Real Walkthrough: Steve’s Weekly Dashboard in Action

[20:55] - How to Use This Free Tool and Make Progress Weekly

Get your free weekly dashboard and training videos now. Click the link to start! https://go.steveaugustcoaching.com/ADHD-Dashboard

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>1f0bbda0-fd64-468e-aae7-9d5f46ec55b4Tue, 08 Jul 2025 12:00:00 -040021:16falsefull100100ADHD in Entrepreneurs for High Achievers to Break Through Burnout and Regain ControlADHD in Entrepreneurs for High Achievers to Break Through Burnout and Regain Control🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast! Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, also a Founder, Coach & Leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, helping ADHD entrepreneurs grow with focus and clarity in Steve August Coaching. Steve shares his personal journey as a long-time entrepreneur who discovered his ADHD later in life. He opens up about the struggles he faced, how ADHD shaped his work, and the turning point that helped him find clarity. Steve explains why he started this podcast to support other ADHD entrepreneurs by sharing tools, stories, and real talk about how ADHD can both challenge and drive success in business.

Steve isn’t just an entrepreneur; he’s been through the ups and downs of building businesses while living with undiagnosed ADHD. After years of success and struggle, his diagnosis helped everything click. Now, he’s focused on helping other ADHD entrepreneurs understand their brains, use the right tools, and build businesses with more clarity, focus, and freedom.

Steve built and sold a startup, worked as a CMO, and later became a coach for other founders. After hitting burnout and facing new challenges, he learned he had ADHD at age 54. That moment changed everything. Now, he shares what he's learned to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, feel less overwhelmed, and grow their businesses with less stress.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Discovery: Steve shares how learning he had ADHD made things clear.
  • Entrepreneurial Struggles: The ups and downs of running a business with ADHD.
  • Working With Your Brain: How to stop fighting ADHD and start using it.
  • Life After Diagnosis: How understanding ADHD changed Steve’s life and work.
  • Helpful Tools: Simple tips to stay focused and manage each week better.

Additional Insights:

  • ADHD in Business: Steve shares how ADHD has both helped and challenged his work.
  • Support That Works: Why understanding your brain can lead to better results.
  • Real-Life Lessons: His journey shows how a late ADHD diagnosis brings clarity.
  • Tools That Help: Steve talks about the weekly dashboard and simple routines.
  • Growth Mindset: Learning to work with ADHD, not against it, opens new doors.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I couldn’t even finish the first sentence of an email.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD isn’t a deficit of attention; it’s a surplus that’s hard to focus.” - Steve August
  • “I was a wallflower in my own life until I understood my brain.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares his journey of discovering ADHD later in life and how learning to work with his brain helped him and other entrepreneurs grow thriving, focused businesses.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator

[01:07] - Steve’s Background: From Startup Exit to Coaching

[02:18] - Post-COVID Fatigue Turns Out to Be ADHD

[04:18] - Getting Diagnosed at Age 54

[05:14] - Understanding the ADHD Brain and Past Patterns

[07:21] - Why This Podcast Exists and Who It’s For

[10:00] - Tools, Takeaways, and What’s Coming Next

🧠 Take the free quiz: Are You an ADHD Entrepreneur? → https://assessments.steveaugustcoaching.com/adhd-entrepreneur

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>🔥 ADHD making business harder than it needs to be? Try these free resources:

🧠 Start with my free Weekly ADHD Dashboard – The “Brain-first” system I use to plan my week and make consistent progress. 👉https://bit.ly/adhdtime-management-tool

____________________________________________________

Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator Podcast! Host Steve August, Founder of ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator (AEX) and Steve August Coaching, also a Founder, Coach & Leader of The Focus Formula ADHD Coworking Community, and creator of the 2X Accelerator, helping ADHD entrepreneurs grow with focus and clarity in Steve August Coaching. Steve shares his personal journey as a long-time entrepreneur who discovered his ADHD later in life. He opens up about the struggles he faced, how ADHD shaped his work, and the turning point that helped him find clarity. Steve explains why he started this podcast to support other ADHD entrepreneurs by sharing tools, stories, and real talk about how ADHD can both challenge and drive success in business.

Steve isn’t just an entrepreneur; he’s been through the ups and downs of building businesses while living with undiagnosed ADHD. After years of success and struggle, his diagnosis helped everything click. Now, he’s focused on helping other ADHD entrepreneurs understand their brains, use the right tools, and build businesses with more clarity, focus, and freedom.

Steve built and sold a startup, worked as a CMO, and later became a coach for other founders. After hitting burnout and facing new challenges, he learned he had ADHD at age 54. That moment changed everything. Now, he shares what he's learned to help ADHD entrepreneurs stay focused, feel less overwhelmed, and grow their businesses with less stress.

Key Takeaways:

  • ADHD Discovery: Steve shares how learning he had ADHD made things clear.
  • Entrepreneurial Struggles: The ups and downs of running a business with ADHD.
  • Working With Your Brain: How to stop fighting ADHD and start using it.
  • Life After Diagnosis: How understanding ADHD changed Steve’s life and work.
  • Helpful Tools: Simple tips to stay focused and manage each week better.

Additional Insights:

  • ADHD in Business: Steve shares how ADHD has both helped and challenged his work.
  • Support That Works: Why understanding your brain can lead to better results.
  • Real-Life Lessons: His journey shows how a late ADHD diagnosis brings clarity.
  • Tools That Help: Steve talks about the weekly dashboard and simple routines.
  • Growth Mindset: Learning to work with ADHD, not against it, opens new doors.

Here are a few quotes from the episode:

  • “I couldn’t even finish the first sentence of an email.” - Steve August
  • “ADHD isn’t a deficit of attention; it’s a surplus that’s hard to focus.” - Steve August
  • “I was a wallflower in my own life until I understood my brain.” - Steve August

Join Steve August as he shares his journey of discovering ADHD later in life and how learning to work with his brain helped him and other entrepreneurs grow thriving, focused businesses.

Episode Highlights:

[00:00] - Welcome to the ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator

[01:07] - Steve’s Background: From Startup Exit to Coaching

[02:18] - Post-COVID Fatigue Turns Out to Be ADHD

[04:18] - Getting Diagnosed at Age 54

[05:14] - Understanding the ADHD Brain and Past Patterns

[07:21] - Why This Podcast Exists and Who It’s For

[10:00] - Tools, Takeaways, and What’s Coming Next

🧠 Take the free quiz: Are You an ADHD Entrepreneur? → https://assessments.steveaugustcoaching.com/adhd-entrepreneur

FOLLOW THE HOST:


FOLLOW THE PODCAST:


]]>10a2631e-40f2-4355-b572-8794b3b1bc34Tue, 08 Jul 2025 10:00:00 -040011:01falsefull9999Episode 98: Leaning All the Way In – The Final EpisodeEpisode 98: Leaning All the Way In – The Final EpisodeAfter 98 episodes, The Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is coming to a close—but this is just the beginning of something new. In this final episode, I reflect on my journey as a late-diagnosed ADHD entrepreneur and how embracing my ADHD has transformed my approach to business and life.


I share:

✅ Why getting diagnosed at 54 changed everything for me

✅ How I transitioned from working with startup founders to ADHD entrepreneurs

✅ The power of making decisive choices instead of staying stuck in indecision

✅ What’s next—my new podcast, ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator, launching in late February/early March


If you’ve ever felt like your brain works differently and you’re trying to build a business that works with it (not against it), this episode is for you.


🔔 Stay tuned for the next chapter: Be the first to hear about the new podcast! 

]]>After 98 episodes, The Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is coming to a close—but this is just the beginning of something new. In this final episode, I reflect on my journey as a late-diagnosed ADHD entrepreneur and how embracing my ADHD has transformed my approach to business and life.


I share:

✅ Why getting diagnosed at 54 changed everything for me

✅ How I transitioned from working with startup founders to ADHD entrepreneurs

✅ The power of making decisive choices instead of staying stuck in indecision

✅ What’s next—my new podcast, ADHD Entrepreneur Accelerator, launching in late February/early March


If you’ve ever felt like your brain works differently and you’re trying to build a business that works with it (not against it), this episode is for you.


🔔 Stay tuned for the next chapter: Be the first to hear about the new podcast! 

]]>cb8f35f8-46e3-4a53-8931-78c3c52d5e8aThu, 06 Feb 2025 20:02:00 -040013:36falsefull9898Ep. 97 Why Having ADHD Doesn't Make You A Great EntrepreneurEp. 97 Why Having ADHD Doesn't Make You A Great EntrepreneurI've been a bit hesitant to push send on this one.

You see, there's been a number of research studies* showing that ADHD brains are, depending on the study, between 2x and 5x more likely to become entrepreneurs.

I often cite this research in things I put out in my content. But there's one question that I consistently get back, that deserves an answer:

"Does ADHD make you a great entrepreneur?"

Based on my research and my own experience, the answer is...yes and no.

Yes, ADHD super powers can make you more likely to embrace doing your own thing and being an entrepreneur.

But also, no because it's challenges can keep you from succeeding to the degree you know you can.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I go through the pluses and minuses of being an ADHD entrepreneur:

  • How ADHD superpowers help you get launched

  • Why those same superpowers can turn into entrepreneurial kryptonite.

  • How to leverage the strengths and avoid the pitfalls to give you the best chance of success.




]]>I've been a bit hesitant to push send on this one.

You see, there's been a number of research studies* showing that ADHD brains are, depending on the study, between 2x and 5x more likely to become entrepreneurs.

I often cite this research in things I put out in my content. But there's one question that I consistently get back, that deserves an answer:

"Does ADHD make you a great entrepreneur?"

Based on my research and my own experience, the answer is...yes and no.

Yes, ADHD super powers can make you more likely to embrace doing your own thing and being an entrepreneur.

But also, no because it's challenges can keep you from succeeding to the degree you know you can.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I go through the pluses and minuses of being an ADHD entrepreneur:

  • How ADHD superpowers help you get launched

  • Why those same superpowers can turn into entrepreneurial kryptonite.

  • How to leverage the strengths and avoid the pitfalls to give you the best chance of success.




]]>c9c013af-8fe8-4b73-b9c9-63e491171e70Fri, 20 Dec 2024 01:09:02 -040012:25falsefull9797Ep. 96 The 3 Offers Every B2B Business Needs to ThriveEp. 96 The 3 Offers Every B2B Business Needs to ThriveKey Takeaways from This Episode:


• Core Idea:

Customers don’t buy our product or service—they buy our offer. An offer is a promise to solve an urgent pain within a specific timeframe for a specific cost. Products and services? They’re just the tools we use to deliver on that promise.

• Your Business as a Stack of Offers:

A thriving B2B business only needs three key offers:

1. Core Offer – The cornerstone of your business, the main product or service you’re built around.

2. Hand Raiser Offer – A lead magnet or freebie valuable enough for someone with your target pain to share their contact info.

3. Customer ID Offer – Designed to identify those ready to take the next step with you.

• Make Every Offer a No-Brainer:

Success lies in creating offers that are stupidly compelling to the right customer.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:


1. Why your Core Offer is the foundation of your business.

2. The essential element that ties all three offers together.

3. How to design a simple system to consistently get your offers in front of the right people daily.


This quick 14-minute episode will give you a framework to simplify your business and grow strategically in 2025.


🔥 Friday After Black Friday Bundle 🔥

Get everything you need to build your 3 Offer Stack and a Daily Lead Machine. For $119 (today and tomorrow only), you’ll receive SEVEN core business growth trainings valued at over $3,000!


💡 These are the same tools that drive the success of the 2X Accelerator Program, designed to create a powerful customer flywheel for your business.


👉 Check it out and grab the bundle here!

]]>Key Takeaways from This Episode:


• Core Idea:

Customers don’t buy our product or service—they buy our offer. An offer is a promise to solve an urgent pain within a specific timeframe for a specific cost. Products and services? They’re just the tools we use to deliver on that promise.

• Your Business as a Stack of Offers:

A thriving B2B business only needs three key offers:

1. Core Offer – The cornerstone of your business, the main product or service you’re built around.

2. Hand Raiser Offer – A lead magnet or freebie valuable enough for someone with your target pain to share their contact info.

3. Customer ID Offer – Designed to identify those ready to take the next step with you.

• Make Every Offer a No-Brainer:

Success lies in creating offers that are stupidly compelling to the right customer.

What You’ll Learn in This Episode:


1. Why your Core Offer is the foundation of your business.

2. The essential element that ties all three offers together.

3. How to design a simple system to consistently get your offers in front of the right people daily.


This quick 14-minute episode will give you a framework to simplify your business and grow strategically in 2025.


🔥 Friday After Black Friday Bundle 🔥

Get everything you need to build your 3 Offer Stack and a Daily Lead Machine. For $119 (today and tomorrow only), you’ll receive SEVEN core business growth trainings valued at over $3,000!


💡 These are the same tools that drive the success of the 2X Accelerator Program, designed to create a powerful customer flywheel for your business.


👉 Check it out and grab the bundle here!

]]>f8828877-23fc-47e5-9e87-14aef2b747aeThu, 05 Dec 2024 21:36:40 -040014:09falsefull9696Ep. 95 3 Keys to Thriving in a Tough MarketEp. 95 3 Keys to Thriving in a Tough MarketEpisode Title: Thriving in a Tough Market: The 3 Keys to Business Growth When Money’s Tight


Episode Description:

In today’s episode, we’re tackling a challenge many entrepreneurs are facing: “People aren’t buying, and the ones who do are taking longer to decide.” It’s something I’ve been hearing across the board – from clients, fellow coaches, and entrepreneurs. The business environment has changed, and with inflation, a tighter money supply, and more selective spending, the boom has slowed, leaving many wondering how to keep growing.


Here’s the truth: in tougher times, business fundamentals matter more than ever. When the rising tide no longer lifts all boats, it’s time to tighten up our approach, identify the right customers, sharpen our offers, and build dependable lead generation.


In this episode, I break down three essential keys to thriving in challenging markets. Plus, I share a real-life success story from one of my 2X Accelerator participants, who achieved a 34% growth rate this year by following these strategies.


What You’ll Learn:


• The 3 Keys to Thriving in a Down Market: Discover the foundational steps that will help you build resilience and grow, even when the economy slows.

• Designing Your Business as a Stack of Offers: A strategic approach to creating offers that speak directly to your ideal customer’s needs.

• Breaking Through the Noise: How to create a message that cuts through the clutter and gets your business noticed.


This 12-minute episode is packed with actionable insights for B2B entrepreneurs who want to thrive, even when times get tough.


Tune in, take notes, and start implementing these steps today to build a business that endures in any market.

]]>Episode Title: Thriving in a Tough Market: The 3 Keys to Business Growth When Money’s Tight


Episode Description:

In today’s episode, we’re tackling a challenge many entrepreneurs are facing: “People aren’t buying, and the ones who do are taking longer to decide.” It’s something I’ve been hearing across the board – from clients, fellow coaches, and entrepreneurs. The business environment has changed, and with inflation, a tighter money supply, and more selective spending, the boom has slowed, leaving many wondering how to keep growing.


Here’s the truth: in tougher times, business fundamentals matter more than ever. When the rising tide no longer lifts all boats, it’s time to tighten up our approach, identify the right customers, sharpen our offers, and build dependable lead generation.


In this episode, I break down three essential keys to thriving in challenging markets. Plus, I share a real-life success story from one of my 2X Accelerator participants, who achieved a 34% growth rate this year by following these strategies.


What You’ll Learn:


• The 3 Keys to Thriving in a Down Market: Discover the foundational steps that will help you build resilience and grow, even when the economy slows.

• Designing Your Business as a Stack of Offers: A strategic approach to creating offers that speak directly to your ideal customer’s needs.

• Breaking Through the Noise: How to create a message that cuts through the clutter and gets your business noticed.


This 12-minute episode is packed with actionable insights for B2B entrepreneurs who want to thrive, even when times get tough.


Tune in, take notes, and start implementing these steps today to build a business that endures in any market.

]]>02991db1-7fd5-446e-b54d-ef9b017deda9Thu, 14 Nov 2024 01:53:58 -040011:22falsefull9595Ep. 94 How neurodiverse brains can help your business level upEp. 94 How neurodiverse brains can help your business level upIt's been a minute or two since my last new Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode. During the podcast hiatus, I've been leaning in to my journey as a late diagnosed ADHD entrepreneur. Over the past two months, I've been reshaping my coaching practice. After focusing on helping Seed Stage to Series A Founders for the past seven years, I'm evolving my practice to supporting ADHD entrepreneurs and solopreneurs get out of overwhelm, harness their focus and 2X their business progress. Rocket Ship Founder podcast will be evolving as well - with a final form to be determined. For now, I will be putting out episodes from time to time that I think will be useful to every entrepreneur. Which brings us to today's episode...

Recently, I was asked by a client to present to the leadership team on how to best support ADHD team members.

It was a great conversation. ADHD team members can be your most brilliant and innovative problem solvers. ADHD brains are wired to constantly learn and create connections and possibilities.

I walked them through the key differences between ADHD and neurotypical brains, especially the lower levels of dopamine and norepinephrine.

How this results in lower reserves of executive function compared more neurotypical brains

And how that expresses itself in things like time blindness, task initiation and prioritization challenges, rejection sensitivity and other facets of ADHD life

But the biggest takeaway for this leadership team was that working with ADHD brains can actually help you level up your business.

Because what helps ADHD team members prioritize, focus and execute is getting really good at operating like the best companies do.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about how working with neurodiverse brains can actually help your business level up. I'll cover:

  • Why the challenges of ADHD actually can help you operate better

  • 3 specific areas to focus on that will drive better results



]]>It's been a minute or two since my last new Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode. During the podcast hiatus, I've been leaning in to my journey as a late diagnosed ADHD entrepreneur. Over the past two months, I've been reshaping my coaching practice. After focusing on helping Seed Stage to Series A Founders for the past seven years, I'm evolving my practice to supporting ADHD entrepreneurs and solopreneurs get out of overwhelm, harness their focus and 2X their business progress. Rocket Ship Founder podcast will be evolving as well - with a final form to be determined. For now, I will be putting out episodes from time to time that I think will be useful to every entrepreneur. Which brings us to today's episode...

Recently, I was asked by a client to present to the leadership team on how to best support ADHD team members.

It was a great conversation. ADHD team members can be your most brilliant and innovative problem solvers. ADHD brains are wired to constantly learn and create connections and possibilities.

I walked them through the key differences between ADHD and neurotypical brains, especially the lower levels of dopamine and norepinephrine.

How this results in lower reserves of executive function compared more neurotypical brains

And how that expresses itself in things like time blindness, task initiation and prioritization challenges, rejection sensitivity and other facets of ADHD life

But the biggest takeaway for this leadership team was that working with ADHD brains can actually help you level up your business.

Because what helps ADHD team members prioritize, focus and execute is getting really good at operating like the best companies do.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about how working with neurodiverse brains can actually help your business level up. I'll cover:

  • Why the challenges of ADHD actually can help you operate better

  • 3 specific areas to focus on that will drive better results



]]>10832c3f-9560-4c87-9d8d-1696248342faFri, 25 Oct 2024 20:19:38 -040012:59falsefull9494Ep. 93 11 Lessons from 11 ExitsEp. 93 11 Lessons from 11 ExitsThis week, two of my past clients announced their companies were being acquired. Together they mark the 11th exit of Founders I’ve coached over the past seven years.

I certainly can’t take credit for the outcomes of the clients I’ve coached. After all, they did the work. But I can say I’ve been part of the story in helping people along the path that got them to their exits.

I learn something from every exit I've been a part of. So in this week's episode of The Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'd like to share 11 lesson I’ve learned from my own exits and those I’ve coached:

  1. The overwhelming emotion is RELIEF

  2. You realize how much you've been carrying when the weight of being "in the seat" comes off

  3. Don't compare, you can't judge exits from the outside

  4. If you have an earn out tied to revenue, become best friends with the sales team of the acquiring company

  5. If you have an earn out tied to revenue, make sure the sales team compensation plan is incentivized to sell your stuff

  6. It’s an ending and a beginning

  7. Be proud of what you’ve done, regardless of how it turned out

  8. Take a moment to appreciate how much you’ve grown and learned as a leader adn human

  9. Take a breath

  10. Get on that earn out, if you have one

  11. Regardless of the outcome, it turns out you are still you

    Private Founder Coaching Sprint (3 slots available)
    My 4-month private coaching program for Founders with at least $1M in revenue or funding. In a four month sprint, we work hand-in-hand on accelerating your biggest issue. Nail a thorny PMF/Sales problem. Level up your team. Confidently work through tough decisions. The biggest outcome is you being a more confident and centered Founder. It all starts with a breakthrough session. Book a your breakthrough session here.

    The 2X Accelerator
    This is my intimate and affordable Founder community, purely focused on adding your next $500k-$1M of revenue. Each week this amazing group of Founders works on building solid, consistent pipelines by crafting stupidly good offers and automated lead machines. Book a your breakthrough session here.⁠



]]>This week, two of my past clients announced their companies were being acquired. Together they mark the 11th exit of Founders I’ve coached over the past seven years.

I certainly can’t take credit for the outcomes of the clients I’ve coached. After all, they did the work. But I can say I’ve been part of the story in helping people along the path that got them to their exits.

I learn something from every exit I've been a part of. So in this week's episode of The Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'd like to share 11 lesson I’ve learned from my own exits and those I’ve coached:

  1. The overwhelming emotion is RELIEF

  2. You realize how much you've been carrying when the weight of being "in the seat" comes off

  3. Don't compare, you can't judge exits from the outside

  4. If you have an earn out tied to revenue, become best friends with the sales team of the acquiring company

  5. If you have an earn out tied to revenue, make sure the sales team compensation plan is incentivized to sell your stuff

  6. It’s an ending and a beginning

  7. Be proud of what you’ve done, regardless of how it turned out

  8. Take a moment to appreciate how much you’ve grown and learned as a leader adn human

  9. Take a breath

  10. Get on that earn out, if you have one

  11. Regardless of the outcome, it turns out you are still you

    Private Founder Coaching Sprint (3 slots available)
    My 4-month private coaching program for Founders with at least $1M in revenue or funding. In a four month sprint, we work hand-in-hand on accelerating your biggest issue. Nail a thorny PMF/Sales problem. Level up your team. Confidently work through tough decisions. The biggest outcome is you being a more confident and centered Founder. It all starts with a breakthrough session. Book a your breakthrough session here.

    The 2X Accelerator
    This is my intimate and affordable Founder community, purely focused on adding your next $500k-$1M of revenue. Each week this amazing group of Founders works on building solid, consistent pipelines by crafting stupidly good offers and automated lead machines. Book a your breakthrough session here.⁠



]]>d476e532-8c33-4a1e-9eb3-e4a1564ec276Thu, 08 Aug 2024 20:44:50 -040014:13falsefull9393Ep. 92 Niches vs TribesEp. 92 Niches vs TribesEpisode Summary:


In this episode, we explore the difference between marketing to niches and tribes, and why understanding this distinction can shape your entrepreneurial approach.


After a provocative listener response to a previous episode on founder anxiety, I realized the importance of identifying your tribe—those who share your values and vision.


Key Takeaways:


• Niche vs. Tribe: A niche targets a specific market segment, while a tribe connects people through a shared mentality or purpose.

• Why It Matters: Knowing whether you’re marketing to a niche or a tribe can transform your strategy and deepen connections with your audience.

• Topics Covered:

• How to market to tribes vs niches

• How to reveal your tribe

• Deciding when to focus on a niche vs a tribe


Tune in for actionable insights that will help you maximize your impact and connect more authentically with your audience.


]]>Episode Summary:


In this episode, we explore the difference between marketing to niches and tribes, and why understanding this distinction can shape your entrepreneurial approach.


After a provocative listener response to a previous episode on founder anxiety, I realized the importance of identifying your tribe—those who share your values and vision.


Key Takeaways:


• Niche vs. Tribe: A niche targets a specific market segment, while a tribe connects people through a shared mentality or purpose.

• Why It Matters: Knowing whether you’re marketing to a niche or a tribe can transform your strategy and deepen connections with your audience.

• Topics Covered:

• How to market to tribes vs niches

• How to reveal your tribe

• Deciding when to focus on a niche vs a tribe


Tune in for actionable insights that will help you maximize your impact and connect more authentically with your audience.


]]>fa66d645-7402-4bdb-9dfc-8f90ff5a72f0Fri, 02 Aug 2024 00:12:10 -040013:29falsefull9292Ep. 91 Why your warm network leads aren't buyingEp. 91 Why your warm network leads aren't buyingIn this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we dive into a common yet perplexing scenario many founders face: having a great network and product, yet struggling to convert meetings into sales. Through a real-life example and personal insights, we explore the root causes and provide practical strategies to overcome this challenge.

Episode Highlights:


• A founder’s dilemma: great network, positive conversations, but no sales.

• The hidden trap of relying on warm introductions without addressing pressing pains.

• Importance of identifying and solving significant pain points for potential clients.


Three Keys to Making the Most Out of Warm Network Conversations:


1. Treat Warm Network Meetings Like Cold Ones:

• Approach each conversation with fresh eyes, focusing on the potential client’s needs and pain points.

2. Understand Why They Took the Call:

• Clarify the motivations behind their interest and what they hope to achieve.

3. Adopt an Assess vs Impress Mindset:

• Focus on understanding and addressing their problems rather than just showcasing your product.


Additional Resources:

If you want a step-by-step guide to enhancing your customer conversations, make sure to download my FREE 10-Minute Customer Breakthrough Training. It’s a valuable resource to help you navigate and succeed in your customer conversations.





]]>In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we dive into a common yet perplexing scenario many founders face: having a great network and product, yet struggling to convert meetings into sales. Through a real-life example and personal insights, we explore the root causes and provide practical strategies to overcome this challenge.

Episode Highlights:


• A founder’s dilemma: great network, positive conversations, but no sales.

• The hidden trap of relying on warm introductions without addressing pressing pains.

• Importance of identifying and solving significant pain points for potential clients.


Three Keys to Making the Most Out of Warm Network Conversations:


1. Treat Warm Network Meetings Like Cold Ones:

• Approach each conversation with fresh eyes, focusing on the potential client’s needs and pain points.

2. Understand Why They Took the Call:

• Clarify the motivations behind their interest and what they hope to achieve.

3. Adopt an Assess vs Impress Mindset:

• Focus on understanding and addressing their problems rather than just showcasing your product.


Additional Resources:

If you want a step-by-step guide to enhancing your customer conversations, make sure to download my FREE 10-Minute Customer Breakthrough Training. It’s a valuable resource to help you navigate and succeed in your customer conversations.





]]>35a8415f-7acb-41e9-bf46-157c15ba87adThu, 25 Jul 2024 20:47:29 -040010:15falsefull9191Ep. 90 Does Founder Anxiety Ever End?Ep. 90 Does Founder Anxiety Ever End?In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we tackle a pressing question that resonates deeply with every entrepreneur: “Does Founder anxiety ever end?” Inspired by a thought-provoking article shared in my 2X Accelerator community, we dive into the persistent nature of anxiety in the founder journey. Despite achieving significant milestones, the anxiety doesn’t seem to fade, but there are ways to manage it effectively.


Episode Highlights:


  • Discussion sparked by a 2022 article by Wil Shroter, “What if our startup anxiety never quits?”
  • Real-life example of a thriving founder still facing anxiety after a major business win.
  • Personal insights on the added intensity of anxiety for founders with ADHD.
  • Exploring the inevitability of facing new challenges and “humps” in the founder journey.
  • Embracing the uncertainty of founder life and continuously upskilling.


Three Essential Techniques to Minimize Anxiety:


Mind Your Health:

Importance of sleep, diet, and exercise in managing stress.


Reject the Fallacy of Your Future Self:

Avoiding the mindset of “I’ll be happy when…” and finding contentment in the present.


Use One Simple Phrase to Get in the Moment:

Practical advice on staying present and reducing stress instantly.


Additional Resources:


Founder Survive and Thrive Bundle: Special offer on a bundle designed to help manage stress and anxiety, including three e-books and a video mini-course. Available at a discounted price this week.


If you are dealing with stress and anxiety, make sure to check out the Founder Survive and Thrive Bundle for valuable resources to help you manage and thrive.

]]>In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we tackle a pressing question that resonates deeply with every entrepreneur: “Does Founder anxiety ever end?” Inspired by a thought-provoking article shared in my 2X Accelerator community, we dive into the persistent nature of anxiety in the founder journey. Despite achieving significant milestones, the anxiety doesn’t seem to fade, but there are ways to manage it effectively.


Episode Highlights:


  • Discussion sparked by a 2022 article by Wil Shroter, “What if our startup anxiety never quits?”
  • Real-life example of a thriving founder still facing anxiety after a major business win.
  • Personal insights on the added intensity of anxiety for founders with ADHD.
  • Exploring the inevitability of facing new challenges and “humps” in the founder journey.
  • Embracing the uncertainty of founder life and continuously upskilling.


Three Essential Techniques to Minimize Anxiety:


Mind Your Health:

Importance of sleep, diet, and exercise in managing stress.


Reject the Fallacy of Your Future Self:

Avoiding the mindset of “I’ll be happy when…” and finding contentment in the present.


Use One Simple Phrase to Get in the Moment:

Practical advice on staying present and reducing stress instantly.


Additional Resources:


Founder Survive and Thrive Bundle: Special offer on a bundle designed to help manage stress and anxiety, including three e-books and a video mini-course. Available at a discounted price this week.


If you are dealing with stress and anxiety, make sure to check out the Founder Survive and Thrive Bundle for valuable resources to help you manage and thrive.

]]>d88106a7-fed7-4210-a4bc-3d5be8cc7254Thu, 18 Jul 2024 20:29:23 -040015:16falsefull9090Ep. 89 Surviving a plane crashEp. 89 Surviving a plane crashIn this week’s episode, I share a personal story about surviving a plane crash. But don't worry, it’s not what you might think – this crash involved my remote-controlled airplane, a birthday gift that quickly became a learning experience.

Episode Highlights:

  1. The Gift:

    • Received a remote-controlled airplane for my birthday in June.
    • Excitement of flying it for the first time at age 56.


  2. The First Flight:

    • Kept the plane in SAFE mode for the first flight.
    • Managed to get the plane up in the air and land it successfully.


  3. The Second Flight and Crash:

    • Got overconfident and switched to intermediate mode.
    • Challenges of controlling the plane when it’s flying towards you.
    • Catastrophic crash during landing, resulting in significant damage.


  4. The Aftermath:

    • Initial frustration and disappointment with the crash.
    • Encounter with experienced RC flyers at the park, including David.
    • Advice from David and the realization that crashes are part of the learning process.


  5. Recovery and Lessons Learned:

    • Fixing the plane with Gorilla Glue.
    • Gained deeper understanding of the plane’s mechanics and improved flying skills.
    • David became my flying coach, offering guidance and support.


  6. Business Lessons from the Crash:

    • Importance of mastering the fundamentals.
    • SAFE mode, while helpful, can also be a crutch.
    • Growth often involves a cycle of crashing and learning.
    • Breaking things can lead to better understanding.
    • Value of having a knowledgeable coach.




Application to Business:

  • Dealing with revenue decline.
  • Breaking through a sales plateau.
  • Navigating a launch that didn’t go as planned.



PS: If you are a B2B Founder who'd like experienced support and coaching to reach your next $500k-$1M in revenue, my 2X Accelerator Community may be exactly right for you. July wait list is open. Email me for details!

PPS: If you haven't picked up my FREE 10-Minute Customer Breakthrough Kit, be sure to check it out. It's helped B2B Founders fuel multiple six figures in sales, accelerate product-market fit, and nail go-to-market.


]]>In this week’s episode, I share a personal story about surviving a plane crash. But don't worry, it’s not what you might think – this crash involved my remote-controlled airplane, a birthday gift that quickly became a learning experience.

Episode Highlights:

  1. The Gift:

    • Received a remote-controlled airplane for my birthday in June.
    • Excitement of flying it for the first time at age 56.


  2. The First Flight:

    • Kept the plane in SAFE mode for the first flight.
    • Managed to get the plane up in the air and land it successfully.


  3. The Second Flight and Crash:

    • Got overconfident and switched to intermediate mode.
    • Challenges of controlling the plane when it’s flying towards you.
    • Catastrophic crash during landing, resulting in significant damage.


  4. The Aftermath:

    • Initial frustration and disappointment with the crash.
    • Encounter with experienced RC flyers at the park, including David.
    • Advice from David and the realization that crashes are part of the learning process.


  5. Recovery and Lessons Learned:

    • Fixing the plane with Gorilla Glue.
    • Gained deeper understanding of the plane’s mechanics and improved flying skills.
    • David became my flying coach, offering guidance and support.


  6. Business Lessons from the Crash:

    • Importance of mastering the fundamentals.
    • SAFE mode, while helpful, can also be a crutch.
    • Growth often involves a cycle of crashing and learning.
    • Breaking things can lead to better understanding.
    • Value of having a knowledgeable coach.




Application to Business:

  • Dealing with revenue decline.
  • Breaking through a sales plateau.
  • Navigating a launch that didn’t go as planned.



PS: If you are a B2B Founder who'd like experienced support and coaching to reach your next $500k-$1M in revenue, my 2X Accelerator Community may be exactly right for you. July wait list is open. Email me for details!

PPS: If you haven't picked up my FREE 10-Minute Customer Breakthrough Kit, be sure to check it out. It's helped B2B Founders fuel multiple six figures in sales, accelerate product-market fit, and nail go-to-market.


]]>e755170a-7eae-417e-accc-2497a3effb00Thu, 11 Jul 2024 20:19:04 -040011:53falsefull8989Ep. 88 Why I'm Recreating My BusinessEp. 88 Why I'm Recreating My BusinessIn this week's episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, Steve dives deep into the topic of business re-creation. With the economic shift that began at the end of 2022, many founders and business coaches are finding the need to re-create their businesses to adapt to the new normal. Drawing from his extensive experience through multiple economic cycles, Steve shares his insights and practical steps for recognizing when it's time to re-create and how to effectively do so.

  • Economic Shifts and Their Impact: How the transition from easy money times to a more challenging economic climate is affecting businesses.


  • Recognizing the Need for Change: Signs that indicate it's time to re-create your business, such as customer concentration, overstaffing, unnecessary expenses, unclear value propositions, industry shifts, and inefficient marketing.


  • Personal Experience: Steve shares his own experience of business attrition over the past 12 months and how it has motivated him to re-create his business.


  • Opportunities in Re-creation: Despite the challenges, Steve sees this as a huge opportunity to leverage his accumulated knowledge and teachings to help other founders.


  • Foundation of a Successful Business: The core principles Steve emphasizes are finding the right customers, creating exceptionally good offers, and building a reliable system to reach those customers.


  • Practical Steps for Re-creation:
    • Recognizing the signs that it's time to re-create.
    • Three steps to jump start your re-creation process.
    • Essential elements necessary for a successful business re-creation.




If you are a B2B Founder looking for support in re-creating your business and finding a path to your next $500k-$1M in revenue, consider joining Steve's 2X Accelerator Community. Although the June intake is closed, the waitlist for July is open. Email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com "2X" to get more details.


]]>In this week's episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, Steve dives deep into the topic of business re-creation. With the economic shift that began at the end of 2022, many founders and business coaches are finding the need to re-create their businesses to adapt to the new normal. Drawing from his extensive experience through multiple economic cycles, Steve shares his insights and practical steps for recognizing when it's time to re-create and how to effectively do so.

  • Economic Shifts and Their Impact: How the transition from easy money times to a more challenging economic climate is affecting businesses.


  • Recognizing the Need for Change: Signs that indicate it's time to re-create your business, such as customer concentration, overstaffing, unnecessary expenses, unclear value propositions, industry shifts, and inefficient marketing.


  • Personal Experience: Steve shares his own experience of business attrition over the past 12 months and how it has motivated him to re-create his business.


  • Opportunities in Re-creation: Despite the challenges, Steve sees this as a huge opportunity to leverage his accumulated knowledge and teachings to help other founders.


  • Foundation of a Successful Business: The core principles Steve emphasizes are finding the right customers, creating exceptionally good offers, and building a reliable system to reach those customers.


  • Practical Steps for Re-creation:
    • Recognizing the signs that it's time to re-create.
    • Three steps to jump start your re-creation process.
    • Essential elements necessary for a successful business re-creation.




If you are a B2B Founder looking for support in re-creating your business and finding a path to your next $500k-$1M in revenue, consider joining Steve's 2X Accelerator Community. Although the June intake is closed, the waitlist for July is open. Email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com "2X" to get more details.


]]>4769b0ff-15e8-4d20-bfbe-d79ac72d45dcThu, 27 Jun 2024 20:46:33 -040014:21falsefull8888Ep. 87 Ten Years Post Exit: 3 LessonsEp. 87 Ten Years Post Exit: 3 LessonsIn this special episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we mark a significant milestone: the 10th anniversary of my first startup exit.

Join me as I share the emotional rollercoaster of that momentous day and reflect on the journey of exiting a business.

  1. Exits can be life-changing, but they are rarely "you changing"

    • Understand that while a successful exit can bring financial transformation, it may not necessarily change who you are as a person.



  2. The Work is actually the Thing

    • Embrace the journey and the daily grind, as the process of building and growing your business is where true fulfillment lies.



  3. Everything is a Series of Offers

    • Learn to see every opportunity, negotiation, and decision as part of a series of offers, helping you navigate the entrepreneurial landscape with more clarity and purpose.





Episode Highlights

  • A personal recount of May 31, 2014, the day of the exit.
  • Emotional insights and the mix of feelings experienced during the exit.
  • The reality of post-exit life and the lessons learned over the past decade.


This 13-minute episode offers a unique perspective from the other side of an exit. Tune in to gain valuable insights and lessons that can help you on your entrepreneurial journey.


]]>In this special episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we mark a significant milestone: the 10th anniversary of my first startup exit.

Join me as I share the emotional rollercoaster of that momentous day and reflect on the journey of exiting a business.

  1. Exits can be life-changing, but they are rarely "you changing"

    • Understand that while a successful exit can bring financial transformation, it may not necessarily change who you are as a person.



  2. The Work is actually the Thing

    • Embrace the journey and the daily grind, as the process of building and growing your business is where true fulfillment lies.



  3. Everything is a Series of Offers

    • Learn to see every opportunity, negotiation, and decision as part of a series of offers, helping you navigate the entrepreneurial landscape with more clarity and purpose.





Episode Highlights

  • A personal recount of May 31, 2014, the day of the exit.
  • Emotional insights and the mix of feelings experienced during the exit.
  • The reality of post-exit life and the lessons learned over the past decade.


This 13-minute episode offers a unique perspective from the other side of an exit. Tune in to gain valuable insights and lessons that can help you on your entrepreneurial journey.


]]>80659e71-a2c0-4a34-8ec4-a392530f8576Wed, 26 Jun 2024 07:29:46 -040012:28falsefull8787Ep. 86 Break through revenue plateausEp. 86 Break through revenue plateausIn this episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we delve into one of the most common and frustrating challenges for businesses: the revenue plateau. Every business encounters these moments where growth seems to stall, and getting to the next level becomes an uphill battle. But often, the key to breaking through a plateau isn't doing more of the same—it's about doing something different.

  1. Understanding Revenue Plateaus:

    • Definition and common levels where businesses hit plateaus (0->$350k, $350k->$1M, $1M->$2M, $2M->$3M, $3M->$5M).
    • The natural inclination to continue with the same strategies that initially brought success.



  2. Challenging Your Business Model:

    • The importance of reevaluating and potentially changing your approach.
    • Example from my first startup: stagnation at $250k, the pivot to offering support services, and how that change drove us to $1M in revenue.



  3. Fundamentals for Breaking Through:

    • Focusing on refining the essentials: knowing your 10X customer, simplifying your offers, maintaining a daily lead generation system, and perfecting your conversion process.



  4. Practical Strategies to Overcome Plateaus:

    • 2 Sure Signs You've Hit a Plateau: Recognizing when your business has hit a growth ceiling.
    • The Toughest Plateau: Navigating the complex $1M->$3M revenue jump.
    • 3 Proven Strategies to Break Through: Actionable tips to overcome any revenue plateau.




As Allan Watts said, "Problems that remain persistently insoluble should always be suspected as questions asked the wrong way." This episode encourages you to rethink your business questions and strategies to find new pathways to growth.


Join the 2X Accelerator Community: If you’re a B2B Founder ready to break through your current plateau and achieve the next $500k-$1M in revenue within the next 90 days, there's one spot available for June. Reply "2X" to get more details.


]]>In this episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, we delve into one of the most common and frustrating challenges for businesses: the revenue plateau. Every business encounters these moments where growth seems to stall, and getting to the next level becomes an uphill battle. But often, the key to breaking through a plateau isn't doing more of the same—it's about doing something different.

  1. Understanding Revenue Plateaus:

    • Definition and common levels where businesses hit plateaus (0->$350k, $350k->$1M, $1M->$2M, $2M->$3M, $3M->$5M).
    • The natural inclination to continue with the same strategies that initially brought success.



  2. Challenging Your Business Model:

    • The importance of reevaluating and potentially changing your approach.
    • Example from my first startup: stagnation at $250k, the pivot to offering support services, and how that change drove us to $1M in revenue.



  3. Fundamentals for Breaking Through:

    • Focusing on refining the essentials: knowing your 10X customer, simplifying your offers, maintaining a daily lead generation system, and perfecting your conversion process.



  4. Practical Strategies to Overcome Plateaus:

    • 2 Sure Signs You've Hit a Plateau: Recognizing when your business has hit a growth ceiling.
    • The Toughest Plateau: Navigating the complex $1M->$3M revenue jump.
    • 3 Proven Strategies to Break Through: Actionable tips to overcome any revenue plateau.




As Allan Watts said, "Problems that remain persistently insoluble should always be suspected as questions asked the wrong way." This episode encourages you to rethink your business questions and strategies to find new pathways to growth.


Join the 2X Accelerator Community: If you’re a B2B Founder ready to break through your current plateau and achieve the next $500k-$1M in revenue within the next 90 days, there's one spot available for June. Reply "2X" to get more details.


]]>92b79b07-b710-4080-b61d-01fc38ed0170Wed, 26 Jun 2024 07:29:31 -040014:01falsefull8686Ep. 85 Why is it so hard?Ep. 85 Why is it so hard?Episode Summary:

  • Steve shares his thoughts inspired by the Amazon series "Fallout" and an interview with actor Walton Goggins.
  • Goggins' journey and advice resonate with the founder's journey, emphasizing persistence and the cumulative effect of consistent effort.


Key Points:

  1. The Struggle of Success:

    • Walton Goggins' career journey and his breakthrough role in "Fallout."
    • His agent's life-changing advice: Success is the sum total of all efforts, not a single silver bullet.


  2. Parallel to Founders' Journey:

    • Founders, like actors, often face numerous rejections before achieving success.
    • The expectation vs. reality of how fast products or services should take off.


  3. The Myth of the Silver Bullet:

    • Founders often look for one big move to ensure success, but it's the accumulation of all efforts that build the path to success.
    • Importance of persistence and learning from failures.


  4. Real-Life Example:

    • A member of Steve’s 2X Accelerator Community closed a huge deal by putting offers out and persevering through rejections.
    • The process of building momentum through continuous effort.


  5. Motivational Message:

    • Encouragement to keep going even when things feel hard.
    • Assurance that you are exactly where you are supposed to be on your journey.




Conclusion:

  • This episode serves as a quick motivational reminder for founders.
  • Save Episode #85 for whenever you need to hear this message.


PS:

  • Steve has one spot open in his 2X Accelerator Community.
  • Ideal for B2B Founders aiming for $500k-$1M in revenue growth in the next 90 days.
  • Interested? email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with "2X" to get the details.


]]>Episode Summary:

  • Steve shares his thoughts inspired by the Amazon series "Fallout" and an interview with actor Walton Goggins.
  • Goggins' journey and advice resonate with the founder's journey, emphasizing persistence and the cumulative effect of consistent effort.


Key Points:

  1. The Struggle of Success:

    • Walton Goggins' career journey and his breakthrough role in "Fallout."
    • His agent's life-changing advice: Success is the sum total of all efforts, not a single silver bullet.


  2. Parallel to Founders' Journey:

    • Founders, like actors, often face numerous rejections before achieving success.
    • The expectation vs. reality of how fast products or services should take off.


  3. The Myth of the Silver Bullet:

    • Founders often look for one big move to ensure success, but it's the accumulation of all efforts that build the path to success.
    • Importance of persistence and learning from failures.


  4. Real-Life Example:

    • A member of Steve’s 2X Accelerator Community closed a huge deal by putting offers out and persevering through rejections.
    • The process of building momentum through continuous effort.


  5. Motivational Message:

    • Encouragement to keep going even when things feel hard.
    • Assurance that you are exactly where you are supposed to be on your journey.




Conclusion:

  • This episode serves as a quick motivational reminder for founders.
  • Save Episode #85 for whenever you need to hear this message.


PS:

  • Steve has one spot open in his 2X Accelerator Community.
  • Ideal for B2B Founders aiming for $500k-$1M in revenue growth in the next 90 days.
  • Interested? email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with "2X" to get the details.


]]>09074630-496f-43f4-92c4-46d96503700dWed, 26 Jun 2024 07:29:04 -040006:21falsefull8585Ep. 84 When you know what to do (but you aren't doing it)Ep. 84 When you know what to do (but you aren't doing it)Episode Summary: In this episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, Steve addresses a common frustration among Founders: knowing what to do but struggling to take action. During a recent Office Hours session with the 2X Accelerator Community, one member voiced this sentiment, echoing a challenge many entrepreneurs face. Steve delves into the reasons behind this inaction and offers practical strategies to overcome it.

Key Topics:

  1. Understanding the Inaction Dilemma

    • Explore why Founders often know what needs to be done but fail to do it.
    • Common misconceptions and self-judgments that hinder progress.


  2. Identifying the Blocks

    • Responding to Day-to-Day Fires: How getting caught up in urgent tasks derails important long-term goals.
    • Seeking Comfort Over Necessity: Recognizing when you're retreating to familiar activities instead of tackling necessary tasks.
    • Misalignment with Goals: Understanding when your actions aren't aligned with your true objectives.
    • Lack of Ruthlessness: The importance of being relentless and focused on your priorities.


  3. Strategies to Overcome Inaction

    • 3 Keys to Getting Unstuck: Actionable steps to help you break free from inertia and make progress.
    • Being Ruthless with Your Calendar: Techniques to prioritize effectively and protect your time.
    • Leveraging Peer Accountability: How the right support group can enhance your commitment and follow-through.




Why You Should Listen: This episode provides valuable insights and practical advice for Founders who feel stuck despite knowing what they need to do. Steve's strategies will help you identify your specific blocks and offer solutions to overcome them, empowering you to take consistent action towards your goals.

Special Offer: Steve's 2X Accelerator Community is currently open for just 3 new B2B Founders. If you're ready to scale your revenue and need a supportive environment to hold you accountable, email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>Episode Summary: In this episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, Steve addresses a common frustration among Founders: knowing what to do but struggling to take action. During a recent Office Hours session with the 2X Accelerator Community, one member voiced this sentiment, echoing a challenge many entrepreneurs face. Steve delves into the reasons behind this inaction and offers practical strategies to overcome it.

Key Topics:

  1. Understanding the Inaction Dilemma

    • Explore why Founders often know what needs to be done but fail to do it.
    • Common misconceptions and self-judgments that hinder progress.


  2. Identifying the Blocks

    • Responding to Day-to-Day Fires: How getting caught up in urgent tasks derails important long-term goals.
    • Seeking Comfort Over Necessity: Recognizing when you're retreating to familiar activities instead of tackling necessary tasks.
    • Misalignment with Goals: Understanding when your actions aren't aligned with your true objectives.
    • Lack of Ruthlessness: The importance of being relentless and focused on your priorities.


  3. Strategies to Overcome Inaction

    • 3 Keys to Getting Unstuck: Actionable steps to help you break free from inertia and make progress.
    • Being Ruthless with Your Calendar: Techniques to prioritize effectively and protect your time.
    • Leveraging Peer Accountability: How the right support group can enhance your commitment and follow-through.




Why You Should Listen: This episode provides valuable insights and practical advice for Founders who feel stuck despite knowing what they need to do. Steve's strategies will help you identify your specific blocks and offer solutions to overcome them, empowering you to take consistent action towards your goals.

Special Offer: Steve's 2X Accelerator Community is currently open for just 3 new B2B Founders. If you're ready to scale your revenue and need a supportive environment to hold you accountable, email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>c33783ea-de6d-457b-b7b6-471d4b7d94e4Wed, 26 Jun 2024 07:28:48 -040012:10falsefull8383Ep. 83 Techniques for ADHD Founders (that work for everyone)Ep. 83 Techniques for ADHD Founders (that work for everyone)Episode Summary: In this episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, Steve dives into the unique challenges and strengths that ADHD Founders experience on their entrepreneurial journey. Drawing from personal experience and recent conversations with other ADHD entrepreneurs, Steve shares three essential techniques that can help not only ADHD Founders but also anyone looking to optimize their productivity and well-being.

Key Topics:

  1. Understanding Time Blindness

    • Explore how ADHD brains struggle with tracking and estimating time.
    • Learn strategies to better manage and allocate your time to prevent overwhelm.


  2. Navigating Executive Function Deficits

    • Discover how to enhance your prioritization, planning, and decision-making skills.
    • Tips on maintaining executive function energy throughout the day and week.


  3. Managing Emotional Dysregulation

    • Identify the signs of emotional overload and learn how to handle them.
    • Techniques to maintain emotional balance and resilience under pressure.




Why You Should Listen: Whether you're an ADHD Founder or not, this 11-minute episode is packed with valuable insights and practical strategies to help you overcome common entrepreneurial challenges. Steve's tips on time management, executive function, and emotional regulation are designed to boost your productivity and keep you on the path to success.

Special Offer: Steve is opening up his 2X Accelerator Community to three Founders who are ready to scale their revenue by $500k-$1M in the next 90 days. Neurodiverse Founders are especially welcome. If you're interested, email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with "2X" to get all the details.



]]>Episode Summary: In this episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, Steve dives into the unique challenges and strengths that ADHD Founders experience on their entrepreneurial journey. Drawing from personal experience and recent conversations with other ADHD entrepreneurs, Steve shares three essential techniques that can help not only ADHD Founders but also anyone looking to optimize their productivity and well-being.

Key Topics:

  1. Understanding Time Blindness

    • Explore how ADHD brains struggle with tracking and estimating time.
    • Learn strategies to better manage and allocate your time to prevent overwhelm.


  2. Navigating Executive Function Deficits

    • Discover how to enhance your prioritization, planning, and decision-making skills.
    • Tips on maintaining executive function energy throughout the day and week.


  3. Managing Emotional Dysregulation

    • Identify the signs of emotional overload and learn how to handle them.
    • Techniques to maintain emotional balance and resilience under pressure.




Why You Should Listen: Whether you're an ADHD Founder or not, this 11-minute episode is packed with valuable insights and practical strategies to help you overcome common entrepreneurial challenges. Steve's tips on time management, executive function, and emotional regulation are designed to boost your productivity and keep you on the path to success.

Special Offer: Steve is opening up his 2X Accelerator Community to three Founders who are ready to scale their revenue by $500k-$1M in the next 90 days. Neurodiverse Founders are especially welcome. If you're interested, email steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with "2X" to get all the details.



]]>d92c383b-3114-4cea-ba53-cf4b7a3057bfWed, 26 Jun 2024 07:26:44 -040011:28falsefull8383Ep. 82 I'm not a CMO, but I play one on TVEp. 82 I'm not a CMO, but I play one on TVTo be a Founder is to be constantly (and often frantically), up-skilling yourself.

If you are a Technical, Expert or Visionary Founder, you’ve been spending most of your working life creating amazing things - tech, services, methods solutions.

But you likely never took a formal marketing class. Or worked in a sales or marketing role.

Yet, here you are playing that CMO role because you need to get people to buy your amazing product/service.

If you’re playing the CMO role on TV and/or in real life, this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is here to help. I’ll cover:

  • How to simplify the CMO role down into 3 key things

  • What the real role of marketing is

  • Why most marketing doesn’t deliver (and how to ensure yours does)

  • Why Email is your most critical channel



This 13-minute listen will help you CMO like a boss.

To your success,

Steve

PS One of the essential CMO skills is mastering email marketing. But I see a lot of people struggle with it far more than they need to. If this resonates with you, then I’d like to invite you to a workshop I'm giving next Wednesday, May 15 called "The Email Code: Mastering Email for Non-Marketer Founders."

in 90-minutes you'll get the mindset, frameworks, templates and strategies to enable you to become prolific and effective with email marketing.

We'll cover:

  • How to write emails that help people trust and buy from you

  • How to send more without being spammy or too sales-y

  • What to write (even when you don't know what to write)

  • How to fuel conversions

  • How to master the mindset of an effective and prolific email marketer



It's $100 to attend. You get ready-to-use templates and proven frameworks for emails and subject lines. Lifetime access to the recording. And a 100% money back if you aren't satisfied.

It's happening Wednesday, May 15 from 9-10:30am Pacific/12-1:30pm Eastern. If you can't make it live, you still have lifetime access to the recording and templates.

Here’s the link to register if you’d like to attend.

]]>To be a Founder is to be constantly (and often frantically), up-skilling yourself.

If you are a Technical, Expert or Visionary Founder, you’ve been spending most of your working life creating amazing things - tech, services, methods solutions.

But you likely never took a formal marketing class. Or worked in a sales or marketing role.

Yet, here you are playing that CMO role because you need to get people to buy your amazing product/service.

If you’re playing the CMO role on TV and/or in real life, this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is here to help. I’ll cover:

  • How to simplify the CMO role down into 3 key things

  • What the real role of marketing is

  • Why most marketing doesn’t deliver (and how to ensure yours does)

  • Why Email is your most critical channel



This 13-minute listen will help you CMO like a boss.

To your success,

Steve

PS One of the essential CMO skills is mastering email marketing. But I see a lot of people struggle with it far more than they need to. If this resonates with you, then I’d like to invite you to a workshop I'm giving next Wednesday, May 15 called "The Email Code: Mastering Email for Non-Marketer Founders."

in 90-minutes you'll get the mindset, frameworks, templates and strategies to enable you to become prolific and effective with email marketing.

We'll cover:

  • How to write emails that help people trust and buy from you

  • How to send more without being spammy or too sales-y

  • What to write (even when you don't know what to write)

  • How to fuel conversions

  • How to master the mindset of an effective and prolific email marketer



It's $100 to attend. You get ready-to-use templates and proven frameworks for emails and subject lines. Lifetime access to the recording. And a 100% money back if you aren't satisfied.

It's happening Wednesday, May 15 from 9-10:30am Pacific/12-1:30pm Eastern. If you can't make it live, you still have lifetime access to the recording and templates.

Here’s the link to register if you’d like to attend.

]]>2283d95a-5198-4452-bb42-271a4f96d66fThu, 09 May 2024 01:29:20 -040016:43falsefull8282Ep. 81 How a Founder's Oura Ring Confirmed Product market fitEp. 81 How a Founder's Oura Ring Confirmed Product market fitThis week I was having a session with one of my private clients. I've been working with this Founder for a couple of years since their original Seed funding.

It's been a long journey to product market fit, with many a twist and turn. But in this session, this Founder reported that the signals were finally turning green:

  • - Customers signing deals

  • - Partners eager to integrate their offering to keep their own customers

  • - A pipeline that is starting to fill nicely



But the clincher was when he said, "my Oura ring alerted me that my heart rate variability (a stress indicator) has go way down over the past couple of months."

There is was. Quantified proof that he'd cracked it.

There's something that happens when you start getting "when can we start?" yeses.

There's a confidence that emerges when you start feeling like it's not luck and you can replicate it. Stress goes way down and things start getting fun.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • - Why it can be a long and winding journey to product market fit and reliable growth.

  • - 2 keys to to shorten the journey.

  • - 3 signs to know when you've cracked it (for now).




This 13-minute episode is short, but impactful.

To your success!

]]>This week I was having a session with one of my private clients. I've been working with this Founder for a couple of years since their original Seed funding.

It's been a long journey to product market fit, with many a twist and turn. But in this session, this Founder reported that the signals were finally turning green:

  • - Customers signing deals

  • - Partners eager to integrate their offering to keep their own customers

  • - A pipeline that is starting to fill nicely



But the clincher was when he said, "my Oura ring alerted me that my heart rate variability (a stress indicator) has go way down over the past couple of months."

There is was. Quantified proof that he'd cracked it.

There's something that happens when you start getting "when can we start?" yeses.

There's a confidence that emerges when you start feeling like it's not luck and you can replicate it. Stress goes way down and things start getting fun.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • - Why it can be a long and winding journey to product market fit and reliable growth.

  • - 2 keys to to shorten the journey.

  • - 3 signs to know when you've cracked it (for now).




This 13-minute episode is short, but impactful.

To your success!

]]>7dc43224-c7d8-4490-b4dc-258154cc7640Thu, 02 May 2024 22:00:58 -040013:52falsefullEp. 80 "We've never had a response like this"Ep. 80 "We've never had a response like this"Recently of the Founders in my 2X community reported a great win.

We had supported her on refining her offer around helping CEO's stand up a weekly podcast that can help drive business. She committed to sending out an email to her list to see who in her world might be interested.

Me and the 2X group helped her tune the email, which essentially described the offer, who it was for and simply asked those interested to reply.

The result? "We've never had a response like that!" She's now working through those inbound requests

There's a couple of takeaways from this win:

  1. Focusing on making your offer as easy to say yes to can be the biggest leverage in your business.

  2. Despite all the shiny bells and whistles of CRM software providers, it turns out you don't need to spin up complicated funnels or build elaborate sales pages to start testing your offer.



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • - Why focusing on your offer vs your product can be the most impactful thing you can do

  • - A simple format to test your offer via an email



This 7-minute episode is short, but impactful.

To your success!

]]>Recently of the Founders in my 2X community reported a great win.

We had supported her on refining her offer around helping CEO's stand up a weekly podcast that can help drive business. She committed to sending out an email to her list to see who in her world might be interested.

Me and the 2X group helped her tune the email, which essentially described the offer, who it was for and simply asked those interested to reply.

The result? "We've never had a response like that!" She's now working through those inbound requests

There's a couple of takeaways from this win:

  1. Focusing on making your offer as easy to say yes to can be the biggest leverage in your business.

  2. Despite all the shiny bells and whistles of CRM software providers, it turns out you don't need to spin up complicated funnels or build elaborate sales pages to start testing your offer.



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • - Why focusing on your offer vs your product can be the most impactful thing you can do

  • - A simple format to test your offer via an email



This 7-minute episode is short, but impactful.

To your success!

]]>28c9e50f-8599-4dd4-b00c-1bc0982a1dfbFri, 26 Apr 2024 01:05:09 -040007:38falsefullEp. 79 Your biggest growth leverEp. 79 Your biggest growth leverThis week I've been digging in deep with with private clients and the members of my 2X Accelerator community on the biggest leverage point in their businesses.

It's not their product or service, though a brilliant product/service is essential.

It's not their team, though great teams will move mountains.

It's not their brand, marketing or funnels.

So if not any of the above, what's the biggest point of leverage for your business?

It's your offer.

This might sound controversial, but customers don't buy your product/service, your team, or your brand and marketing.

They buy your offer. Everything else supports either building trust in your offer (brand/marketing) or delivering the promise of your offer (product/team).

The more compelling your offer, the easier it is for customers to to say yes to it.

The highest level of yes is, 'when can we get started?!' yes.

When you have this kind of energy coming from customers, EVERYTHING in your business gets easier. That energy creates momentum that consistently drives exciting, fun growth.

That's what makes it the biggest point of leverage in your business.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about creating the 'when can we get started?!" yes:

  • - What conditions need to be present to get this type of yes

  • - Why to focus on making your offer 'Stupid'

  • - The two key components of creating a Stupid Offer



This 11-minute episode is short, yet chock-full of wisdom.

To your success!

]]>This week I've been digging in deep with with private clients and the members of my 2X Accelerator community on the biggest leverage point in their businesses.

It's not their product or service, though a brilliant product/service is essential.

It's not their team, though great teams will move mountains.

It's not their brand, marketing or funnels.

So if not any of the above, what's the biggest point of leverage for your business?

It's your offer.

This might sound controversial, but customers don't buy your product/service, your team, or your brand and marketing.

They buy your offer. Everything else supports either building trust in your offer (brand/marketing) or delivering the promise of your offer (product/team).

The more compelling your offer, the easier it is for customers to to say yes to it.

The highest level of yes is, 'when can we get started?!' yes.

When you have this kind of energy coming from customers, EVERYTHING in your business gets easier. That energy creates momentum that consistently drives exciting, fun growth.

That's what makes it the biggest point of leverage in your business.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about creating the 'when can we get started?!" yes:

  • - What conditions need to be present to get this type of yes

  • - Why to focus on making your offer 'Stupid'

  • - The two key components of creating a Stupid Offer



This 11-minute episode is short, yet chock-full of wisdom.

To your success!

]]>c364c80f-36b8-423c-868d-5db2369f2fedThu, 18 Apr 2024 21:48:38 -040011:15falsefullEp. 78 Is Your Business Model Getting in the Way?Ep. 78 Is Your Business Model Getting in the Way?One of the Holy Grail's of business life is a SaaS business where customers sign up and you get high margin revenue every month like clockwork, with a minimum of customer support.

Investors love this model. Founders crave it. But I find that getting too attached to a business model can get in the way of bigger growth.

Why is that?

Because customers don't really care about your business model. They care about their pain being solved

Let's make this tangible.

When I was leading my first startup, I was fully on board with the SaaS model, and was very disciplined about not letting too much service and support creep in and diminish our margins.

But we ran into a problem. We discovered our customers actually needed that service and support. Without it, they wouldn't buy and we couldn't grow very fast.

Once we added in support and services, we went from $200k to $1M in less than a year.

Recently I've worked with two Founder clients who started out thinking they would make a data oriented product for a niche industry and build a SaaS business around it.

But as they got into it, both of these Founders collided head on with a stubborn reality: the data/SaaS issues did not on their own solve an important enough pain.

Because of this, they got a lot of "that's interesting's." But not the kind of traction they needed.

It turned out, the SaaS component of what they offered, only addressed a small part of the customers' pain. And not enough to make it a "Stupid Offer"

So they zoomed out, focused on the biggest, most important pain they could saw, and saw that the SaaS they were building was really the underpinnings of a market place model that customers got REALLY excited about.

While Marketplaces are a bigger lift to create, that was the big exciting opportunity.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about taking a closer look at your business model. I cover:

  • - Why Offer-Market fit trumps Product-Market fit in understanding your model

  • - How to use Offer-Market fit to sanity test your business model

  • - How to know when your business model might be getting in the way



This 14-minute episode will change how you look at one of the most fundamental aspects of your business.

To your success!

]]>One of the Holy Grail's of business life is a SaaS business where customers sign up and you get high margin revenue every month like clockwork, with a minimum of customer support.

Investors love this model. Founders crave it. But I find that getting too attached to a business model can get in the way of bigger growth.

Why is that?

Because customers don't really care about your business model. They care about their pain being solved

Let's make this tangible.

When I was leading my first startup, I was fully on board with the SaaS model, and was very disciplined about not letting too much service and support creep in and diminish our margins.

But we ran into a problem. We discovered our customers actually needed that service and support. Without it, they wouldn't buy and we couldn't grow very fast.

Once we added in support and services, we went from $200k to $1M in less than a year.

Recently I've worked with two Founder clients who started out thinking they would make a data oriented product for a niche industry and build a SaaS business around it.

But as they got into it, both of these Founders collided head on with a stubborn reality: the data/SaaS issues did not on their own solve an important enough pain.

Because of this, they got a lot of "that's interesting's." But not the kind of traction they needed.

It turned out, the SaaS component of what they offered, only addressed a small part of the customers' pain. And not enough to make it a "Stupid Offer"

So they zoomed out, focused on the biggest, most important pain they could saw, and saw that the SaaS they were building was really the underpinnings of a market place model that customers got REALLY excited about.

While Marketplaces are a bigger lift to create, that was the big exciting opportunity.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about taking a closer look at your business model. I cover:

  • - Why Offer-Market fit trumps Product-Market fit in understanding your model

  • - How to use Offer-Market fit to sanity test your business model

  • - How to know when your business model might be getting in the way



This 14-minute episode will change how you look at one of the most fundamental aspects of your business.

To your success!

]]>5a9936dc-0e50-4baf-acec-375ff7d7c10dThu, 11 Apr 2024 21:50:54 -040014:52falsefullEp. 77 Time to Pivot?Ep. 77 Time to Pivot?After nearly 3 weeks fighting Covid, my voice is good enough to scratch through a new episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast.

What's on my mind this week? Navigating pivots.

Pivots enter the picture when your business isn't getting the traction you'd like in spite of great effort over time from you and your team.

There are two main questions to answer when contemplating pivots:

  1. What's at the heart of the lack of traction?

  2. Where to pivot to?



Getting clarity on #1 is crucial to figuring out #2. You have to discern if you are not getting traction because of some fundamental issue in your offer, market, delivery, model - or if you simply aren't selling and marketing well.

That clarity is crucial because pivots came in different shapes and sizes: you can pivot audiences, business models, product/service or application of product/service.

So how do you know know if it's time to Pivot? And if it is time to pivot, how do you figure out where to pivot to?

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I’ll talk about making your way through pivots. I'll cover:

  • The 3 things to look for in assessing if it's time to pivot

  • How looking at everything as on Offer is the key to navigating pivots

  • How to quickly test hypothesis when contemplating a pivot



This 14-minute episode is pretty much fire!

To your success!

]]>After nearly 3 weeks fighting Covid, my voice is good enough to scratch through a new episode of the Rocket Ship Founder Podcast.

What's on my mind this week? Navigating pivots.

Pivots enter the picture when your business isn't getting the traction you'd like in spite of great effort over time from you and your team.

There are two main questions to answer when contemplating pivots:

  1. What's at the heart of the lack of traction?

  2. Where to pivot to?



Getting clarity on #1 is crucial to figuring out #2. You have to discern if you are not getting traction because of some fundamental issue in your offer, market, delivery, model - or if you simply aren't selling and marketing well.

That clarity is crucial because pivots came in different shapes and sizes: you can pivot audiences, business models, product/service or application of product/service.

So how do you know know if it's time to Pivot? And if it is time to pivot, how do you figure out where to pivot to?

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I’ll talk about making your way through pivots. I'll cover:

  • The 3 things to look for in assessing if it's time to pivot

  • How looking at everything as on Offer is the key to navigating pivots

  • How to quickly test hypothesis when contemplating a pivot



This 14-minute episode is pretty much fire!

To your success!

]]>8ba66452-77f3-4c8a-8e74-4d7d93437289Thu, 04 Apr 2024 21:40:07 -040015:16falsefullEp. 76 3 Keys to your Always On High Converting PitchEp. 76 3 Keys to your Always On High Converting PitchOne of the hardest challenges I have experienced and seen in business is not being able to count on sales month to month or quarter to quarter. Up months and quarters followed by down quarters and months make it nearly impossible to plan and execute well. 

Do you hire for the surge in business only to have to reduce staff when things get thin again? How often do you adjust your budget? What can you 

Some of this is just part of the cycles of business. But for Founders working with just a handful of team members, it’s often more to do with being pulled in too many directions.  We hit these sell/do cycles - sell a lot, then do a lot, then have to scramble to re-fill the pipeline since selling has been neglected while doing.

If you look at businesses that break through, they’ve figured out a way to keep the sales machine firing at all times.

But it’s hard with a smaller team and especially if the Founder is the main revenue driver. How do you always be firing on sales when there’s so many other fires to handle in your business. 

That’s where an Always On High Converting Pitch (AOHCP) comes in handy. Imagine if you had a pitch happening 24/7 that consistently took the right people from prospects to customers? It’s actually essential to getting off the revenue roller coaster and on to consistent growth. 

Making something Always On is pretty easy these days. There are so many platforms and channels you can use.

But High Converting is actually the most important aspect. After all, if your pitch doesn’t convert, then it doesn’t matter if it’s always on. 

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I’ll talk about the 3 Keys to an AOHCP. (The ironic thing is that two of the keys aren’t the pitch itself): 


Key #1:  A Stupid Offer

Start at the end. High Conversion is more important than Always On. The offer you convert them to must be stupidly good. So good that the right person would be almost stupid to say no.

Key #2:  A Magnetic Hook 

The hook to get people to the pitch must strongly attract the right prospects, and repel people who aren’t going to be a fit. This means it’s got to speak to an urgent pain that the customer needs to solve, with the promise of a solution and a better future. 


Key #3:  An Indoctrinating Pitch 

Finally we get to the pitch. Before they buy, they have to buy in. A great pitch starts by showing prospects exactly why they are experiencing their pain, then indoctrinates them into your unique system for solving their pain. That leads to your Stupid Offer which shows how they can start using your unique system and get to their better future. 

This 13-minute episode may be transformational to your business!

To your success,


PS If you’d like to create your own Always On High Converting Pitch, I’ve got a workshop coming up next Wednesday, March 20 9-10:30am PT.  Inside this workshop you will: 

  • Learn the 9 essential elements to build a high converting pitch. Template included so you can build your own.

  • Learn how to build a magnetic hook to get the right people to your pitch.

  • Get an automated system that consistently gets people to your pitch, so you are turning leads into customers every day like clockwork.

  • See how to implement it without building a new landing page or complicated funnel.

  • Get templates and language you can plug and play. 



All for $100. Get full details and register here.

Why they say no (and the path to yes)

Before they buy, they have to buy in.

Breaking the sell/do cycle

]]>One of the hardest challenges I have experienced and seen in business is not being able to count on sales month to month or quarter to quarter. Up months and quarters followed by down quarters and months make it nearly impossible to plan and execute well. 

Do you hire for the surge in business only to have to reduce staff when things get thin again? How often do you adjust your budget? What can you 

Some of this is just part of the cycles of business. But for Founders working with just a handful of team members, it’s often more to do with being pulled in too many directions.  We hit these sell/do cycles - sell a lot, then do a lot, then have to scramble to re-fill the pipeline since selling has been neglected while doing.

If you look at businesses that break through, they’ve figured out a way to keep the sales machine firing at all times.

But it’s hard with a smaller team and especially if the Founder is the main revenue driver. How do you always be firing on sales when there’s so many other fires to handle in your business. 

That’s where an Always On High Converting Pitch (AOHCP) comes in handy. Imagine if you had a pitch happening 24/7 that consistently took the right people from prospects to customers? It’s actually essential to getting off the revenue roller coaster and on to consistent growth. 

Making something Always On is pretty easy these days. There are so many platforms and channels you can use.

But High Converting is actually the most important aspect. After all, if your pitch doesn’t convert, then it doesn’t matter if it’s always on. 

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I’ll talk about the 3 Keys to an AOHCP. (The ironic thing is that two of the keys aren’t the pitch itself): 


Key #1:  A Stupid Offer

Start at the end. High Conversion is more important than Always On. The offer you convert them to must be stupidly good. So good that the right person would be almost stupid to say no.

Key #2:  A Magnetic Hook 

The hook to get people to the pitch must strongly attract the right prospects, and repel people who aren’t going to be a fit. This means it’s got to speak to an urgent pain that the customer needs to solve, with the promise of a solution and a better future. 


Key #3:  An Indoctrinating Pitch 

Finally we get to the pitch. Before they buy, they have to buy in. A great pitch starts by showing prospects exactly why they are experiencing their pain, then indoctrinates them into your unique system for solving their pain. That leads to your Stupid Offer which shows how they can start using your unique system and get to their better future. 

This 13-minute episode may be transformational to your business!

To your success,


PS If you’d like to create your own Always On High Converting Pitch, I’ve got a workshop coming up next Wednesday, March 20 9-10:30am PT.  Inside this workshop you will: 

  • Learn the 9 essential elements to build a high converting pitch. Template included so you can build your own.

  • Learn how to build a magnetic hook to get the right people to your pitch.

  • Get an automated system that consistently gets people to your pitch, so you are turning leads into customers every day like clockwork.

  • See how to implement it without building a new landing page or complicated funnel.

  • Get templates and language you can plug and play. 



All for $100. Get full details and register here.

Why they say no (and the path to yes)

Before they buy, they have to buy in.

Breaking the sell/do cycle

]]>d5e35b0f-8595-4996-942e-d7c698b159cdWed, 13 Mar 2024 22:34:42 -040013:03falsefullEp. 75 What to do when your offering doesn't take offEp. 75 What to do when your offering doesn't take offWhat do you do when your new offering isn't taking off like you hoped?

Many of the stories you read about a business taking off will spin a nice, tidy yarn about how someone saw a pain, started a waitlist, got huge signups, therefore validated their market and went on to glory, wealth and fame. Easy, peasy, right?

But the reality is that it's usually way more messy. Usually it goes this way:

You create something or the MVP of something you know will help the people you serve.

You eagerly bring it to them, with the expectation that the brilliance of your “amazing thing” will have them signing contracts and swiping cards.

But then....it doesn’t quite go that way. Maybe a few excited people buy into you or your vision and take you up on your pilot program. You think you’ve got it! But then, you get a few “that's cool” or “interesting!" Some people kick the tires, but they don't stick. You can sense that people just aren’t bowled over about your amazing thing. Sometimes it’s just plain crickets. It's super frustrating.

To be totally transparent, I'm actually working through this myself right now.

I've been developing and test launching a new program (2X Accelerator) that fuses everything I've learned about go to market (GTM) and scalable sales into a systematic program for B2B Founders to build a customer flywheel.

Honestly, it feels kind of embarrassing given this is what I spend a lot of time teaching and talking about. :}

But it’s actually become a valuable teachable moment about what to do when your new offering isn’t taking off. Inside the 2X Community I’ve been sharing in real time the steps I’ve been taking to troubleshoot my offering.

The good news is that we have a specific and simple framework that we can use to systematically work the problem.

We don’t have to pull our hair out.
We don’t have to hire an agency.
We don’t bring on more marketing tech.

We just look at each level of the 3 levels of our “Stupid Offer Stack” and step-by-step troubleshoot.

This week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast episode is all about what to do when your offering isn’t taking off like you’d hoped. Key things I’ll cover:

  • - Embracing the mess and turning it into a science project

  • - How your Founder type can lead you to focus on the wrong things

  • - The 3 key components you need to troubleshoot (and in what order to do it)

  • - Understanding how the timing of your offers can make or break



This 17-minute listen will give you some food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>What do you do when your new offering isn't taking off like you hoped?

Many of the stories you read about a business taking off will spin a nice, tidy yarn about how someone saw a pain, started a waitlist, got huge signups, therefore validated their market and went on to glory, wealth and fame. Easy, peasy, right?

But the reality is that it's usually way more messy. Usually it goes this way:

You create something or the MVP of something you know will help the people you serve.

You eagerly bring it to them, with the expectation that the brilliance of your “amazing thing” will have them signing contracts and swiping cards.

But then....it doesn’t quite go that way. Maybe a few excited people buy into you or your vision and take you up on your pilot program. You think you’ve got it! But then, you get a few “that's cool” or “interesting!" Some people kick the tires, but they don't stick. You can sense that people just aren’t bowled over about your amazing thing. Sometimes it’s just plain crickets. It's super frustrating.

To be totally transparent, I'm actually working through this myself right now.

I've been developing and test launching a new program (2X Accelerator) that fuses everything I've learned about go to market (GTM) and scalable sales into a systematic program for B2B Founders to build a customer flywheel.

Honestly, it feels kind of embarrassing given this is what I spend a lot of time teaching and talking about. :}

But it’s actually become a valuable teachable moment about what to do when your new offering isn’t taking off. Inside the 2X Community I’ve been sharing in real time the steps I’ve been taking to troubleshoot my offering.

The good news is that we have a specific and simple framework that we can use to systematically work the problem.

We don’t have to pull our hair out.
We don’t have to hire an agency.
We don’t bring on more marketing tech.

We just look at each level of the 3 levels of our “Stupid Offer Stack” and step-by-step troubleshoot.

This week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast episode is all about what to do when your offering isn’t taking off like you’d hoped. Key things I’ll cover:

  • - Embracing the mess and turning it into a science project

  • - How your Founder type can lead you to focus on the wrong things

  • - The 3 key components you need to troubleshoot (and in what order to do it)

  • - Understanding how the timing of your offers can make or break



This 17-minute listen will give you some food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>1f10b8fe-af32-454a-81bb-c17db0950771Thu, 29 Feb 2024 22:06:15 -040017:43falsefullEp. 74 The Founder Seat is DifferentEp. 74 The Founder Seat is Different"It's the mental game of being a Founder that's really surprised me."

This week I had a call with a Founder who took advantage of my offer of a free Breakthrough Session for anyone who takes my Founder Type Quiz.

Like many Founders, this person has tremendous knowledge and experience in their category.

But this is their first go at sitting in the Founder seat. And it's different.

Yes. Yes it is.

While the Founder life has been painted with a sort of glamour, anybody who's been in the job knows the inside truth is far different.

The Founder journey always functions at two levels. There's the brass tacks of just learning how to start, grow and lead a business. This is all about skills, experience, tools and what good looks like at each stage. This is about frantically scrambling to up-level your skills.

The second level is the mental game. This is about learning to live with uncertainty and pressure, while feeling ultimately responsible for the success or failure of the business. No matter how senior your role in your previous position, there's nothing that really prepares you for "sitting in the seat."

The highs are high and the lows are super low. Navigating the uncertainty and responsibility for success that comes along with the Founder title inevitably trigger our doubts, insecurities, imposter complexes and general anxiety.

To succeed you have to always be working at both levels. Because every milestone tends to put in a place where you have to learn more and uplevel.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • Why the Founder seat is so different

  • 3 keys to upleveling skills

  • 3 keys for winning the mental game



This 14-minute listen will give you some food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>"It's the mental game of being a Founder that's really surprised me."

This week I had a call with a Founder who took advantage of my offer of a free Breakthrough Session for anyone who takes my Founder Type Quiz.

Like many Founders, this person has tremendous knowledge and experience in their category.

But this is their first go at sitting in the Founder seat. And it's different.

Yes. Yes it is.

While the Founder life has been painted with a sort of glamour, anybody who's been in the job knows the inside truth is far different.

The Founder journey always functions at two levels. There's the brass tacks of just learning how to start, grow and lead a business. This is all about skills, experience, tools and what good looks like at each stage. This is about frantically scrambling to up-level your skills.

The second level is the mental game. This is about learning to live with uncertainty and pressure, while feeling ultimately responsible for the success or failure of the business. No matter how senior your role in your previous position, there's nothing that really prepares you for "sitting in the seat."

The highs are high and the lows are super low. Navigating the uncertainty and responsibility for success that comes along with the Founder title inevitably trigger our doubts, insecurities, imposter complexes and general anxiety.

To succeed you have to always be working at both levels. Because every milestone tends to put in a place where you have to learn more and uplevel.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • Why the Founder seat is so different

  • 3 keys to upleveling skills

  • 3 keys for winning the mental game



This 14-minute listen will give you some food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>7fb90c54-189a-4b31-8176-2f1041aab7d3Fri, 23 Feb 2024 00:56:33 -040014:32falsefullEp. 73 Two Keys to Being a Centered FounderEp. 73 Two Keys to Being a Centered FounderThis may sound strange. In my conversations with prospective coaching clients, my goal is to not to sell. It's to diagnose.

On one level the conversation is about understanding WHERE they are in their business, where they want to go and what's in the way of them getting there.

But there's almost always another level. I call it the Bigger Game level. That is more about HOW they are currently experiencing their Founder journey - and how they want to be experiencing it.

The phrase that often comes up is "I want to be more centered."

It makes sense. The Founder journey is filled with uncertainty, twists and turns and more often than everyone cares to admit - feeling like you don't really know what you are doing.

In my experience, there are two keys to being a centered Founder:

  1. Have your GTM in a good place. Know exactly what important pain you solve, who you solve it for, a Stupid Offer and a system to get it in front of them consistently.

  2. Understand you are playing your Bigger Game, and apply yourself to building your skills in the arena of your interior world.



If I had to pick one, #2 would actually be the more important one. #1 means your business is well positioned to weather the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune.

#2 enables YOU are well positioned to weather the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune both in business and the rest of your life.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about the path to being a centered Founder:

  • - Why being centered is so hard, especially for first time Founders

  • - How your Founder Type plays in

  • - Two keys to finding your center



This 12-minute listen will give you some food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>This may sound strange. In my conversations with prospective coaching clients, my goal is to not to sell. It's to diagnose.

On one level the conversation is about understanding WHERE they are in their business, where they want to go and what's in the way of them getting there.

But there's almost always another level. I call it the Bigger Game level. That is more about HOW they are currently experiencing their Founder journey - and how they want to be experiencing it.

The phrase that often comes up is "I want to be more centered."

It makes sense. The Founder journey is filled with uncertainty, twists and turns and more often than everyone cares to admit - feeling like you don't really know what you are doing.

In my experience, there are two keys to being a centered Founder:

  1. Have your GTM in a good place. Know exactly what important pain you solve, who you solve it for, a Stupid Offer and a system to get it in front of them consistently.

  2. Understand you are playing your Bigger Game, and apply yourself to building your skills in the arena of your interior world.



If I had to pick one, #2 would actually be the more important one. #1 means your business is well positioned to weather the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune.

#2 enables YOU are well positioned to weather the slings and arrows of outrageous fortune both in business and the rest of your life.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about the path to being a centered Founder:

  • - Why being centered is so hard, especially for first time Founders

  • - How your Founder Type plays in

  • - Two keys to finding your center



This 12-minute listen will give you some food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>ce099ea1-9e67-4460-8faf-44a4956d7fc8Thu, 15 Feb 2024 22:24:48 -040012:35falsefullEp. 72 Maybe sell the thing you most want to sellEp. 72 Maybe sell the thing you most want to sellOver the past week I've been on-boarding the first group of Founders into my 2X Accelerator Community.

It's an amazing group of who are bought into creating a ruthlessly simple business that can consistently accelerate - without sacrificing their sanity.

For every new member of 2X, I do a personal Gameplan session to understand where they are - and set their plan for going through the key steps in our sprints.

The first key step is to identify their Core Offer. This is the one offer that they can consistently sell and deliver. This is the foundation of their business. We need to be clear on it so we can create a clear path for customers to it.

I've seen a pattern in this conversation.

Without exception, they are all experts in their fields. They all have strong visions of how to create transformational results for their customers.

It's not that they don't have an offering. They have a bunch of them. And our first order of business is to figure out which one will be the one we are going to focus on.

It's a super important question, because you can't grow consistently and sanely if the offer at the center of your business isn't clear, simple and delivers for you.

So we'll go through the different things they are selling. Inevitably there will be some things aren't quite ideal. Maybe one thing is lower cost and easier to sell - but doesn't create enough revenue for the amount service. Maybe the customer type isn't great to work with. Maybe you can get the customer but they don't stick around.

Usually, there is something that is more ideal. Or at least elements of what would be ideal. But they haven't totally leaned in. Sometimes they are in resistance to it.

To which I suggest...

"Maybe sell the thing you most want to sell."

It tends to be one of those insights that hits home. And we dial in the offer for them that they will take through the process to validate and quickly launch.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • - How to discern what you most want to sell

  • - Why this question is the heart of your business

  • - Overcoming the surprising mental barriers to this



This 13-minute listen will give you some serious food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>Over the past week I've been on-boarding the first group of Founders into my 2X Accelerator Community.

It's an amazing group of who are bought into creating a ruthlessly simple business that can consistently accelerate - without sacrificing their sanity.

For every new member of 2X, I do a personal Gameplan session to understand where they are - and set their plan for going through the key steps in our sprints.

The first key step is to identify their Core Offer. This is the one offer that they can consistently sell and deliver. This is the foundation of their business. We need to be clear on it so we can create a clear path for customers to it.

I've seen a pattern in this conversation.

Without exception, they are all experts in their fields. They all have strong visions of how to create transformational results for their customers.

It's not that they don't have an offering. They have a bunch of them. And our first order of business is to figure out which one will be the one we are going to focus on.

It's a super important question, because you can't grow consistently and sanely if the offer at the center of your business isn't clear, simple and delivers for you.

So we'll go through the different things they are selling. Inevitably there will be some things aren't quite ideal. Maybe one thing is lower cost and easier to sell - but doesn't create enough revenue for the amount service. Maybe the customer type isn't great to work with. Maybe you can get the customer but they don't stick around.

Usually, there is something that is more ideal. Or at least elements of what would be ideal. But they haven't totally leaned in. Sometimes they are in resistance to it.

To which I suggest...

"Maybe sell the thing you most want to sell."

It tends to be one of those insights that hits home. And we dial in the offer for them that they will take through the process to validate and quickly launch.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about:

  • - How to discern what you most want to sell

  • - Why this question is the heart of your business

  • - Overcoming the surprising mental barriers to this



This 13-minute listen will give you some serious food for thought for your business.

To your success!

]]>ae89ccc8-fdfe-4f55-b737-2d744e8dc600Thu, 08 Feb 2024 21:29:21 -040013:18falsefullEp. 71 Find the PainEp. 71 Find the PainThis week I had a breakthrough session with a Founder who is in the very early stages of launching his business. The big challenge is finding product market fit.

This Founder is a classic Type E - Expert Craftsperson.

Huge domain expertise in his field garnered from years of experience working inside some of the biggest companies in the space. This founder literally knows the game from the inside out.

For any Founder, this domain knowledge and behind the scenes insight is a huge strength.

But it can also work against us - and actually be a major challenge when it comes to product market fit and go to market.

Here's why:

When we are expert at something, we forget what it was like to not know what we know.

So our starting point is the amazing solutions we create. We're ready to give people the answers.

The problem with this is that the starting point for our customers is the pain they are dealing with.

Sometimes we are so enamored with our elegant solutions, that we get surprised when potential customers don't get it.

We need to start with their pain. Not just any pain. We need to find the PAIN.

For your business to grow easily, the pain you solve needs to be super urgent to your customers. What Perry Marshall calls their "bleeding neck pain."

The product-market fit quest, is really a quest to find the PAIN.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about how to find the PAIN. I cover:

  • - 3 Different kinds of pain, and the ways to find them


  • - 2 Questions to help uncover pain "without leading the witness"

  • - 1 question that tell you if you've found an urgent PAIN



This 13-minute listen will transform how you see your business.

To your success,

]]>This week I had a breakthrough session with a Founder who is in the very early stages of launching his business. The big challenge is finding product market fit.

This Founder is a classic Type E - Expert Craftsperson.

Huge domain expertise in his field garnered from years of experience working inside some of the biggest companies in the space. This founder literally knows the game from the inside out.

For any Founder, this domain knowledge and behind the scenes insight is a huge strength.

But it can also work against us - and actually be a major challenge when it comes to product market fit and go to market.

Here's why:

When we are expert at something, we forget what it was like to not know what we know.

So our starting point is the amazing solutions we create. We're ready to give people the answers.

The problem with this is that the starting point for our customers is the pain they are dealing with.

Sometimes we are so enamored with our elegant solutions, that we get surprised when potential customers don't get it.

We need to start with their pain. Not just any pain. We need to find the PAIN.

For your business to grow easily, the pain you solve needs to be super urgent to your customers. What Perry Marshall calls their "bleeding neck pain."

The product-market fit quest, is really a quest to find the PAIN.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about how to find the PAIN. I cover:

  • - 3 Different kinds of pain, and the ways to find them


  • - 2 Questions to help uncover pain "without leading the witness"

  • - 1 question that tell you if you've found an urgent PAIN



This 13-minute listen will transform how you see your business.

To your success,

]]>14baf0d3-6455-408c-9771-dcbae3517f65Fri, 02 Feb 2024 21:32:03 -040013:29falsefullEp. 70 Confessions of an ADHD Founder CoachEp. 70 Confessions of an ADHD Founder CoachI only got diagnosed with adult ADHD last year at 55 years old, but I’ve been living with it for a long time.

The good news is now that I know what I’m dealing with, I can work with it. I recognize my mind's little quirks. Time blindness. Emotional dysregulation. Rejection sensitivity dysphoria. Limited reserves of executive function.

Last year, I identified my ADHD as both the biggest catalyst (visionary ideas every minute!) and biggest barrier (easily overwhelming myself with visionary ideas!) to get my business to the next level.

Once you start recognizing patterns of ADHD in your life, you really start seeing it in your business:

  • - Accumulation of brilliant things created but not optimized

  • - Inconsistent execution, leading to less than desired results

  • - Chasing new silver bullet of the month/quarter/year to fix things

  • - Constant overwhelm, and battle with stress



So I’m trying an experiment this year. I’m re-shaping my business to work with my ADHD. The goal is to not just grow, but scale the right things. Yes, more revenue. But also more calm. More space. More fun.

So I thought I’d share my plan for scaling my business without losing my sanity.

Now you might think of ADHD as something that makes business harder. And there’s truth to that. But there’s a hidden judo move available.

Once you recognize the patterns, these challenges actually give you a map of what you need to address to make growing your business easier and more sane.

The amazing thing is that this map works not just for ADHD businesses, but any business.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'm talking about my plan to work with my ADHD to scale my business smartly. I cover:

  1. The imperative for Ruthless Simplicity

  2. Using structured sequencing to prevent overwhelm

  3. The necessity of finding Dopamine in old places



Even if you are not ADHD, This 14-minute listen will transform how you see your business.

To your success!

]]>I only got diagnosed with adult ADHD last year at 55 years old, but I’ve been living with it for a long time.

The good news is now that I know what I’m dealing with, I can work with it. I recognize my mind's little quirks. Time blindness. Emotional dysregulation. Rejection sensitivity dysphoria. Limited reserves of executive function.

Last year, I identified my ADHD as both the biggest catalyst (visionary ideas every minute!) and biggest barrier (easily overwhelming myself with visionary ideas!) to get my business to the next level.

Once you start recognizing patterns of ADHD in your life, you really start seeing it in your business:

  • - Accumulation of brilliant things created but not optimized

  • - Inconsistent execution, leading to less than desired results

  • - Chasing new silver bullet of the month/quarter/year to fix things

  • - Constant overwhelm, and battle with stress



So I’m trying an experiment this year. I’m re-shaping my business to work with my ADHD. The goal is to not just grow, but scale the right things. Yes, more revenue. But also more calm. More space. More fun.

So I thought I’d share my plan for scaling my business without losing my sanity.

Now you might think of ADHD as something that makes business harder. And there’s truth to that. But there’s a hidden judo move available.

Once you recognize the patterns, these challenges actually give you a map of what you need to address to make growing your business easier and more sane.

The amazing thing is that this map works not just for ADHD businesses, but any business.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'm talking about my plan to work with my ADHD to scale my business smartly. I cover:

  1. The imperative for Ruthless Simplicity

  2. Using structured sequencing to prevent overwhelm

  3. The necessity of finding Dopamine in old places



Even if you are not ADHD, This 14-minute listen will transform how you see your business.

To your success!

]]>b32e7006-b0b7-4673-a481-d650e8fa9809Thu, 25 Jan 2024 22:07:36 -040014:07falsefullEp. 69 What's Your Time to Wow?Ep. 69 What's Your Time to Wow?We weren't even half way through yesterday's live workshop, called "Your Secret System" when one of the participants remarked,

"Wow! I've just created three social posts based on what we've just learned! This makes so much sense."

'Time to wow!' for this workshop: ~30 minutes.

Let's talk about "time to wow!"

The pendulum has swung on the current business environment. We've gone from a time of cheap money to a time of (comparatively) expensive money.

The impact is less spending. Less or more expensive funding. Non-essential vitamins, nice-to-haves, and "let's give this a try's" are off the table.

At the same time, there's more noise than ever. More people competing for fewer dollars.

Having lived through a few of these cycles now, the formula to thrive in this environment is simple: laser focus on fundamentals.

  • Have a customer for whom you can solve an urgent, important pain.

  • Make it obvious why they should pay attention to you.

  • Make it as easy as possible to choose you.



'Time to wow!' is a helpful construct. How long does it take you to give a customer a 'wow!'?

Because words like "interesting" and "cool" aren't going to get it done in this environment.

Whether it's a social post, email, workshop or an engagement, 'time to wow' is the currency of businesses that will not only survive, but thrive in this cycle.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about how "Time to wow." I'll cover:

  1. What 'wow!' is. And what it isn't

  2. The 3-step formula to create 'wow!'

  3. What 'wow!' means at different steps of the customer journey



This 10-minute listen will give help you transform how you see your business.

To your success!

]]>We weren't even half way through yesterday's live workshop, called "Your Secret System" when one of the participants remarked,

"Wow! I've just created three social posts based on what we've just learned! This makes so much sense."

'Time to wow!' for this workshop: ~30 minutes.

Let's talk about "time to wow!"

The pendulum has swung on the current business environment. We've gone from a time of cheap money to a time of (comparatively) expensive money.

The impact is less spending. Less or more expensive funding. Non-essential vitamins, nice-to-haves, and "let's give this a try's" are off the table.

At the same time, there's more noise than ever. More people competing for fewer dollars.

Having lived through a few of these cycles now, the formula to thrive in this environment is simple: laser focus on fundamentals.

  • Have a customer for whom you can solve an urgent, important pain.

  • Make it obvious why they should pay attention to you.

  • Make it as easy as possible to choose you.



'Time to wow!' is a helpful construct. How long does it take you to give a customer a 'wow!'?

Because words like "interesting" and "cool" aren't going to get it done in this environment.

Whether it's a social post, email, workshop or an engagement, 'time to wow' is the currency of businesses that will not only survive, but thrive in this cycle.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about how "Time to wow." I'll cover:

  1. What 'wow!' is. And what it isn't

  2. The 3-step formula to create 'wow!'

  3. What 'wow!' means at different steps of the customer journey



This 10-minute listen will give help you transform how you see your business.

To your success!

]]>536419b3-231d-4b6c-9157-919ee0d919f4Thu, 18 Jan 2024 23:25:04 -040009:53falsefullEp. 68 There's a Moat in your MethodEp. 68 There's a Moat in your MethodA good moat is one of the most desirable things to create for your business. It's also one of the most challenging things to do.

Some classic moats are:

  • - Network effects, e.g. social media sites like Facebook or marketplaces like eBay


  • - Hardware ecosystems like Apple

  • - Long term contracts

  • - Steep switching costs/hassle (Salesforce, payroll companies)

  • - Patent protection (assuming you have resources to enforce)



These moats are super effective, but also take time to create.

But what if you are a long ways from creating any of these moats?

The good news is that there's actually a moat already lurking in your business

You see, deep at center of your products and services, there's a mental model of your whole business. It's how you break down your customers' pain. And the methods you use to solve that pain.

We are so close to this mental model that it's sometimes hard to see. It's almost if it's hiding in plain sight. But it's there.

And if you know how to surface and deploy it, you'll see there's a moat in your methods. Or as I like to call it, your Secret System.

The beauty of it is that when you surface this “Secret System” for your customers, you will make it obvious why they should choose you. And you will win more business.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about how to find the moat in your method aka Your Secret System. I'll cover:

  1. Why you need to think about your moat

  2. How to use the rule of 3's to surface your Secret System

  3. How to deploy your Secret System to make it obvious why customers should choose you.



This 10-minute listen will give help you transform how you see your business.

To your success!

Here's the link for the Your Secret System Training

]]>A good moat is one of the most desirable things to create for your business. It's also one of the most challenging things to do.

Some classic moats are:

  • - Network effects, e.g. social media sites like Facebook or marketplaces like eBay


  • - Hardware ecosystems like Apple

  • - Long term contracts

  • - Steep switching costs/hassle (Salesforce, payroll companies)

  • - Patent protection (assuming you have resources to enforce)



These moats are super effective, but also take time to create.

But what if you are a long ways from creating any of these moats?

The good news is that there's actually a moat already lurking in your business

You see, deep at center of your products and services, there's a mental model of your whole business. It's how you break down your customers' pain. And the methods you use to solve that pain.

We are so close to this mental model that it's sometimes hard to see. It's almost if it's hiding in plain sight. But it's there.

And if you know how to surface and deploy it, you'll see there's a moat in your methods. Or as I like to call it, your Secret System.

The beauty of it is that when you surface this “Secret System” for your customers, you will make it obvious why they should choose you. And you will win more business.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about how to find the moat in your method aka Your Secret System. I'll cover:

  1. Why you need to think about your moat

  2. How to use the rule of 3's to surface your Secret System

  3. How to deploy your Secret System to make it obvious why customers should choose you.



This 10-minute listen will give help you transform how you see your business.

To your success!

Here's the link for the Your Secret System Training

]]>2587c3bd-9a54-4954-a674-b62703999880Thu, 11 Jan 2024 21:57:59 -040010:23falsefullEp. 67 Slowing it downEp. 67 Slowing it downHappy New Year! Coming back from the holiday break this week, I was eager to come roaring out of the gate and start crushing 2024.

Then something interesting happened. Instead going super fast, I've slowed it way down. Which is, y'know, the opposite of going fast.
The reason for this is that like many businesses I coach, my own business is at an inflection point.

It's been a super intense few years. The business climate has changed significantly as money has gone from being cheap to much closer to it's typical level historically speaking. This has definitely impacted a number of my clients. The funding environment is much tighter.

Consequently, sessions have been more intense and the support more crucial. It's extremely gratifying work, and I'm honored to do it. It also requires presence and emotional energy.

To be completely transparent, the business cycle has taken it's toll on my private client roster. My usual response, is to push through, crank up my ads launch an offer, get revenue rolling back in.

But as I launch into this new year, I feel a like a sprinter who showed up to the starting line already a bit gassed. I thought I'd given myself enough of a break over the past two weeks - but my mind and body are saying "nope."

It's taken many years to learn this, but when my mind and body feel this way, they are telling me to slow down. It's contrary the the hustle and grind culture we live in. But I know it's telling me I need to stop and listen to what's going on. So instead of pushing and grinding through, I've slowed it way down.

And started asking questions:

  1. What do I want my business to look like in 12 months?

  2. How do I want my life to be?

  3. Who do I most want to help?

  4. What parts of my business are lighting me up?

  5. What parts of my business am I just going through the motions?

  6. What are useful constraints I want to embrace?



My time blind ADHD brain thinks I can figure this all out in a two hour journaling session. Not so much. I know that illusion now.
These are deeper, long haul questions. It's a Rubick's cube that I need to slow down and work through and solve.

When to go slow and when to hustle is a question we often face as Founders.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about slowing down and going fast when it comes to business. I cover:

  1. How to know when to slow down and when to go fast

  2. Momentum vs speed, and why it's important to know the difference

  3. Using offers to learn



This 14 minute listen will give you some deeper things to think about as we get started in the new year.

To your success!

]]>Happy New Year! Coming back from the holiday break this week, I was eager to come roaring out of the gate and start crushing 2024.

Then something interesting happened. Instead going super fast, I've slowed it way down. Which is, y'know, the opposite of going fast.
The reason for this is that like many businesses I coach, my own business is at an inflection point.

It's been a super intense few years. The business climate has changed significantly as money has gone from being cheap to much closer to it's typical level historically speaking. This has definitely impacted a number of my clients. The funding environment is much tighter.

Consequently, sessions have been more intense and the support more crucial. It's extremely gratifying work, and I'm honored to do it. It also requires presence and emotional energy.

To be completely transparent, the business cycle has taken it's toll on my private client roster. My usual response, is to push through, crank up my ads launch an offer, get revenue rolling back in.

But as I launch into this new year, I feel a like a sprinter who showed up to the starting line already a bit gassed. I thought I'd given myself enough of a break over the past two weeks - but my mind and body are saying "nope."

It's taken many years to learn this, but when my mind and body feel this way, they are telling me to slow down. It's contrary the the hustle and grind culture we live in. But I know it's telling me I need to stop and listen to what's going on. So instead of pushing and grinding through, I've slowed it way down.

And started asking questions:

  1. What do I want my business to look like in 12 months?

  2. How do I want my life to be?

  3. Who do I most want to help?

  4. What parts of my business are lighting me up?

  5. What parts of my business am I just going through the motions?

  6. What are useful constraints I want to embrace?



My time blind ADHD brain thinks I can figure this all out in a two hour journaling session. Not so much. I know that illusion now.
These are deeper, long haul questions. It's a Rubick's cube that I need to slow down and work through and solve.

When to go slow and when to hustle is a question we often face as Founders.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about slowing down and going fast when it comes to business. I cover:

  1. How to know when to slow down and when to go fast

  2. Momentum vs speed, and why it's important to know the difference

  3. Using offers to learn



This 14 minute listen will give you some deeper things to think about as we get started in the new year.

To your success!

]]>0af7ab7e-8fb1-4cd8-b698-5485900d8ae8Thu, 04 Jan 2024 22:04:01 -040015:10falsefullEp. 66 How to preload the New YearEp. 66 How to preload the New YearAs we hit the midway point in December, we experience a dual mentality. We want to get the most out of what remains in Q4. But we also want to lay the groundwork for the coming new year.

As this is my last new Podcast episode for 2023 (I will be off the final two weeks of December), I thought it only appropriate to walk through steps in preloading the new year so you come out of the gate running.

Here are my top tips for pre-loading the new year:

  1. Take time to review and reflect. Celebrate your biggest wins, of course. But also honor your biggest challenges. They pointed out where the weaknesses in your business are.

  2. Revisit your Business Foundations: Mission, vision, values and Boss/Northstar Metric. Is the business still aligned with your mission and vision. Have you drifted from some of your values? How have you been tracking on your boss metric? I find this part of the process humbling, inspiring and hugely focusing.

  3. Pre-load the first 4 weeks of 2024. What's the most important thing that needs to happen coming out of the gate

  4. Take downtime and turn off. We've spent a lot of energy this year navigating the twists and turns of our businesses. To be effective, we must get down time to sharpen our saw.



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk in more depth about these steps.

This 10 minute listen will set you up for a great start to the new year.

To your success!

]]>As we hit the midway point in December, we experience a dual mentality. We want to get the most out of what remains in Q4. But we also want to lay the groundwork for the coming new year.

As this is my last new Podcast episode for 2023 (I will be off the final two weeks of December), I thought it only appropriate to walk through steps in preloading the new year so you come out of the gate running.

Here are my top tips for pre-loading the new year:

  1. Take time to review and reflect. Celebrate your biggest wins, of course. But also honor your biggest challenges. They pointed out where the weaknesses in your business are.

  2. Revisit your Business Foundations: Mission, vision, values and Boss/Northstar Metric. Is the business still aligned with your mission and vision. Have you drifted from some of your values? How have you been tracking on your boss metric? I find this part of the process humbling, inspiring and hugely focusing.

  3. Pre-load the first 4 weeks of 2024. What's the most important thing that needs to happen coming out of the gate

  4. Take downtime and turn off. We've spent a lot of energy this year navigating the twists and turns of our businesses. To be effective, we must get down time to sharpen our saw.



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk in more depth about these steps.

This 10 minute listen will set you up for a great start to the new year.

To your success!

]]>511ddb28-83ff-4ca6-923c-dece2fcbe4a7Wed, 13 Dec 2023 22:18:08 -040010:14falsefullEp. 65 What's Your Hook?Ep. 65 What's Your Hook?Yesterday, I was leading my Quiz Daily Lead Machine Workshop. I walked a great group of Founders through my own quiz lead funnel. I showed my LinkedIn setup, how my quiz software creates personalized PDF reports and how it's all integrated into my CRM.

Then I walked everyone through a 5-step quiz design process. As we worked through the 5-steps, one of the participants asked,

"Out of everything you've done in your quiz funnel, what's the 20% of the 80/20 that had the most impact?"

It was a great question. I had to think a moment. But the answer came in my mind loud and clear.

"Figuring out my hook."

My coaching business changed when I figured out my Founder Type Quiz and ads. It was at that point that I could give LinkedIn $50 and LinkedIn would reliably give me 10-20 leads.

In this age of ever increasing noise (thanks ChatGPT!), having a hook that gets your audience to stop and pay attention is an essential unlock.

Can you get them to stop their scroll? If you can you've got a hook. If you can't you don't.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about finding the hook for your business. I cover:

  • How hooks happen

  • The 3 essential things you need to know to build your hook

  • The two places to to look to find your hook



To your success!

]]>Yesterday, I was leading my Quiz Daily Lead Machine Workshop. I walked a great group of Founders through my own quiz lead funnel. I showed my LinkedIn setup, how my quiz software creates personalized PDF reports and how it's all integrated into my CRM.

Then I walked everyone through a 5-step quiz design process. As we worked through the 5-steps, one of the participants asked,

"Out of everything you've done in your quiz funnel, what's the 20% of the 80/20 that had the most impact?"

It was a great question. I had to think a moment. But the answer came in my mind loud and clear.

"Figuring out my hook."

My coaching business changed when I figured out my Founder Type Quiz and ads. It was at that point that I could give LinkedIn $50 and LinkedIn would reliably give me 10-20 leads.

In this age of ever increasing noise (thanks ChatGPT!), having a hook that gets your audience to stop and pay attention is an essential unlock.

Can you get them to stop their scroll? If you can you've got a hook. If you can't you don't.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about finding the hook for your business. I cover:

  • How hooks happen

  • The 3 essential things you need to know to build your hook

  • The two places to to look to find your hook



To your success!

]]>4f4f45d5-a899-4342-8842-d9c54278ba2bThu, 07 Dec 2023 21:48:01 -040011:18falsefullEp. 64 Your Secret Hidden SystemEp. 64 Your Secret Hidden SystemYou have a secret system in your business. You probably don't even realize it's there.

But it's driving your product design and your unique way of solving your customers' problems.

You might be thinking:

"But, Steve! I've founded and created my whole business. I am the expert on my product and/or service I know everything about it! How can I possibly have a secret system that I don't even realize is there? Maybe you are not such a wise coach after all?"

I get it. But I stand by my assertion that we often don't realize what's really driving everything.

Often it's because as Founders we are too close to it. But it's there. Our secret system underpins everything we do in solving a particular pain for our ideal customers.


It goes like this:

  1. Customer has pain

  2. Your offer is to solve the pain

  3. Your product/service is how you deliver it

  4. Your secret system is how you thought about the problem and solution path



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'll cover:

  • Where to look for your secret system

  • 3 ways leverage your Secret System to drive your GTM efforts

  • The power of 3's in secret systems



To your success!

]]>You have a secret system in your business. You probably don't even realize it's there.

But it's driving your product design and your unique way of solving your customers' problems.

You might be thinking:

"But, Steve! I've founded and created my whole business. I am the expert on my product and/or service I know everything about it! How can I possibly have a secret system that I don't even realize is there? Maybe you are not such a wise coach after all?"

I get it. But I stand by my assertion that we often don't realize what's really driving everything.

Often it's because as Founders we are too close to it. But it's there. Our secret system underpins everything we do in solving a particular pain for our ideal customers.


It goes like this:

  1. Customer has pain

  2. Your offer is to solve the pain

  3. Your product/service is how you deliver it

  4. Your secret system is how you thought about the problem and solution path



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'll cover:

  • Where to look for your secret system

  • 3 ways leverage your Secret System to drive your GTM efforts

  • The power of 3's in secret systems



To your success!

]]>8d00a0b4-936f-4e66-9e44-37b6ec57ed53Wed, 29 Nov 2023 21:29:11 -040014:53falsefullEp. 63 Gratitude and Giving ThanksEp. 63 Gratitude and Giving ThanksWith this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode falling on the US Thanksgiving holiday, it's only natural that I dedicate it to gratitude and giving thanks.

According to Harvard Health, "positive psychology research has shown gratitude is strongly and consistently associated with greater happiness.

Gratitude helps people feel more positive emotions, relish good experiences, improve their health, deal with adversity, and build strong relationships."

This is all well and good, but as any Founder knows it can sometimes be challenging to find gratitude when you are beset by challenge after challenge.

There's really no shortage of ways leading a business can challenge you.

It is hard. We feel bad when things are challenging. We fall back on our trusted coping mechanisms. And if/when they stop working, we can't get relief and go into some version of fight, flight or freeze.

The judo flip on this is to see your challenges as a service to you, in a tough love kind of a way.

The opportunity is to face and work with the hardships and accompanying emotions.

It's not easy work, especially when your preferred coping mechanisms aren't working.

Most importantly, this work invites you to find a more solid center within yourself, less attached to outcomes, ego and pride. To be able to feel whatever you feel and move forward anyway.

Gratitude is definitely a ticket to that. So here are some things that you might be thankful for in your journey:

  • Your health and abilities that have gotten you this far

  • The opportunity to create something of your own in the world

  • Team and investors who have put faith in you

  • Family and friends who support you

  • Everything that your challenges teach you



As for me, it's been an amazing year full of challenge and heartache watching our kiddo enduring serious health issues, amazing opportunities that fell out of the sky (Leading a founder retreat in Portugal!), uplifting moments (seeing clients succeed).

But the thing that has kept me ground through it all is my gratitude for the Founders I've been honored to touch in some way, whether I've worked with you this year or you've just listened to a podcast episode.

On this Thanksgiving, I'm giving thanks for you sharing your journey with me.

With that all said, tune into this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, where I delved a bit further into the power of gratitude and giving thanks on your Founder journey.

To your success!

]]>With this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode falling on the US Thanksgiving holiday, it's only natural that I dedicate it to gratitude and giving thanks.

According to Harvard Health, "positive psychology research has shown gratitude is strongly and consistently associated with greater happiness.

Gratitude helps people feel more positive emotions, relish good experiences, improve their health, deal with adversity, and build strong relationships."

This is all well and good, but as any Founder knows it can sometimes be challenging to find gratitude when you are beset by challenge after challenge.

There's really no shortage of ways leading a business can challenge you.

It is hard. We feel bad when things are challenging. We fall back on our trusted coping mechanisms. And if/when they stop working, we can't get relief and go into some version of fight, flight or freeze.

The judo flip on this is to see your challenges as a service to you, in a tough love kind of a way.

The opportunity is to face and work with the hardships and accompanying emotions.

It's not easy work, especially when your preferred coping mechanisms aren't working.

Most importantly, this work invites you to find a more solid center within yourself, less attached to outcomes, ego and pride. To be able to feel whatever you feel and move forward anyway.

Gratitude is definitely a ticket to that. So here are some things that you might be thankful for in your journey:

  • Your health and abilities that have gotten you this far

  • The opportunity to create something of your own in the world

  • Team and investors who have put faith in you

  • Family and friends who support you

  • Everything that your challenges teach you



As for me, it's been an amazing year full of challenge and heartache watching our kiddo enduring serious health issues, amazing opportunities that fell out of the sky (Leading a founder retreat in Portugal!), uplifting moments (seeing clients succeed).

But the thing that has kept me ground through it all is my gratitude for the Founders I've been honored to touch in some way, whether I've worked with you this year or you've just listened to a podcast episode.

On this Thanksgiving, I'm giving thanks for you sharing your journey with me.

With that all said, tune into this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, where I delved a bit further into the power of gratitude and giving thanks on your Founder journey.

To your success!

]]>a59c52ae-390f-40d1-aa42-be1aefa46ca1Wed, 22 Nov 2023 23:07:20 -040011:48falsefullEp. 62 How to beat the oddsEp. 62 How to beat the oddsAccording to a review by Venture Intelligence in 2022, only 29% of seed-funded startups raise Series A capital.

I have a speciality in coaching Seed to Series A Founders.

That means that by Venture Intelligence's estimates, the odds are 71% of my clients's businesses may fail to get to the next round of funding.

To be clear, not getting to Series A is not equivalent failure.

But the Founder game is a tough one. No matter had good your idea, no matter how driven you are, success is not guaranteed.

To misquote the Hunger Games, the odds are ever not in your favor.

And whether your business takes off or fizzles or somewhere in between, you get kicked in the teeth a lot.

My game as a coach is to do everything I can to improve your odds. For Founders, this breaks down into three core ares:

  1. Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  2. Build a high performing organization

  3. Becoming the leader your business needs



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about the most impactful things you can do to beat the odds. I cover:

  • The 3 lever points of PMF and scalable sales

  • The 2 most important elements of a high performing org

  • The 1 thing you need to focus on the become the leader your business needs



This 13-minute listen offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

]]>According to a review by Venture Intelligence in 2022, only 29% of seed-funded startups raise Series A capital.

I have a speciality in coaching Seed to Series A Founders.

That means that by Venture Intelligence's estimates, the odds are 71% of my clients's businesses may fail to get to the next round of funding.

To be clear, not getting to Series A is not equivalent failure.

But the Founder game is a tough one. No matter had good your idea, no matter how driven you are, success is not guaranteed.

To misquote the Hunger Games, the odds are ever not in your favor.

And whether your business takes off or fizzles or somewhere in between, you get kicked in the teeth a lot.

My game as a coach is to do everything I can to improve your odds. For Founders, this breaks down into three core ares:

  1. Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  2. Build a high performing organization

  3. Becoming the leader your business needs



In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I talk about the most impactful things you can do to beat the odds. I cover:

  • The 3 lever points of PMF and scalable sales

  • The 2 most important elements of a high performing org

  • The 1 thing you need to focus on the become the leader your business needs



This 13-minute listen offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

]]>a7bc15be-a0fa-4af0-916a-ce87402f0822Wed, 15 Nov 2023 21:47:45 -040013:57falsefullEp. 61 You are playing a two-level gameEp. 61 You are playing a two-level gameOver the past week, I helped my Founder Clients to:

  • Navigate challenging Co-Founder issues

  • Nail sales processes and proposals

  • Develop core messaging and positioning

  • Strategize next steps in fundraising

  • Identify and rank options for extending runway 

  • Deal with team communication and performance

  • Build out an company OS for Seed Stage

  • Manage their board and investors effectively



On one level, these challenges are very different areas of leading a business from idea to exit. They are all part of the entrepreneurial level game. 

This level has its rules and fundamentals that seem straightforward from a distance. But when you are “in the seat,” it’s chaotic and super challenging as trying to turn your ambitious vision into reality. 

But there’s another game always in play: the Bigger Game of you. 

The Bigger Game is all about your growth as a person, on the path to being the best version of yourself. 

In my experience, entrepreneurship is one of the greatest personal development platforms ever devised (second only to parenting). 

That’s because the challenges of the entrepreneurial game surfaces our triggers, traumas, insecurities and fears. 

It’s actually a tremendous service to us. It brings them out of the dark and into the light, where we can face them. 

While the entrepreneurial level game can be won or lost, the beauty of The Bigger Game is that you can never lose. 

No matter what happens - good, bad or ugly - it’s all moving you forward in The Bigger Game. 

As I helped Founders through all of those issues listed above, we worked at both levels. In fact, it’s the only way to truly master them. 

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, it’s all about the Bigger Game for Foudners. I'm going to talk about:

  • How the Bigger Game impacts everything

  • Why it’s the game that really matters

  • 3 Things to Keep in mind when playing the bigger game



This 9-minute listen offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

]]>Over the past week, I helped my Founder Clients to:

  • Navigate challenging Co-Founder issues

  • Nail sales processes and proposals

  • Develop core messaging and positioning

  • Strategize next steps in fundraising

  • Identify and rank options for extending runway 

  • Deal with team communication and performance

  • Build out an company OS for Seed Stage

  • Manage their board and investors effectively



On one level, these challenges are very different areas of leading a business from idea to exit. They are all part of the entrepreneurial level game. 

This level has its rules and fundamentals that seem straightforward from a distance. But when you are “in the seat,” it’s chaotic and super challenging as trying to turn your ambitious vision into reality. 

But there’s another game always in play: the Bigger Game of you. 

The Bigger Game is all about your growth as a person, on the path to being the best version of yourself. 

In my experience, entrepreneurship is one of the greatest personal development platforms ever devised (second only to parenting). 

That’s because the challenges of the entrepreneurial game surfaces our triggers, traumas, insecurities and fears. 

It’s actually a tremendous service to us. It brings them out of the dark and into the light, where we can face them. 

While the entrepreneurial level game can be won or lost, the beauty of The Bigger Game is that you can never lose. 

No matter what happens - good, bad or ugly - it’s all moving you forward in The Bigger Game. 

As I helped Founders through all of those issues listed above, we worked at both levels. In fact, it’s the only way to truly master them. 

In this week’s Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, it’s all about the Bigger Game for Foudners. I'm going to talk about:

  • How the Bigger Game impacts everything

  • Why it’s the game that really matters

  • 3 Things to Keep in mind when playing the bigger game



This 9-minute listen offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

]]>1e4d2ec7-7cf3-4e10-96c5-d38793d3411cWed, 08 Nov 2023 23:31:04 -040013:17falsefullEp. 60 That Pit In My Stomach When I Hit SendEp. 60 That Pit In My Stomach When I Hit SendThis week I launched a campaign for my "How To Create Stupid Offers" workshop.

Every time I launch an offer like this, I have two feelings:

  1. I'm super excited by the content, to teach it and see Founders get those light bulb moments - where they suddenly get unstuck and excited for moving their business forward.

  2. I've got a pit in my stomach as I'm about to hit send on an email to several thousand people to let them know I'm offer this workshop.



You'd think after all these years in business - first as Founder who took his startup to successful exit, then as a wise Coach - I'd be over that pit in the stomach feeling when first launching something.

But nope, those questions and doubts still come up:

  • What if people don't want it and nobody registers?

  • What if my entire lists unsubscribes because I'm annoying them with a bunch of emails?

  • What if people think my "Stupid Offer" Workshop is, um, stupid?

  • There's lots of coaches and info resources out there, will they really want mine?



There's probably others depending on the thing I'm offering. But that feeling is always there.

However, the feeling soon passes after the emails start going out. Because here's what happens:

Some people unsubscribe.
Some people read the email, get a useful insight and get on with their day.
Some people register.
No matter what happens, I learn.

One of the essential things for a business to succeed is to have ways to quickly learn who is a lead and who is actually a customer ready to buy.

For my past few workshops, some registrants are people who've been on my list for years and I've never interacted with. Some are people who've been clients in the past.

The reality is the only way to do this is to make offers.

Making offers require a level of vulnerability. Because whether it's your product or you as a service, you're offering a piece of you. And the reality is your offers will be rejected by most of the people you make them to.

My Stupid Offer Workshop will give you the tools to create stupidly compelling offers. You can check it here

But for this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'm going to talk about the Bigger Game issues when it comes to making offers.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why you are always making offers, even if you don't think of it that way

  2. Why making offers can make us feel so vulnerable (especially us ADHD and neurodiverse folks)

  3. 3 things to anchor you in those "pit of your stomach" moments



This 12-minute listen offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

]]>This week I launched a campaign for my "How To Create Stupid Offers" workshop.

Every time I launch an offer like this, I have two feelings:

  1. I'm super excited by the content, to teach it and see Founders get those light bulb moments - where they suddenly get unstuck and excited for moving their business forward.

  2. I've got a pit in my stomach as I'm about to hit send on an email to several thousand people to let them know I'm offer this workshop.



You'd think after all these years in business - first as Founder who took his startup to successful exit, then as a wise Coach - I'd be over that pit in the stomach feeling when first launching something.

But nope, those questions and doubts still come up:

  • What if people don't want it and nobody registers?

  • What if my entire lists unsubscribes because I'm annoying them with a bunch of emails?

  • What if people think my "Stupid Offer" Workshop is, um, stupid?

  • There's lots of coaches and info resources out there, will they really want mine?



There's probably others depending on the thing I'm offering. But that feeling is always there.

However, the feeling soon passes after the emails start going out. Because here's what happens:

Some people unsubscribe.
Some people read the email, get a useful insight and get on with their day.
Some people register.
No matter what happens, I learn.

One of the essential things for a business to succeed is to have ways to quickly learn who is a lead and who is actually a customer ready to buy.

For my past few workshops, some registrants are people who've been on my list for years and I've never interacted with. Some are people who've been clients in the past.

The reality is the only way to do this is to make offers.

Making offers require a level of vulnerability. Because whether it's your product or you as a service, you're offering a piece of you. And the reality is your offers will be rejected by most of the people you make them to.

My Stupid Offer Workshop will give you the tools to create stupidly compelling offers. You can check it here

But for this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast, I'm going to talk about the Bigger Game issues when it comes to making offers.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why you are always making offers, even if you don't think of it that way

  2. Why making offers can make us feel so vulnerable (especially us ADHD and neurodiverse folks)

  3. 3 things to anchor you in those "pit of your stomach" moments



This 12-minute listen offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

]]>0050f33e-f405-4121-83a3-d3b0987b602dFri, 03 Nov 2023 20:35:09 -040013:17falsefullEp. 59 Does what I'm doing really mean anything?Ep. 59 Does what I'm doing really mean anything?"I’m usually pretty good at being optimistic, driven, and focused. Then the really big issues seem like a giant monster when you stop, turn around, and face them. At that point I wonder if what I'm doing really means anything?"

Over the past week I had both a client and a fellow coach share how much the heavy news coming out of Israel and Gaza this past week was weighing on them.

The images of suffering on both sides is horrifying. The madness of humanity is on full display, beamed to our screens by news organizations who know that tragedy and war grabs our attention like nothing else (last year the Ukraine conflict hit with similar impact).

In face of this carnage and suffering, it can sometimes seem like our day-to-day struggles of building our businesses pale in comparison.

Of what importance is our product-market fit problems in the face of the scale of tragedy and horror we are witnessing?

One of my clients asked me if I had any "coaching magic" to deal with this.

Spoiler alert: I don't have any special coaching magic that makes this better.

I can just share how I approach these times when events like this darken our lives.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is about working through dark times, and remember you make ripples.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Where to look for light in dark times

  2. The importance of self care when the news gets dark

  3. How you are making ripples



P.S. The Slingshot - Launching October 31st
I'm looking for 5 Founders to help launch my intimate and affordable Founder community. The Slingshot is dedicated to helping earlier stage Founders accelerate your PMF and GTM in six weeks. You get access to all my trainings, weekly coaching office hours and a group Slack Channel. Get started for as little as $200. Write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com.

]]>"I’m usually pretty good at being optimistic, driven, and focused. Then the really big issues seem like a giant monster when you stop, turn around, and face them. At that point I wonder if what I'm doing really means anything?"

Over the past week I had both a client and a fellow coach share how much the heavy news coming out of Israel and Gaza this past week was weighing on them.

The images of suffering on both sides is horrifying. The madness of humanity is on full display, beamed to our screens by news organizations who know that tragedy and war grabs our attention like nothing else (last year the Ukraine conflict hit with similar impact).

In face of this carnage and suffering, it can sometimes seem like our day-to-day struggles of building our businesses pale in comparison.

Of what importance is our product-market fit problems in the face of the scale of tragedy and horror we are witnessing?

One of my clients asked me if I had any "coaching magic" to deal with this.

Spoiler alert: I don't have any special coaching magic that makes this better.

I can just share how I approach these times when events like this darken our lives.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is about working through dark times, and remember you make ripples.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Where to look for light in dark times

  2. The importance of self care when the news gets dark

  3. How you are making ripples



P.S. The Slingshot - Launching October 31st
I'm looking for 5 Founders to help launch my intimate and affordable Founder community. The Slingshot is dedicated to helping earlier stage Founders accelerate your PMF and GTM in six weeks. You get access to all my trainings, weekly coaching office hours and a group Slack Channel. Get started for as little as $200. Write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com.

]]>08838fa8-3d79-4ed4-abff-b73954788a12Fri, 20 Oct 2023 21:20:29 -040012:19falsefullEp. 58 When progress feels too slowEp. 58 When progress feels too slow"Sometimes if feels like things are moving too slowly."

Many of the people who have been in my Founder Family know, that over the past four years, my now 21-year old has been suffering through a serious, debilitating health crisis.

After two years of searching for the right diagnosis, we got the diagnosis of a Cerebral Spinal Fluid (CSF) Leak. In 2021, We had two temporarily successful procedures here in Portland. Then in April 2022, we went to Cedars Sinai in LA and had a successful procedure (called an epidural blood patch) that held but then failed in November of 2022.

This week will mark nine months since our kiddo had their procedure at Cedars Sinai Hospital back in January. This is the longest stretch that they (their preferred pronoun) has been patched since they started leaking in 2019.

I'd love to tell you that they are all back together and bounding into their next phase of life. But the truth is their recovery has been a road of slow and incremental steps, with occasional leaps forward. Four and half years of enduring a Cerebral Spinal Fluid Leak has done extensive damage both physically and neurologically .

Honestly, some days it feels like we are playing a game of whack-a-mole as different health issues pop up with their physical pain, digestive unrest and neurological challenges.

There have been some days over the past few months, that I felt like we haven't been making much progress at all.

But then I was looking through my iPhone photos to find a particular picture and I stumbled on some photos I took of our kiddo in August of 2022. This was the period during their first successful patch, before that patch failed in November of 2022.

The thing that jumped out at me from the picture from last year was their posture. They seemed like a lump. Like gravity was too strong and they couldn't hold themselves up. It was striking.

If you saw them now, you wouldn't recognize them. Their posture is upright and they appear so much stronger then a year ago. I can't quite convey in words how amazing it was to see.

I shared those pictures with my kiddo and my wife and we realized that we have been making progress.

It's been a little bit every day (and some days feel like we go backwards). But it's adding up to a lot over time.

I think we often experience our businesses in a similar way. There are occasional big wins. But most of the time is making small, incremental progress each day.

And sometimes feeling like progress is non existent.

So when you are feeling like things are moving too slowly, remember this:

A little bit every day. A lot over time.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is about staying the course when progress seems slow.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why things feel slow

  2. The one essential thing to ensure you are moving forward

  3. How to measure progress



This 12-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

Steve


P.S. When you are ready, here are 3 ways I can support you:
FREE Breakthrough Session This is geared to Founders with at least $500k in Funding or Revenue to give you a legit breakthrough. In 30 minutes, we'll identify what's at the heart of your biggest issue and give you a plan to solve it. Book your session here.

Private Founder Coaching Sprint (only 1 slot available)
My 4-month program specifically for Seed to Series A Founders with $1M+ of revenue or funding. In a four month sprint, we work hand-in-hand on accelerating your biggest issue. Beat overwhelm. Nail a thorny PMF/Sales problem. Level up as an operator. This is a space dedicated entirely to you. The only agenda is your success. Book a time to to connect.

The Sling Shot
This is my intimate and affordable Founder community, dedicated to helping earlier stage Founders win in business and in life. You get access to all my trainings, weekly coaching office hours and a group Slack Channel. Reply with "Sling Shot" to learn more.

]]>"Sometimes if feels like things are moving too slowly."

Many of the people who have been in my Founder Family know, that over the past four years, my now 21-year old has been suffering through a serious, debilitating health crisis.

After two years of searching for the right diagnosis, we got the diagnosis of a Cerebral Spinal Fluid (CSF) Leak. In 2021, We had two temporarily successful procedures here in Portland. Then in April 2022, we went to Cedars Sinai in LA and had a successful procedure (called an epidural blood patch) that held but then failed in November of 2022.

This week will mark nine months since our kiddo had their procedure at Cedars Sinai Hospital back in January. This is the longest stretch that they (their preferred pronoun) has been patched since they started leaking in 2019.

I'd love to tell you that they are all back together and bounding into their next phase of life. But the truth is their recovery has been a road of slow and incremental steps, with occasional leaps forward. Four and half years of enduring a Cerebral Spinal Fluid Leak has done extensive damage both physically and neurologically .

Honestly, some days it feels like we are playing a game of whack-a-mole as different health issues pop up with their physical pain, digestive unrest and neurological challenges.

There have been some days over the past few months, that I felt like we haven't been making much progress at all.

But then I was looking through my iPhone photos to find a particular picture and I stumbled on some photos I took of our kiddo in August of 2022. This was the period during their first successful patch, before that patch failed in November of 2022.

The thing that jumped out at me from the picture from last year was their posture. They seemed like a lump. Like gravity was too strong and they couldn't hold themselves up. It was striking.

If you saw them now, you wouldn't recognize them. Their posture is upright and they appear so much stronger then a year ago. I can't quite convey in words how amazing it was to see.

I shared those pictures with my kiddo and my wife and we realized that we have been making progress.

It's been a little bit every day (and some days feel like we go backwards). But it's adding up to a lot over time.

I think we often experience our businesses in a similar way. There are occasional big wins. But most of the time is making small, incremental progress each day.

And sometimes feeling like progress is non existent.

So when you are feeling like things are moving too slowly, remember this:

A little bit every day. A lot over time.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is about staying the course when progress seems slow.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why things feel slow

  2. The one essential thing to ensure you are moving forward

  3. How to measure progress



This 12-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

Steve


P.S. When you are ready, here are 3 ways I can support you:
FREE Breakthrough Session This is geared to Founders with at least $500k in Funding or Revenue to give you a legit breakthrough. In 30 minutes, we'll identify what's at the heart of your biggest issue and give you a plan to solve it. Book your session here.

Private Founder Coaching Sprint (only 1 slot available)
My 4-month program specifically for Seed to Series A Founders with $1M+ of revenue or funding. In a four month sprint, we work hand-in-hand on accelerating your biggest issue. Beat overwhelm. Nail a thorny PMF/Sales problem. Level up as an operator. This is a space dedicated entirely to you. The only agenda is your success. Book a time to to connect.

The Sling Shot
This is my intimate and affordable Founder community, dedicated to helping earlier stage Founders win in business and in life. You get access to all my trainings, weekly coaching office hours and a group Slack Channel. Reply with "Sling Shot" to learn more.

]]>4aa11ea6-f751-4747-bc00-8c0f51ca504fThu, 05 Oct 2023 20:53:44 -040012:19falsefullEp. 57 "Everything's a mess"Ep. 57 "Everything's a mess""Everything feels like it's a mess."

This was the first words out of one of my Founder client session this week. He described how he felt like they were trying to do too much, and serve too many different customer types. Even the team was mentioning that things felt messy.

Those who have had sessions with me, know that as my backdrop I have a bookshelf with a few books that I intentionally put there. One of them is "Brutal Simplicity of Thought" by Maurice Saatchi. This is a book dedicated to ruthlessly distilling things down so you can break through and move fast.

This Founder said, I see "Brutal Simplicity of Thought" behind you and I feel like we are very far away from that.

"Yes," I replied, "things do sound messy right now."

I then pointed him to another book I have my bookshelf backdrop: "The Messy Middle" by Scott Belsky.

This is a book that describes the Seed Stage journey - and how it's never a clean, straight line.

The reality is that as Founders a big part of our job is to create ruthlessly simplicity in our business. Because you can't scale a complex business.

But the other part of this reality is that simplicity does not come instantly, cheaply and easily. It's fucking hard.

But I can tell you where to start:

Ultimately, simplicity comes from knowing exactly who your business serves.

When you know who your 10X Customer is, when you know what urgent pain solve for them better than anyone else - things start getting simple very fast.

If you don't have this nailed, everything in your business will be messy.

A big part of why my client's business feels messy is because they have an amazing technology stack, but they haven't quite gotten it in enough people's hands to figure out who their 10X customer.

That's why Seed Stage is so messy. We have to go from an early idea to a scalable business.

Ultimately, it's a search for your 10X Customer.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast I'm going to talk about finding your 10X customer.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why finding your 10X customer is hard

  2. The 3 qualities to look for with 10X customers

  3. Understanding



To your success!

Steve

P.S. This topic of finding your 10X Customers is so important, I've decided to doing a live training on it: Find Your 10X Customers in 90 Minutes

This is the first thing I teach in my super successful $2,500 2X Accelerator Program.

I've decided to break out the 10X Customer training and offer it as a 90-minute live workshop.
You get:

  • 90 minute live training - with time for questions and coaching as many people as I can.

  • Forever access to the recording

  • The four step-by-step Notion Templates I use to identify 10X Customers,


    The workshop is October 11 at 12pm Pacific/3pm Eastern



Get in a the early bird rate of $500 $100.

The details are here! Questions? Reply back and I will respond.

]]>"Everything feels like it's a mess."

This was the first words out of one of my Founder client session this week. He described how he felt like they were trying to do too much, and serve too many different customer types. Even the team was mentioning that things felt messy.

Those who have had sessions with me, know that as my backdrop I have a bookshelf with a few books that I intentionally put there. One of them is "Brutal Simplicity of Thought" by Maurice Saatchi. This is a book dedicated to ruthlessly distilling things down so you can break through and move fast.

This Founder said, I see "Brutal Simplicity of Thought" behind you and I feel like we are very far away from that.

"Yes," I replied, "things do sound messy right now."

I then pointed him to another book I have my bookshelf backdrop: "The Messy Middle" by Scott Belsky.

This is a book that describes the Seed Stage journey - and how it's never a clean, straight line.

The reality is that as Founders a big part of our job is to create ruthlessly simplicity in our business. Because you can't scale a complex business.

But the other part of this reality is that simplicity does not come instantly, cheaply and easily. It's fucking hard.

But I can tell you where to start:

Ultimately, simplicity comes from knowing exactly who your business serves.

When you know who your 10X Customer is, when you know what urgent pain solve for them better than anyone else - things start getting simple very fast.

If you don't have this nailed, everything in your business will be messy.

A big part of why my client's business feels messy is because they have an amazing technology stack, but they haven't quite gotten it in enough people's hands to figure out who their 10X customer.

That's why Seed Stage is so messy. We have to go from an early idea to a scalable business.

Ultimately, it's a search for your 10X Customer.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast I'm going to talk about finding your 10X customer.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why finding your 10X customer is hard

  2. The 3 qualities to look for with 10X customers

  3. Understanding



To your success!

Steve

P.S. This topic of finding your 10X Customers is so important, I've decided to doing a live training on it: Find Your 10X Customers in 90 Minutes

This is the first thing I teach in my super successful $2,500 2X Accelerator Program.

I've decided to break out the 10X Customer training and offer it as a 90-minute live workshop.
You get:

  • 90 minute live training - with time for questions and coaching as many people as I can.

  • Forever access to the recording

  • The four step-by-step Notion Templates I use to identify 10X Customers,


    The workshop is October 11 at 12pm Pacific/3pm Eastern



Get in a the early bird rate of $500 $100.

The details are here! Questions? Reply back and I will respond.

]]>31ac2e95-5feb-43e3-bac9-ac8346bfc733Fri, 29 Sep 2023 03:38:07 -040011:04falsefullEp. 56 Permission To Trust Yourself FullyEp. 56 Permission To Trust Yourself FullyHi {{contact.first_name}},

My path to being a wise Founder Coach has been paved with mistakes. Let me list just a few with just my first startup:

  • Hired an expensive VP of Sales way too early and ended up laying them off within months

  • Didn't understand that I was building my business on customers that bought intermittently and required highly customized solutions

  • Waited too long to fire a a poisonous team member until they had poisoned many other team members

  • Pursued the shiny object savior silver bullet of the month/week/quarter instead of focusing on execution

  • Thought next product feature would magically cure sales problems (they didn't)

  • Didn't realize I needed a strong Type O - Organizational Maestro to balance out my strong Type V - Visionary Evangelist (and ADHD)

  • Didn't realize my service team was farming out work to contractors even when they weren't fully utilized, causing a huge operating loss.



Those are just the one's that are top of mind. And don't even get me started on the rest of my life, lol. Just this past week, I sent some USDC to crypto.com on a a chain they don't support for USDC. UGH. (Fortunately they were kind of enough to reverse the transaction - for a small fee).

The truth of Founder life is you end up fucking up a lot. You can accumulate a lot of evidence about how clueless you are about a lot of things.

It's enough to make you lose faith and trust in yourself.

But this is exactly why being a Founder is such an amazing platform for playing the Bigger Game: the game of you.

Because the Bigger Game in this Founder Journey is to fully trust yourself.

So how do you trust yourself deeply, fully even when there's evidence piling up that you are in over your head?

The first and most important thing is understand that it starts with giving yourself permission to trust yourself no matter what happens externally.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is all about this idea of fully trusting yourself

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why giving yourself permission is hard

  2. Where deep self trust really comes from

  3. How to find it even in the midst of intense challenges



This 11-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

By the way the SlingShot

To your success!

Steve

P.S. When you are ready, here are 3 ways I can support you:
FREE Breakthrough Session Because you’ve made the time to take my quiz and tell me a little about you, I'm offering a free 30-minute Breakthrough Session. This is geared to Founders with at least $500k in Funding or Revenue to give you a legit breakthrough. In 30 minutes, we'll identify what's at the heart of your biggest issue and give you a plan to solve it. Book your session here.

Private Founder Coaching Sprint
My 4-month program specifically for Seed to Series A Founders with $2M+ of revenue or funding. In a four month sprint, we work hand-in-hand on accelerating your biggest issue. Beat overwhelm. Nail a thorny PMF/Sales problem. Level up as an operator. This is a space dedicated entirely to you. The only agenda is your success. Book a time to to connect.

The Sling Shot
This is my intimate and affordable Founder community, dedicated to helping earlier stage Founders win in business and in life. You get access to all my trainings, weekly coaching office hours and a group Slack Channel. Reply with "Sling Shot" to learn more.


]]>Hi {{contact.first_name}},

My path to being a wise Founder Coach has been paved with mistakes. Let me list just a few with just my first startup:

  • Hired an expensive VP of Sales way too early and ended up laying them off within months

  • Didn't understand that I was building my business on customers that bought intermittently and required highly customized solutions

  • Waited too long to fire a a poisonous team member until they had poisoned many other team members

  • Pursued the shiny object savior silver bullet of the month/week/quarter instead of focusing on execution

  • Thought next product feature would magically cure sales problems (they didn't)

  • Didn't realize I needed a strong Type O - Organizational Maestro to balance out my strong Type V - Visionary Evangelist (and ADHD)

  • Didn't realize my service team was farming out work to contractors even when they weren't fully utilized, causing a huge operating loss.



Those are just the one's that are top of mind. And don't even get me started on the rest of my life, lol. Just this past week, I sent some USDC to crypto.com on a a chain they don't support for USDC. UGH. (Fortunately they were kind of enough to reverse the transaction - for a small fee).

The truth of Founder life is you end up fucking up a lot. You can accumulate a lot of evidence about how clueless you are about a lot of things.

It's enough to make you lose faith and trust in yourself.

But this is exactly why being a Founder is such an amazing platform for playing the Bigger Game: the game of you.

Because the Bigger Game in this Founder Journey is to fully trust yourself.

So how do you trust yourself deeply, fully even when there's evidence piling up that you are in over your head?

The first and most important thing is understand that it starts with giving yourself permission to trust yourself no matter what happens externally.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is all about this idea of fully trusting yourself

In this episode, I cover:

  1. Why giving yourself permission is hard

  2. Where deep self trust really comes from

  3. How to find it even in the midst of intense challenges



This 11-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

By the way the SlingShot

To your success!

Steve

P.S. When you are ready, here are 3 ways I can support you:
FREE Breakthrough Session Because you’ve made the time to take my quiz and tell me a little about you, I'm offering a free 30-minute Breakthrough Session. This is geared to Founders with at least $500k in Funding or Revenue to give you a legit breakthrough. In 30 minutes, we'll identify what's at the heart of your biggest issue and give you a plan to solve it. Book your session here.

Private Founder Coaching Sprint
My 4-month program specifically for Seed to Series A Founders with $2M+ of revenue or funding. In a four month sprint, we work hand-in-hand on accelerating your biggest issue. Beat overwhelm. Nail a thorny PMF/Sales problem. Level up as an operator. This is a space dedicated entirely to you. The only agenda is your success. Book a time to to connect.

The Sling Shot
This is my intimate and affordable Founder community, dedicated to helping earlier stage Founders win in business and in life. You get access to all my trainings, weekly coaching office hours and a group Slack Channel. Reply with "Sling Shot" to learn more.


]]>cc62bc00-fda6-4e9e-b72d-8d8ba49aa12fThu, 21 Sep 2023 21:10:27 -040013:11falsefullEp. 55 What NOT To Focus OnEp. 55 What NOT To Focus OnI'm back with this week's podcast episode after a little bout of COVID last week. All better now, so let's get to it!

One of the toughest things about the Founder journey is the overwhelm. There's so much coming at you all the time.

I was talking with a Founder this week who has been notified that their biggest customer is undergoing a serious re-organization. Their champion is leaving and it's likely revenue from this customer is going to dial down or even stop altogether.

There's no other single current customer or in the pipeline that's going to replace that revenue.

This Founder is starting at a big dent in revenue. It's likely they will have to make some gut wrenching team cuts if they don't patch this hole in revenue.

There appears to be a million things to figure out in trying to find that revenue. Plus figuring out the timing of the financial impacts and the hard decisions that may be coming.

This Founder understandably felt the overwhelm.

They antidote to overwhelm is focus. And focus comes down to two things:

  1. Knowing which actions you can take that will MOST move you forward.

  2. Knowing what NOT to focus on.



In my experience, knowing what NOT to focus is even more important than figuring out what to focus on.

Because it lets you block out all the noise and creates the necessary internal quiet to do your best work.

By the end of our session, we had boiled down this Founder's next right actions, relieved the overwhelm.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is all about figuring out what NOT to focus on.

In this episode, I cover how to:

  1. The 2 critical things you need to know get focused and beat overwhelm

  2. Why all the available advice works against you

  3. How to block out the noise and get quiet inside to do your best work



This 11-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

Steve

PS When you are ready, I have one open spot to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • Build a high performing team

  • Step into a new level of confidence as a leader



Set up a time for a breakthrough session here.

]]>I'm back with this week's podcast episode after a little bout of COVID last week. All better now, so let's get to it!

One of the toughest things about the Founder journey is the overwhelm. There's so much coming at you all the time.

I was talking with a Founder this week who has been notified that their biggest customer is undergoing a serious re-organization. Their champion is leaving and it's likely revenue from this customer is going to dial down or even stop altogether.

There's no other single current customer or in the pipeline that's going to replace that revenue.

This Founder is starting at a big dent in revenue. It's likely they will have to make some gut wrenching team cuts if they don't patch this hole in revenue.

There appears to be a million things to figure out in trying to find that revenue. Plus figuring out the timing of the financial impacts and the hard decisions that may be coming.

This Founder understandably felt the overwhelm.

They antidote to overwhelm is focus. And focus comes down to two things:

  1. Knowing which actions you can take that will MOST move you forward.

  2. Knowing what NOT to focus on.



In my experience, knowing what NOT to focus is even more important than figuring out what to focus on.

Because it lets you block out all the noise and creates the necessary internal quiet to do your best work.

By the end of our session, we had boiled down this Founder's next right actions, relieved the overwhelm.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is all about figuring out what NOT to focus on.

In this episode, I cover how to:

  1. The 2 critical things you need to know get focused and beat overwhelm

  2. Why all the available advice works against you

  3. How to block out the noise and get quiet inside to do your best work



This 11-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

Steve

PS When you are ready, I have one open spot to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • Build a high performing team

  • Step into a new level of confidence as a leader



Set up a time for a breakthrough session here.

]]>004a35eb-0a73-4f58-b494-92ac78abcd21Wed, 13 Sep 2023 23:24:20 -040012:25falsefullEp. 53 Overcoming Doubt & ExhaustionEp. 53 Overcoming Doubt & ExhaustionLast week, I talked about the Founder journey being one of navigating crises, setbacks and fiascos, with some good wins thrown in to keep you going.

This week I want to address the inevitable companions to the journey: doubt and exhaustion.

These two words popped up a few times this week during my sessions with Founders.

I empathized in this moment as, despite a lot of effort and expense, our mysterious house air quality issues I spoke about last week continue without a clear resolution.

But the feelings of doubt and exhaustion also took me back to many different events when I was leading my first startup. We had a great sales quarter and I thought we had figured it out. The next quarter was downright crappy. We thought we had some good sales people, then they flamed out.

I knew my business could catch fire. But despite killing myself to make it happen, I couldn't see when and sometimes how it was going to happen.
The reality is this: there will be stretches in time when you're working full out and you're pouring your heart and soul into it - and yet your business isn't giving you the signal yet that you've nailed it.

During Seed Stage, you might have some early wins but they don't feel consistent. You don't know if they're the beginning of figuring it out or just you know some random positive noise that is positive noise.

And the thing is, you don't know in advance when you will figure it out.

Stay in this state for enough time, and that's when the doubt kicks in, aided and abetted by the exhaustion of the effort.

Yet during these stretches, you will have to keep working the problem.

So how do you stay centered and stable and energized without actually knowing if you've got it right?

This is one of the key aspects of The Bigger Game. Leveling up your ability to be solid in the discomfort of not knowing, while managing your self care.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is dedicated to sharing the wisdom I've learned over the years to be good when the outcome is in doubt.

In this episode, I cover how to:

  1. Manage your energy when you are working full out

  2. Interpret early signals and move

  3. To use curiosity to gain perspective and transform doubt



This 14-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

Steve

PS When you are ready, I have one open spot to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • Build a high performing team

  • Step into a new level of confidence as a leader



Hit me up at steve@steveaugustcoaching and we'll set up a time for a breakthrough session.

]]>Last week, I talked about the Founder journey being one of navigating crises, setbacks and fiascos, with some good wins thrown in to keep you going.

This week I want to address the inevitable companions to the journey: doubt and exhaustion.

These two words popped up a few times this week during my sessions with Founders.

I empathized in this moment as, despite a lot of effort and expense, our mysterious house air quality issues I spoke about last week continue without a clear resolution.

But the feelings of doubt and exhaustion also took me back to many different events when I was leading my first startup. We had a great sales quarter and I thought we had figured it out. The next quarter was downright crappy. We thought we had some good sales people, then they flamed out.

I knew my business could catch fire. But despite killing myself to make it happen, I couldn't see when and sometimes how it was going to happen.
The reality is this: there will be stretches in time when you're working full out and you're pouring your heart and soul into it - and yet your business isn't giving you the signal yet that you've nailed it.

During Seed Stage, you might have some early wins but they don't feel consistent. You don't know if they're the beginning of figuring it out or just you know some random positive noise that is positive noise.

And the thing is, you don't know in advance when you will figure it out.

Stay in this state for enough time, and that's when the doubt kicks in, aided and abetted by the exhaustion of the effort.

Yet during these stretches, you will have to keep working the problem.

So how do you stay centered and stable and energized without actually knowing if you've got it right?

This is one of the key aspects of The Bigger Game. Leveling up your ability to be solid in the discomfort of not knowing, while managing your self care.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast is dedicated to sharing the wisdom I've learned over the years to be good when the outcome is in doubt.

In this episode, I cover how to:

  1. Manage your energy when you are working full out

  2. Interpret early signals and move

  3. To use curiosity to gain perspective and transform doubt



This 14-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

To your success!

Steve

PS When you are ready, I have one open spot to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • Build a high performing team

  • Step into a new level of confidence as a leader



Hit me up at steve@steveaugustcoaching and we'll set up a time for a breakthrough session.

]]>da843312-383e-473d-a5a5-3147228a9e70Thu, 31 Aug 2023 22:29:49 -040015:11falsefullEp. 53 Fiascos, Setbacks and the Value of SurrenderEp. 53 Fiascos, Setbacks and the Value of SurrenderOver the past few weeks, I've reconnected with that emotional roller coaster that I experienced when I was leading my first startup through Seed Stage.

Only this time it's more personal. I live in Portland, Oregon with my wonderful wife and awesome kid, and the two cats that they love, and I..um...tolerate.

We have a nice little house. It's been great for sixteen years. Until this year. This year has been a cascade of crises, fiascos, grinding effort and soul crushing defeats.

It started with a main water line leak that was spiking our water bills. Ok, get a plumber over to fix. Oops, plumber accidentally drills through our sewer line and we get sewer water backing up into our basement. Fiasco.

After that got fixed. Shingles came off the roof in a wind storm. Time for a new roof. Ugh.

Then last month, our kiddo, who has had really intense medical issues over the past four years, started feeling unwell any time the air conditioning came on. And it's 100 degrees outside. My wife and kid move to a hotel.

We get the air conditioning guy over to the house, and he looks at the AC coil and it's filled yucky gunk. Ok, clean that out and reinstall. Things seem good for three weeks.

Then our kiddo starts feeling unwell in the house again. AC coil is getting gunked up again, so we replace it. All's well for two days. Then kid starts feeling unwell again.

Let me just confess that at this point, I am no longer handling this as gracefully as the wise coach I present to the world. :}

Back to the hotel. This past week, got the air ducts cleaned and sanitized. Got mold air testing and indoor air quality testing done. Both tests come back clean.

But now, it's not just my kid, my wife and I are feeling unwell when we are in the house. We deep clean the carpets in case it's that. Nope no difference. Feeling worse in the house.

We are having a succession of mold and air quality experts over to try to figure it out. We've ruled out some stuff but have not identified the problem. Current theory is it's in the walls somewhere. Having people come out with moisture meters and infrared cameras. And to potentially drill holes in the wall and take a look.

Our family is now relocated to a local Residence Inn, in a little two bedroom suite. even the two cats. One of which is now hiding under a weird impossible to reach nook in the hotel room kitchen.

You would think by now, I'd be pulling my hair out and extraordinarily stressed out.

But at some point, I surrendered to the fact that this is happening. Not that I'm not doing everything I can fix the situation. But I've let go of emotional baggage of it all.

Yes the money is adding up and it's painful. But that's why we have an emergency fund. And this is a legit use of it.

Yes, I'm frustrated with the upheaval we enduring as a family - especially a family who has been through a hellish gauntlet with our kiddo's health for the past four years.

But, emotionally I'm doing fine. There's a value to a certain kind of surrender. Not the giving up kind of surrender.

But the letting go of the "this can't possibly be happening to me/us" thoughts has freed me up to just deal with shit and get on with it.

It's all a good analogy for the Founder Journey.

Surrendering is not giving up. Detachment doesn't mean not caring.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I talk about the value of surrender when navigating the inevitable challenges of Founder life.

I cover:

  • What it means to surrender without giving up

  • How to get yourself to a healthy (or healthy as possible) place during setbacks

  • How to get perspective in the midst of the grind



This 14-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

]]>Over the past few weeks, I've reconnected with that emotional roller coaster that I experienced when I was leading my first startup through Seed Stage.

Only this time it's more personal. I live in Portland, Oregon with my wonderful wife and awesome kid, and the two cats that they love, and I..um...tolerate.

We have a nice little house. It's been great for sixteen years. Until this year. This year has been a cascade of crises, fiascos, grinding effort and soul crushing defeats.

It started with a main water line leak that was spiking our water bills. Ok, get a plumber over to fix. Oops, plumber accidentally drills through our sewer line and we get sewer water backing up into our basement. Fiasco.

After that got fixed. Shingles came off the roof in a wind storm. Time for a new roof. Ugh.

Then last month, our kiddo, who has had really intense medical issues over the past four years, started feeling unwell any time the air conditioning came on. And it's 100 degrees outside. My wife and kid move to a hotel.

We get the air conditioning guy over to the house, and he looks at the AC coil and it's filled yucky gunk. Ok, clean that out and reinstall. Things seem good for three weeks.

Then our kiddo starts feeling unwell in the house again. AC coil is getting gunked up again, so we replace it. All's well for two days. Then kid starts feeling unwell again.

Let me just confess that at this point, I am no longer handling this as gracefully as the wise coach I present to the world. :}

Back to the hotel. This past week, got the air ducts cleaned and sanitized. Got mold air testing and indoor air quality testing done. Both tests come back clean.

But now, it's not just my kid, my wife and I are feeling unwell when we are in the house. We deep clean the carpets in case it's that. Nope no difference. Feeling worse in the house.

We are having a succession of mold and air quality experts over to try to figure it out. We've ruled out some stuff but have not identified the problem. Current theory is it's in the walls somewhere. Having people come out with moisture meters and infrared cameras. And to potentially drill holes in the wall and take a look.

Our family is now relocated to a local Residence Inn, in a little two bedroom suite. even the two cats. One of which is now hiding under a weird impossible to reach nook in the hotel room kitchen.

You would think by now, I'd be pulling my hair out and extraordinarily stressed out.

But at some point, I surrendered to the fact that this is happening. Not that I'm not doing everything I can fix the situation. But I've let go of emotional baggage of it all.

Yes the money is adding up and it's painful. But that's why we have an emergency fund. And this is a legit use of it.

Yes, I'm frustrated with the upheaval we enduring as a family - especially a family who has been through a hellish gauntlet with our kiddo's health for the past four years.

But, emotionally I'm doing fine. There's a value to a certain kind of surrender. Not the giving up kind of surrender.

But the letting go of the "this can't possibly be happening to me/us" thoughts has freed me up to just deal with shit and get on with it.

It's all a good analogy for the Founder Journey.

Surrendering is not giving up. Detachment doesn't mean not caring.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I talk about the value of surrender when navigating the inevitable challenges of Founder life.

I cover:

  • What it means to surrender without giving up

  • How to get yourself to a healthy (or healthy as possible) place during setbacks

  • How to get perspective in the midst of the grind



This 14-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.

]]>68acd553-ff3f-4862-b1d0-bd382247b0a0Fri, 25 Aug 2023 02:57:33 -040014:16falsefullEp. 52 How to Handle Negative FeedbackEp. 52 How to Handle Negative FeedbackHi {{contact.first_name}},

"When people tell you something's wrong, they're usually right. When they tell you how to fix it, they're usually wrong."
-- Bill Hader

One of the constants of Founder life is negative feedback. It's going to happen all along the way. And it will be inbound from any number of sources:

  • Family and friends (even when well intentioned)
  • Investors
  • Prospects
  • Customers
  • Team members
  • Co-Founders
  • Yourself


As humans, we are wired to prioritize negative information over positive information. It's baked into our survival instincts.

In my experience, one of the traits of great Founders is the ability take in negative and catalyze it into positive action.

But it isn't always so easy. Our businesses are our babies, so it's very easy to take negative feedback personally. 

Negative feedback is often fuel for action, via the "Just wait, I'll show them!" response.

But that path, while providing lots of fire, still hands a disproportionate amount of power to things outside of you.

The key is to be able to take in the feedback, stay grounded and centered, and move forward.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, all about taking in feedback in positive and healthy ways. 

I cover:

  • The Larry David Story - how we are wired to dwell on the negative.

  • How negative feedback triggers deep stories about ourselves (and how to rise above them)

  • 3 steps to staying centered and positive when receiving negative feedback.



This 15-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.


]]>Hi {{contact.first_name}},

"When people tell you something's wrong, they're usually right. When they tell you how to fix it, they're usually wrong."
-- Bill Hader

One of the constants of Founder life is negative feedback. It's going to happen all along the way. And it will be inbound from any number of sources:

  • Family and friends (even when well intentioned)
  • Investors
  • Prospects
  • Customers
  • Team members
  • Co-Founders
  • Yourself


As humans, we are wired to prioritize negative information over positive information. It's baked into our survival instincts.

In my experience, one of the traits of great Founders is the ability take in negative and catalyze it into positive action.

But it isn't always so easy. Our businesses are our babies, so it's very easy to take negative feedback personally. 

Negative feedback is often fuel for action, via the "Just wait, I'll show them!" response.

But that path, while providing lots of fire, still hands a disproportionate amount of power to things outside of you.

The key is to be able to take in the feedback, stay grounded and centered, and move forward.

This week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, all about taking in feedback in positive and healthy ways. 

I cover:

  • The Larry David Story - how we are wired to dwell on the negative.

  • How negative feedback triggers deep stories about ourselves (and how to rise above them)

  • 3 steps to staying centered and positive when receiving negative feedback.



This 15-minute listen is offers some helpful wisdom for both business and life.


]]>88c032d5-7978-4c09-9da0-73c356363abdFri, 11 Aug 2023 19:24:35 -040016:46falsefullEp. 51 I don't know what I'm doingEp. 51 I don't know what I'm doingSometimes, we say the quiet part out loud.

Recently, I had a client express the Founder version of this perfectly. During a session, they paused and said,

The thing about this gig is, you can’t openly say “I don’t know what I’m doing."

You have to present with confidence to all of your stakeholders - team, customers and investors.

Even when you've never done this before. And the business isn't really figured out yet - market, product, team and business model are usually in flux.
I've been mapping out the different sets of skills Seed and Series A Founders need to come up to speed on.

There are 3 big buckets:

  • Accelerating product-market fit and scalable sales
  • Building a high performing org
  • Growing yourself into a confident growth CEO


Founders usually have strengths in one of those buckets - and scramble madly to learn the rest.
But the list is long, and the runway is short. You need accelerators. That means taking advantage of:

  • Coaches who have been through it
  • Mentors who know the terrain
  • Books, courses, communities


The challenge of course, is knowing which of these accelerators will actually serve you

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I provide guidance on how to choose the right accelerators for your growth and development.

I cover:

  • Why its critical to locate yourself on the Find It, Nail It, Scale it map.

  • How to filter information from books, podcasts, etc so you can 

  • How to pick the right coach for you

  • Bill Hader's insightful advice for taking feedback


This 15-minute listen is a great one in learning to communicate and lead confidently, even in challenging circumstances.

To your success!

Steve

PS When you are ready, I have one open spot to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • Build a high performing team

  • Step into a new level of confidence as a leader



Email me at steve at steveaugustcoaching.com and we'll set up a time to connect.


]]>Sometimes, we say the quiet part out loud.

Recently, I had a client express the Founder version of this perfectly. During a session, they paused and said,

The thing about this gig is, you can’t openly say “I don’t know what I’m doing."

You have to present with confidence to all of your stakeholders - team, customers and investors.

Even when you've never done this before. And the business isn't really figured out yet - market, product, team and business model are usually in flux.
I've been mapping out the different sets of skills Seed and Series A Founders need to come up to speed on.

There are 3 big buckets:

  • Accelerating product-market fit and scalable sales
  • Building a high performing org
  • Growing yourself into a confident growth CEO


Founders usually have strengths in one of those buckets - and scramble madly to learn the rest.
But the list is long, and the runway is short. You need accelerators. That means taking advantage of:

  • Coaches who have been through it
  • Mentors who know the terrain
  • Books, courses, communities


The challenge of course, is knowing which of these accelerators will actually serve you

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I provide guidance on how to choose the right accelerators for your growth and development.

I cover:

  • Why its critical to locate yourself on the Find It, Nail It, Scale it map.

  • How to filter information from books, podcasts, etc so you can 

  • How to pick the right coach for you

  • Bill Hader's insightful advice for taking feedback


This 15-minute listen is a great one in learning to communicate and lead confidently, even in challenging circumstances.

To your success!

Steve

PS When you are ready, I have one open spot to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • Build a high performing team

  • Step into a new level of confidence as a leader



Email me at steve at steveaugustcoaching.com and we'll set up a time to connect.


]]>79e67ea2-e827-4f5a-a187-8abc435e8abfFri, 04 Aug 2023 22:07:10 -040015:59falsefullEp. 50 How to help your team keep the faithEp. 50 How to help your team keep the faith"How do I keep up team morale and faith as we are trying to get to product market fit - especially when it's taking a lot longer than any of us expected?"

This week, I had no less than three Founder coaching sessions where we dealt with different takes on this question.

In each case, I asked the Founders, "how are you navigating this stretch?"

Answers were along the lines:

"we understand it's a process"
"we wish we were further along, but staying positive and breaking things down into steps"
"we'd like it to move faster but we also are learning the market"
"we're staying focused on what we need to do"

My response back was, "that sounds great, do you want your team to approach it the same way?"

Of course.
"How can you make it be THE WAY your company approaches these situations?"
You see, stretches like these are an opportunity to build the behaviors, values and culture you want your team to exhibit.

But it only happens if you coach and communicate those expectations to your team.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I cover:

  • Why its critical to work this at the behaviors/values/culture level

  • The 3 key things to communicate in these situations

  • How to avoid toxic positivity

  • The ONE phrase that will save you and your team a ton of stress in challenging situations



This is a good lesson in communicating and leading confidently, even in challenging circumstances.

PS I have two open spots to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • build a high performing team

  • become a confident authentic leader



Reply back and we'll set up a time to connect.

]]>"How do I keep up team morale and faith as we are trying to get to product market fit - especially when it's taking a lot longer than any of us expected?"

This week, I had no less than three Founder coaching sessions where we dealt with different takes on this question.

In each case, I asked the Founders, "how are you navigating this stretch?"

Answers were along the lines:

"we understand it's a process"
"we wish we were further along, but staying positive and breaking things down into steps"
"we'd like it to move faster but we also are learning the market"
"we're staying focused on what we need to do"

My response back was, "that sounds great, do you want your team to approach it the same way?"

Of course.
"How can you make it be THE WAY your company approaches these situations?"
You see, stretches like these are an opportunity to build the behaviors, values and culture you want your team to exhibit.

But it only happens if you coach and communicate those expectations to your team.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I cover:

  • Why its critical to work this at the behaviors/values/culture level

  • The 3 key things to communicate in these situations

  • How to avoid toxic positivity

  • The ONE phrase that will save you and your team a ton of stress in challenging situations



This is a good lesson in communicating and leading confidently, even in challenging circumstances.

PS I have two open spots to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • accelerate PMF and scalable sales

  • build a high performing team

  • become a confident authentic leader



Reply back and we'll set up a time to connect.

]]>c97e9165-c051-4278-90bb-42dd9feb3f14Sat, 29 Jul 2023 01:14:23 -040013:30falsefullEp. 49 How to stop kicking yourselfEp. 49 How to stop kicking yourselfThis week several of my Founder clients were in "kicking myself mode."

"Kicking myself mode" happens when you've encounter a painful challenge. Then through trial, tribulation and some very hard decisions, figured it out and gotten past it.

The funny thing about "kicking myself mode" is that it usually kicks in after you've actually gotten to the other side of the challenge.

There's good reason for that, of course. In the midst of dealing with the challenge, you are too engrossed and consumed by the challenge itself.

This phenomenon isn't limited to business, it's part of regular life as well. The themes are classically:

1. Why didn't I know better?
2. Why didn't I act sooner?
3. Why didn't I trust myself more?

In the aftermath of a challenge, variations these three questions echo in our minds, consuming energy and ensuring that the challenge gets in a few more shots at us.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I talk about how to get out of "kicking yourself mode" and move forward with a positive and productive mindset.

Key takeaways:

  • What to do with your emotions when they are so intense.
  • What to hold on to and what to let go of in the aftermath of any challenge.
  • How to move forward and not be dragged back down.



This 15-minute listen is definitely a great life lesson for any Founder.

PS I have two open spots to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF & scalable sales
  • Build a high performing team
  • Become a confident authentic leader


Send to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com to set up a time to connect.


]]>This week several of my Founder clients were in "kicking myself mode."

"Kicking myself mode" happens when you've encounter a painful challenge. Then through trial, tribulation and some very hard decisions, figured it out and gotten past it.

The funny thing about "kicking myself mode" is that it usually kicks in after you've actually gotten to the other side of the challenge.

There's good reason for that, of course. In the midst of dealing with the challenge, you are too engrossed and consumed by the challenge itself.

This phenomenon isn't limited to business, it's part of regular life as well. The themes are classically:

1. Why didn't I know better?
2. Why didn't I act sooner?
3. Why didn't I trust myself more?

In the aftermath of a challenge, variations these three questions echo in our minds, consuming energy and ensuring that the challenge gets in a few more shots at us.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I talk about how to get out of "kicking yourself mode" and move forward with a positive and productive mindset.

Key takeaways:

  • What to do with your emotions when they are so intense.
  • What to hold on to and what to let go of in the aftermath of any challenge.
  • How to move forward and not be dragged back down.



This 15-minute listen is definitely a great life lesson for any Founder.

PS I have two open spots to work one-on-one with me. If you're a Founder navigating the Seed to Series A journey who wants to:

  • Accelerate PMF & scalable sales
  • Build a high performing team
  • Become a confident authentic leader


Send to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com to set up a time to connect.


]]>806c0f39-62f5-458b-845b-ae596483c5c0Fri, 14 Jul 2023 21:38:44 -040014:56falsefullEp. 48: Do your work earlyEp. 48: Do your work earlyQUICK ASK: Before I leap into to this week's podcast episode intro, I have a favor to ask. If you have gotten value from my Rocket Ship Founder podcast, I would really appreciate it if you could give it a 5 star rating and post a review wherever you listen to it (Apple Podcasts, Spotify) Really appreciate it! Ok, let's get to this week's episode.

One thing you should know about me is that I'm a serious NBA fan. I was not built physically for the game of basketball, but I really love it.


There's a phrase in basketball: "do your work early."


What does this mean?


It means that the flashy dunk, the smooth turnaround, the defensive block that brings the crowd to their feet isn't really where the important action is.


They are just the end product of the work that was done earlier.


They don't happen unless the player has gotten to their preferred spot on the floor to initiate the action. Or defensively, if the player has prevented his opponent from getting to their preferred spot.


They don't happen unless the player has studied the tendencies and defensive sets of the other team.


They don't happen unless the player has prepared themselves physically to have the stamina to do it at the end of the game when it most counts.


This is the early work. It isn't flashy. It's often tedious and repetitive. It's done away from the spotlight.


But it's where success is actually born.


Mixing my sports up here, I think Muhammed Ali said it best:


“The fight is won or lost far away from witnesses – behind the lines, in the gym, and out there on the road, long before I dance under those lights.”


This is an important lesson for Founders.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about doing your work early. Key takeaways:


  • What is the early work?
  • How you are going to pick your hard, it's just about the timing.
  • How the early work changes as you scale.



This 11-minute listen is one of the most important lessons of Founder life.






]]>QUICK ASK: Before I leap into to this week's podcast episode intro, I have a favor to ask. If you have gotten value from my Rocket Ship Founder podcast, I would really appreciate it if you could give it a 5 star rating and post a review wherever you listen to it (Apple Podcasts, Spotify) Really appreciate it! Ok, let's get to this week's episode.

One thing you should know about me is that I'm a serious NBA fan. I was not built physically for the game of basketball, but I really love it.


There's a phrase in basketball: "do your work early."


What does this mean?


It means that the flashy dunk, the smooth turnaround, the defensive block that brings the crowd to their feet isn't really where the important action is.


They are just the end product of the work that was done earlier.


They don't happen unless the player has gotten to their preferred spot on the floor to initiate the action. Or defensively, if the player has prevented his opponent from getting to their preferred spot.


They don't happen unless the player has studied the tendencies and defensive sets of the other team.


They don't happen unless the player has prepared themselves physically to have the stamina to do it at the end of the game when it most counts.


This is the early work. It isn't flashy. It's often tedious and repetitive. It's done away from the spotlight.


But it's where success is actually born.


Mixing my sports up here, I think Muhammed Ali said it best:


“The fight is won or lost far away from witnesses – behind the lines, in the gym, and out there on the road, long before I dance under those lights.”


This is an important lesson for Founders.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about doing your work early. Key takeaways:


  • What is the early work?
  • How you are going to pick your hard, it's just about the timing.
  • How the early work changes as you scale.



This 11-minute listen is one of the most important lessons of Founder life.






]]>55575480-0784-4651-9f8b-b6bd836523e1Thu, 06 Jul 2023 21:48:11 -040011:24falsefullEp. 47 Turning Roadblocks into RunwaysEp. 47 Turning Roadblocks into RunwaysYour business is trying to tell you something.

This week I was working with a Founder who has an amazing product but has been struggling with an extremely long sales cycle and underperforming sales people. 


The pattern was they'd get a client on board for a proof of concept phase for their software. It would initially go very well but then the last five yards would stretch out forever to achieve the final pieces of integration. Their support folks would work wonders over a few months to get everything working.


They'd think that got everything worked out with their product and it would be smooth sailing from there.

But then the pattern would then repeat with the next client.

This brought back memories of my first startup. And the lesson I wished I'd learned faster.


A repeating pattern of a great product requiring a huge amount of people work to product the result the customer wants is a huge red flag on your business model.


Your business is trying to tell you, "You don't have a pure product business model. You have blended product-service business model." 


While this sounds like a setback in a world focused on scalable SaaS, it's actually a huge opportunity, if you know how to play it. 


In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about how to navigate the turbulence of Seed Stage. I cover:

  • Identifying the Need for Change: Learn how to recognize the signs that your current model isn't serving your startup.
  • Navigating the Pivot: We explore practical strategies to reframe and adjust your business model, including real-life examples of successful pivots.
  • Seizing the Opportunity: Discover how to leverage the inherent opportunities that come with business model changes.



This 11-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I wished I'd learned sooner!

]]>Your business is trying to tell you something.

This week I was working with a Founder who has an amazing product but has been struggling with an extremely long sales cycle and underperforming sales people. 


The pattern was they'd get a client on board for a proof of concept phase for their software. It would initially go very well but then the last five yards would stretch out forever to achieve the final pieces of integration. Their support folks would work wonders over a few months to get everything working.


They'd think that got everything worked out with their product and it would be smooth sailing from there.

But then the pattern would then repeat with the next client.

This brought back memories of my first startup. And the lesson I wished I'd learned faster.


A repeating pattern of a great product requiring a huge amount of people work to product the result the customer wants is a huge red flag on your business model.


Your business is trying to tell you, "You don't have a pure product business model. You have blended product-service business model." 


While this sounds like a setback in a world focused on scalable SaaS, it's actually a huge opportunity, if you know how to play it. 


In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about how to navigate the turbulence of Seed Stage. I cover:

  • Identifying the Need for Change: Learn how to recognize the signs that your current model isn't serving your startup.
  • Navigating the Pivot: We explore practical strategies to reframe and adjust your business model, including real-life examples of successful pivots.
  • Seizing the Opportunity: Discover how to leverage the inherent opportunities that come with business model changes.



This 11-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I wished I'd learned sooner!

]]>18c71689-0413-436c-b457-e8d7edb363afFri, 30 Jun 2023 03:31:58 -040011:06falsefullEp. 46 The Wolf You FeedEp. 46 The Wolf You FeedSeed Stage is one of the toughest phases of your business journey. After the early wins of first customers and funding, things get really hard.


Your product isn't nearly as ready as you thought it was.
Your sales and marketing isn't punching through.
Team members who you thought were great turn out to be disastrous.
The market shifts and you have to adapt.
There are a dozen other disasters and crises that you never saw coming.


Any and all of these happen during Seed Stage. 
And you are doing it all with a limited runway.


Maybe the toughest thing is that as you navigate all this, you may feel like you are not making progress. Your sales aren't happening the way you thought. Your product is full of bugs. Some part of your team feels like it's about to implode.


It's super stressful. It can cause you to question your abilities, your vision and whether you are really up for it.


So how do you stay positive and focused through all the mess?


It comes down to the wolf you feed. 


There's an old parable:
An old grandfather was teaching his grandson about life:“A fight is going on inside me,” he said to the boy.“It is a terrible fight and it is between two wolves. One is evil–he is frear, anger, envy, sorrow, regret, greed, arrogance, self-pity, guilt, resentment, inferiority, lies, false pride, superiority, and ego.”He continued, “The other is good – he is abundance, joy, peace, love, hope, serenity, humility, kindness, empathy, generosity, truth, compassion, and faith. The same fight is going on inside you–and inside every other person, too.”The grandson thought about it for a minute and then asked his grandfather: “Which wolf will win?”The grandfather simply replied, “The one you feed.” ​​​


In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about how to navigate the turbulence of Seed Stage. I cover:

  • Understanding the Seed Stage wolves
  • One killer exercise for feeding the right wolf 
  • 2 habits to keep you positive and resilient



This 12-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I've learned in Founder life.
To your success!
Steve
PS I coach an amazing group of Seed Stage founders. If you'd like to join our tribe, reply back and we'll set up at time to talk.

]]>Seed Stage is one of the toughest phases of your business journey. After the early wins of first customers and funding, things get really hard.


Your product isn't nearly as ready as you thought it was.
Your sales and marketing isn't punching through.
Team members who you thought were great turn out to be disastrous.
The market shifts and you have to adapt.
There are a dozen other disasters and crises that you never saw coming.


Any and all of these happen during Seed Stage. 
And you are doing it all with a limited runway.


Maybe the toughest thing is that as you navigate all this, you may feel like you are not making progress. Your sales aren't happening the way you thought. Your product is full of bugs. Some part of your team feels like it's about to implode.


It's super stressful. It can cause you to question your abilities, your vision and whether you are really up for it.


So how do you stay positive and focused through all the mess?


It comes down to the wolf you feed. 


There's an old parable:
An old grandfather was teaching his grandson about life:“A fight is going on inside me,” he said to the boy.“It is a terrible fight and it is between two wolves. One is evil–he is frear, anger, envy, sorrow, regret, greed, arrogance, self-pity, guilt, resentment, inferiority, lies, false pride, superiority, and ego.”He continued, “The other is good – he is abundance, joy, peace, love, hope, serenity, humility, kindness, empathy, generosity, truth, compassion, and faith. The same fight is going on inside you–and inside every other person, too.”The grandson thought about it for a minute and then asked his grandfather: “Which wolf will win?”The grandfather simply replied, “The one you feed.” ​​​


In this week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about how to navigate the turbulence of Seed Stage. I cover:

  • Understanding the Seed Stage wolves
  • One killer exercise for feeding the right wolf 
  • 2 habits to keep you positive and resilient



This 12-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I've learned in Founder life.
To your success!
Steve
PS I coach an amazing group of Seed Stage founders. If you'd like to join our tribe, reply back and we'll set up at time to talk.

]]>0344c373-f425-492e-9387-51c07a15776eFri, 23 Jun 2023 21:50:06 -040012:20falsefullEp. 45 The Power of Finding Your TribeEp. 45 The Power of Finding Your TribeLast week was my birthday. I gave myself what turned out to be one of the greatest gifts I've ever received - a four-day retreat in Southern California. 
What made it such a great gift?
​
​It wasn't the location, though it was very nice.
​It wasn't the food, though there was plenty of good food to be had.
​It wasn't the amenities and activities, though I got some great yoga and a cold water immersion. 


It was the people I was with. You see, this retreat was specifically for men who are caring for kids with rare diseases (or caring for themselves having a rare disease).


Some of you may know that our 21-year old has been suffering from a Spinal Cerebral Spinal Fluid Leak over the past four years. This is an extremely painful and challenging condition. ​The headaches are intense. There's severe sound and light sensitivity. There's brain fog. And as the condition progressed, our kid suffered from non-epileptic seizures.


I am happy to say that earlier this year they had a procedure that fixed the leak and ​the leak symptoms have abated. But there's lots of therapy and reconditioning to work through to get them to a good place after four years of suffering.


The intensity of the challenge for our family and for me was unlike anything I've ever experienced. It is so far outside the norm, that most people can't quite imagine it. 


So what made the retreat I attended such an amazing gift, was that I was with six other men who knew exactly what it was like to be in this kind of situation. We were able to share openly about our experiences, our grief, where we felt like we showed up, and where we felt like we fell short.
It was one of the most powerful​ experiences I've had in my entire life. ​


I went into the ​retreat feeling like I've been in a deep trough. I was honestly pretty spent.


I came out of it feeling renewed and like I had not just regained my own strength, but could draw on the collective strength of my guys. 


For the first time in my life, I really felt the power of finding your tribe.


While the stakes aren't quite as high, being a startup Founder is definitely outside the norm of most people's experiences - and definitely super challenging.
There's not many situations where you can talk about what's truly going on with you. The  temptation is to isolate​ and soldier on. But eventually that will grind you down.


In this ​​​​​week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about the power of finding your tribe. I cover:

  • The ease and danger of isolation as a Founder
  • Why it's so important to have a Founder tribe
  • How to find your Founder tribe



This 12-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I've learned in Founder life.
PS I coach an amazing group of Seed Stage founders. If you'd like to join our tribe, write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and we'll set up at time to talk. 

]]>Last week was my birthday. I gave myself what turned out to be one of the greatest gifts I've ever received - a four-day retreat in Southern California. 
What made it such a great gift?
​
​It wasn't the location, though it was very nice.
​It wasn't the food, though there was plenty of good food to be had.
​It wasn't the amenities and activities, though I got some great yoga and a cold water immersion. 


It was the people I was with. You see, this retreat was specifically for men who are caring for kids with rare diseases (or caring for themselves having a rare disease).


Some of you may know that our 21-year old has been suffering from a Spinal Cerebral Spinal Fluid Leak over the past four years. This is an extremely painful and challenging condition. ​The headaches are intense. There's severe sound and light sensitivity. There's brain fog. And as the condition progressed, our kid suffered from non-epileptic seizures.


I am happy to say that earlier this year they had a procedure that fixed the leak and ​the leak symptoms have abated. But there's lots of therapy and reconditioning to work through to get them to a good place after four years of suffering.


The intensity of the challenge for our family and for me was unlike anything I've ever experienced. It is so far outside the norm, that most people can't quite imagine it. 


So what made the retreat I attended such an amazing gift, was that I was with six other men who knew exactly what it was like to be in this kind of situation. We were able to share openly about our experiences, our grief, where we felt like we showed up, and where we felt like we fell short.
It was one of the most powerful​ experiences I've had in my entire life. ​


I went into the ​retreat feeling like I've been in a deep trough. I was honestly pretty spent.


I came out of it feeling renewed and like I had not just regained my own strength, but could draw on the collective strength of my guys. 


For the first time in my life, I really felt the power of finding your tribe.


While the stakes aren't quite as high, being a startup Founder is definitely outside the norm of most people's experiences - and definitely super challenging.
There's not many situations where you can talk about what's truly going on with you. The  temptation is to isolate​ and soldier on. But eventually that will grind you down.


In this ​​​​​week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode I talk about the power of finding your tribe. I cover:

  • The ease and danger of isolation as a Founder
  • Why it's so important to have a Founder tribe
  • How to find your Founder tribe



This 12-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I've learned in Founder life.
PS I coach an amazing group of Seed Stage founders. If you'd like to join our tribe, write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and we'll set up at time to talk. 

]]>73271cd1-d610-43c6-80d5-f78936d55bb1Thu, 15 Jun 2023 21:55:43 -040012:31falsefullEp. 44 Sharpening Your SawEp. 44 Sharpening Your SawThis Sunday is my birthday and I've given myself a great present. As you read this, I am at a retreat in Southern California to step back and recharge. I'm not taking my computer. I'm going to be offline as much as humanly possible. I'm going to do a lot of nothing.
This is actually a hard thing for me to do. But time has shown, it's one of the biggest enablers of progress.
As Founders, our inclination is to drive ever harder. To keep grinding to the next milestone.
I'd like underscore the importance of taking some time off. This principle is often illustrated through the metaphor of "sharpening the saw."The analogy refers to an old parable where a woodcutter, driven by the need to cut more wood, works incessantly without ever stopping to sharpen his saw. Consequently, as the saw dulls, his productivity decreases. Eventually the saw breaks and he gets injured.

If he had paused to sharpen his saw, he would have maintained his productivity and even increased it in the long run.Much like the saw, our minds and bodies are tools we use to create, innovate, and lead. However, the rigors of leading a startup can often lead to burnout, decreased productivity, and impaired decision-making, akin to the woodcutter's dull saw. This is why it's crucial to take time to "sharpen the saw," or in other words, to rest, rejuvenate, and recharge.


This week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode is dedicated to sharpening your saw. I talk about:

  • The 3 key benefits of stepping away
  • 2 critical steps to set yourself up to sharpen your saw
  • Breaking through the stigma of time off



This 13-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I've learned in Founder life.
To your success!
Steve

]]>This Sunday is my birthday and I've given myself a great present. As you read this, I am at a retreat in Southern California to step back and recharge. I'm not taking my computer. I'm going to be offline as much as humanly possible. I'm going to do a lot of nothing.
This is actually a hard thing for me to do. But time has shown, it's one of the biggest enablers of progress.
As Founders, our inclination is to drive ever harder. To keep grinding to the next milestone.
I'd like underscore the importance of taking some time off. This principle is often illustrated through the metaphor of "sharpening the saw."The analogy refers to an old parable where a woodcutter, driven by the need to cut more wood, works incessantly without ever stopping to sharpen his saw. Consequently, as the saw dulls, his productivity decreases. Eventually the saw breaks and he gets injured.

If he had paused to sharpen his saw, he would have maintained his productivity and even increased it in the long run.Much like the saw, our minds and bodies are tools we use to create, innovate, and lead. However, the rigors of leading a startup can often lead to burnout, decreased productivity, and impaired decision-making, akin to the woodcutter's dull saw. This is why it's crucial to take time to "sharpen the saw," or in other words, to rest, rejuvenate, and recharge.


This week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode is dedicated to sharpening your saw. I talk about:

  • The 3 key benefits of stepping away
  • 2 critical steps to set yourself up to sharpen your saw
  • Breaking through the stigma of time off



This 13-minute listen is one of the most important lessons I've learned in Founder life.
To your success!
Steve

]]>cd717faf-4b35-4eb0-ae61-82df68f061c3Wed, 07 Jun 2023 21:55:26 -040014:09falsefullEp. 43 Superpowers & Kryptonite: The Neurodiverse Founder JourneyEp. 43 Superpowers & Kryptonite: The Neurodiverse Founder JourneyRecently, I was diagnosed with adult ADHD. Looking back over my entrepreneurial career with this Neurodiverse lens, I see my strengths and my challenges in a new light.
It turns out that Founders tend to have a greater Neurodiversity, whether ADHD, dyslexia, being on the autism spectrum. In one estimate, people with ADHD were estimated to be 500% more likely to start a business.
In the business press, some have painted neurodiverse conditions as a superpower, especially in the context of famously successful Founders like Elon Musk, Steve Jobs and Peter Thiel.
However, like all things in life in business, our greatest strengths also create our greatest challenges.
In this personal and thought provoking episode, I talk about:

  • Some striking stats about Founders and Neurodiversity
  • My Founder journey and grappling with ADHD
  • Neurodiversity: something to harness or to manage? 
  • 3 strategies to maximize neurodiverse strengths and mitigate challenges 


This 14-minute listen is an important listen for Neurodiverse Founders and the people who work with them.
PS Cohort 3 of 2X Accelerator: Essentials of Easier Sales starts June 12th. I'm looking for B2B Founders who want to make their sales 2x easier in the next 45 days. Details here!

]]>Recently, I was diagnosed with adult ADHD. Looking back over my entrepreneurial career with this Neurodiverse lens, I see my strengths and my challenges in a new light.
It turns out that Founders tend to have a greater Neurodiversity, whether ADHD, dyslexia, being on the autism spectrum. In one estimate, people with ADHD were estimated to be 500% more likely to start a business.
In the business press, some have painted neurodiverse conditions as a superpower, especially in the context of famously successful Founders like Elon Musk, Steve Jobs and Peter Thiel.
However, like all things in life in business, our greatest strengths also create our greatest challenges.
In this personal and thought provoking episode, I talk about:

  • Some striking stats about Founders and Neurodiversity
  • My Founder journey and grappling with ADHD
  • Neurodiversity: something to harness or to manage? 
  • 3 strategies to maximize neurodiverse strengths and mitigate challenges 


This 14-minute listen is an important listen for Neurodiverse Founders and the people who work with them.
PS Cohort 3 of 2X Accelerator: Essentials of Easier Sales starts June 12th. I'm looking for B2B Founders who want to make their sales 2x easier in the next 45 days. Details here!

]]>a35a9ec8-8403-4726-ba69-c14ed6bb7351Thu, 01 Jun 2023 20:54:27 -040014:37falsefullEp. 42 Seed Stage Pitfalls & VC Life w/ Natalie LedbetterEp. 42 Seed Stage Pitfalls & VC Life w/ Natalie LedbetterThis week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode features my first ever interview episode - and I think it's a great one to start with!


I speak with Natalie Ledbetter, People  Ops Exec, Startup Advisor, TedX Speaker and Former Operating Partner & Head of People at Boldstart in NYC. 
In our wide ranging conversation, we discuss:

  • Natalie's fascinating international personal journey to and through the startup world
  • The most common pitfalls for startup Founders
  • What you'd be surprised to know about how VC's operate
  • Her philosophy on how to nail People Ops


We also talk about The Seed Stage MBA 3-Day bootcamp we are partnering on. It's coming June 13-15th! Get the essential skills  knowledge to avoid costly pitfalls, extend your runway, and accelerate to Series A or a sustainable business. ​​​
This 40-minute listen is chock full of knowledge and wisdom for Founders. 
To your success,
Steve

]]>This week's Rocket Ship Founder podcast episode features my first ever interview episode - and I think it's a great one to start with!


I speak with Natalie Ledbetter, People  Ops Exec, Startup Advisor, TedX Speaker and Former Operating Partner & Head of People at Boldstart in NYC. 
In our wide ranging conversation, we discuss:

  • Natalie's fascinating international personal journey to and through the startup world
  • The most common pitfalls for startup Founders
  • What you'd be surprised to know about how VC's operate
  • Her philosophy on how to nail People Ops


We also talk about The Seed Stage MBA 3-Day bootcamp we are partnering on. It's coming June 13-15th! Get the essential skills  knowledge to avoid costly pitfalls, extend your runway, and accelerate to Series A or a sustainable business. ​​​
This 40-minute listen is chock full of knowledge and wisdom for Founders. 
To your success,
Steve

]]>feda7946-51f2-4d93-9c47-9f14459ce710Thu, 18 May 2023 23:00:33 -040039:50falsefullEp. 41 Are you really the best person for this?Ep. 41 Are you really the best person for this?I'm not sure I'm the best person for this job.
I've heard this sentiment in a bunch of conversations I had with Founders over the past two weeks. So let's go right at this. 
Leading a startup is hard. Seed Stage is especially hard because it's the stage where you have to go from being an awesome "something" - designer, product person, developer, visionary - to being a true business leader. 
You are learning so much about the all of the jobs in the business: the stuff you know how to do plus all the stuff you don't know. How to hire, how to get people aligned, how to drive product-market fit, go to market strategies and tactics, how to manage a board, and a bunch of other stuff you never knew you were going to need to learn.
So it's only natural when things are challenging to sometimes ask yourself, "Am I the best person for this?"
The answer is:  At Seed Stage, there's no one better for this than you. 
In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I break down:

  • Why you are not only the best person, but the only person for this job at Seed Stage
  • What to do when you start comparing yourself to other Fouronders
  • How to show up with confidence, even when you don't know why you are doing
    Steve
    *PS Want to get the confidence to know you are the right person for the job? The Seed Stage MBA 3-Day bootcamp is coming June 13-15th! Get the essential skills  knowledge to avoid costly pitfalls, extend your runway, and accelerate to Series A. Limited to 5 founders and their teams.


]]>I'm not sure I'm the best person for this job.
I've heard this sentiment in a bunch of conversations I had with Founders over the past two weeks. So let's go right at this. 
Leading a startup is hard. Seed Stage is especially hard because it's the stage where you have to go from being an awesome "something" - designer, product person, developer, visionary - to being a true business leader. 
You are learning so much about the all of the jobs in the business: the stuff you know how to do plus all the stuff you don't know. How to hire, how to get people aligned, how to drive product-market fit, go to market strategies and tactics, how to manage a board, and a bunch of other stuff you never knew you were going to need to learn.
So it's only natural when things are challenging to sometimes ask yourself, "Am I the best person for this?"
The answer is:  At Seed Stage, there's no one better for this than you. 
In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I break down:

  • Why you are not only the best person, but the only person for this job at Seed Stage
  • What to do when you start comparing yourself to other Fouronders
  • How to show up with confidence, even when you don't know why you are doing
    Steve
    *PS Want to get the confidence to know you are the right person for the job? The Seed Stage MBA 3-Day bootcamp is coming June 13-15th! Get the essential skills  knowledge to avoid costly pitfalls, extend your runway, and accelerate to Series A. Limited to 5 founders and their teams.


]]>992da4e0-2025-44db-81a3-e2b779970396Fri, 12 May 2023 00:54:54 -040013:32falsefullEp. 40 The 3 Critical Things to Go from Seed to Series AEp. 40 The 3 Critical Things to Go from Seed to Series AOn the surface, getting from Seed Stage to your Series A should be a pretty straightforward proposition. You basically need to demonstrate three things:  Great traction, a high performing team and leadership that everyone can be confident in.

Well, that sounds pretty straight forward, right? But as we know, life isn't so simple. The Seed Stage is often anything but smooth. It's a nine to 24 month journey of endurance and resilience.

Traction is slower than your early wins suggested they would be.

Some part of your team is not performing the way you hoped.
And as a Founder you and your founding team find yourself routinely overwhelmed putting out fire after fire, while learning how to lead a growing organization, which likely you've never actually done before. It's a lot.
And the thing is, there's not a lot of training for this phase. There's plenty of accelerators and support systems for the pre-seed/idea stage. And there's a lot of stuff for established companies that need to grow.
But there's not much support for Seed Stage Founders, when almost everything is being figured out - all while the clock is ticking to get to a Series A or a sustainable business.*
In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I break down:

  • The 3 things you need to do to navigate Seed Stage journey
  • Why Seed Stage is especially challenging (and how to attack it)
  • The single biggest shift you can make to out of overwhelm and into confidence (even when things are crazy)


This 14-minute listen is the advice I wish someone had given me as a Seed Stage Founder.
*PS The Seed Stage MBA 3-Day bootcamp is coming June 13-15th! Get the essential skills  knowledge to avoid costly pitfalls, extend your runway, and accelerate to Series A. Limited to 5 founders and their teams.

]]>On the surface, getting from Seed Stage to your Series A should be a pretty straightforward proposition. You basically need to demonstrate three things:  Great traction, a high performing team and leadership that everyone can be confident in.

Well, that sounds pretty straight forward, right? But as we know, life isn't so simple. The Seed Stage is often anything but smooth. It's a nine to 24 month journey of endurance and resilience.

Traction is slower than your early wins suggested they would be.

Some part of your team is not performing the way you hoped.
And as a Founder you and your founding team find yourself routinely overwhelmed putting out fire after fire, while learning how to lead a growing organization, which likely you've never actually done before. It's a lot.
And the thing is, there's not a lot of training for this phase. There's plenty of accelerators and support systems for the pre-seed/idea stage. And there's a lot of stuff for established companies that need to grow.
But there's not much support for Seed Stage Founders, when almost everything is being figured out - all while the clock is ticking to get to a Series A or a sustainable business.*
In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I break down:

  • The 3 things you need to do to navigate Seed Stage journey
  • Why Seed Stage is especially challenging (and how to attack it)
  • The single biggest shift you can make to out of overwhelm and into confidence (even when things are crazy)


This 14-minute listen is the advice I wish someone had given me as a Seed Stage Founder.
*PS The Seed Stage MBA 3-Day bootcamp is coming June 13-15th! Get the essential skills  knowledge to avoid costly pitfalls, extend your runway, and accelerate to Series A. Limited to 5 founders and their teams.

]]>8c5c7a2b-221a-48f0-9fbb-8d5056d006d3Fri, 05 May 2023 02:34:55 -040014:21falsefullEp 39. How to save $150k of runwayEp 39. How to save $150k of runwayGetting your Seed funding is a huge win. But as soon as your funds hit your account, you and your team on the clock.
You have only so much runway to either get to demonstrate the traction you need for your Series A or a sustainable business run rate. 
Every month of runway in Seed Stage is precious. Even more so in the current environment where money is tighter and VC's are being MUCH more selective with funding and valuations.
Business is always challenging. But for a Seed Stage Founding team, the need to extend runway has never been greater.
What really hurts is avoidable mistakes that dent your runway and blunt your momentum. 
A single mis-hire can easily cost $150k in shortened runway and lost momentum. Ouch. 
As a Founder, I made a lot of costly mistakes. As a Founder coach, I see a lot of Seed Stage Founding teams make similar mistakes.
Sometimes in life and business, our best chance of success is just about avoiding as many of the most avoidable mistakes as we can. (While giving ourselves grace knowing that mistakes are inevitable when doing something new).​
In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I talk about how to save  at least $150k of runway simply​ by avoiding common Seed Stage pitfalls. I cover:
​

  • Framing Seed Seed Stage in a way that will help you make better decisions
  • The #1 biggest way to save $150k of runway
  • What you definitely should not spend on during Seed Stage


This 14-minute listen is the advice I wish someone had given me as a Seed Stage Founder.
To your success,Steve
PS COMING SOOON: The Seed Stage MBA program. The only program of Essential Skills and Coaching specifically for Seed Stage Founding Teams. ​

]]>Getting your Seed funding is a huge win. But as soon as your funds hit your account, you and your team on the clock.
You have only so much runway to either get to demonstrate the traction you need for your Series A or a sustainable business run rate. 
Every month of runway in Seed Stage is precious. Even more so in the current environment where money is tighter and VC's are being MUCH more selective with funding and valuations.
Business is always challenging. But for a Seed Stage Founding team, the need to extend runway has never been greater.
What really hurts is avoidable mistakes that dent your runway and blunt your momentum. 
A single mis-hire can easily cost $150k in shortened runway and lost momentum. Ouch. 
As a Founder, I made a lot of costly mistakes. As a Founder coach, I see a lot of Seed Stage Founding teams make similar mistakes.
Sometimes in life and business, our best chance of success is just about avoiding as many of the most avoidable mistakes as we can. (While giving ourselves grace knowing that mistakes are inevitable when doing something new).​
In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I talk about how to save  at least $150k of runway simply​ by avoiding common Seed Stage pitfalls. I cover:
​

  • Framing Seed Seed Stage in a way that will help you make better decisions
  • The #1 biggest way to save $150k of runway
  • What you definitely should not spend on during Seed Stage


This 14-minute listen is the advice I wish someone had given me as a Seed Stage Founder.
To your success,Steve
PS COMING SOOON: The Seed Stage MBA program. The only program of Essential Skills and Coaching specifically for Seed Stage Founding Teams. ​

]]>d03aaa88-405c-4137-9e1e-9eb46a0df2c3Fri, 28 Apr 2023 02:47:14 -040014:46falsefullEp 38. What I learned from 26 Seed Stage FoundersEp 38. What I learned from 26 Seed Stage FoundersLast week I had the absolute privilege to facilitate 26 Seed Stage Founders at a 3-day retreat in Portugal. 
​
The Founders at this retreat are whip smart, ambitious and working on huge game changing ideas in biotech, food tech, robotics, crypto/Web 3.0 B2B software as well as consumer goods. 
It was a brilliant few days of sharing, learning and camaraderie in the Founder journey.  ​​​
​​My job was to teach my most valuable lessons, and give participants as many opportunities to learn from each other as I could create. 
As the facilitator and the person presenting content, I shared the most important key lessons and skills from my Founder journey and life. And I think everything landed well. 
But the little secret of these events is that the facilitator learns as much or more from the participants. ​And this was no exception.
​​​​​In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I talk about the biggest lessons I learned from leading, coaching and talking with 26 Seed Stage Founders. Things I'll cover:

  • The 3 universal issues that every Founder faces no matter what category
  • The 2 biggest issues Founders navigate in Seed Stage
  • The single most disorienting thing once you get to your Series A
  • And a bonus - one phrase that can help save your relationship with your significant other


This 13-minute listen will give you a real sense of perspective on your Founder journey.


PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder facing challenges on your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>Last week I had the absolute privilege to facilitate 26 Seed Stage Founders at a 3-day retreat in Portugal. 
​
The Founders at this retreat are whip smart, ambitious and working on huge game changing ideas in biotech, food tech, robotics, crypto/Web 3.0 B2B software as well as consumer goods. 
It was a brilliant few days of sharing, learning and camaraderie in the Founder journey.  ​​​
​​My job was to teach my most valuable lessons, and give participants as many opportunities to learn from each other as I could create. 
As the facilitator and the person presenting content, I shared the most important key lessons and skills from my Founder journey and life. And I think everything landed well. 
But the little secret of these events is that the facilitator learns as much or more from the participants. ​And this was no exception.
​​​​​In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I talk about the biggest lessons I learned from leading, coaching and talking with 26 Seed Stage Founders. Things I'll cover:

  • The 3 universal issues that every Founder faces no matter what category
  • The 2 biggest issues Founders navigate in Seed Stage
  • The single most disorienting thing once you get to your Series A
  • And a bonus - one phrase that can help save your relationship with your significant other


This 13-minute listen will give you a real sense of perspective on your Founder journey.


PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder facing challenges on your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>e68d8983-389c-41ec-8cd6-8062dae002a2Fri, 21 Apr 2023 03:08:24 -040013:18falsefullEp. 37 ADHD and Reducing GravityEp. 37 ADHD and Reducing GravityThis past week marked an interesting event for me. After 54 years of living, I got officially diagnosed with ADHD. It's clicked together some long standing puzzle pieces for me.
It helps explain why...
...writing an email that should take 2 minutes takes me 10 minutes
...even though I do get stuff done, it always feels like I'm grinding vs being in flow
...once I solve the hardest problems of a challenge, I lose interest in the easy finishing stuff
...I have a habit of cutting across another person sentence before they've finished it
...it takes me forever to start something that requires deep thinking 
I suspect this has been a constant in my life. But I grew up in the 70's and 80's so it wasn't really diagnosed so much back then. And when I was younger, I had the youthful energy and drive to push through it. 
As I've gotten older, I've found it's harder and harder for me to focus on anything for nearly any length of time. It goes beyond the typical resistance and procrastination. 
The net result has been I have to work far more hours than I need to. 
I've found hacks over the years. For example, having to prepare for a specific event definitely gets me moving and through the resistance.
But the reality is ADHD has been a huge net drag on my ability to achieve the things I'd like to in my business and life. 
While I have all the other challenges of business building, they are ALL impacted by this root problem of ADHD.
It's been there the entire time, hiding in plain site.
This is my first week on Adderall, and I'm noticing a different. I'm able to jump in to deep thinking projects easier. I'm more able to stay on task and get into flow. Stuff is a little easier.
This is as great parable for our businesses. Sometimes there's a root problem that we've become so acclimated to, we don't even see it. But it's making everything we do harder.
But if we address it, everything gets easier.
Here's the analogy. Imagine you have a rocket. To get it to go higher, you can build a bigger engine. You will go higher, but you'll have to carry and burn more fuel (which means your engine needs to be bigger).
But you can also think about ways reduce gravity. If you can go faster than if you just built a bigger engine. (And when you do build the bigger engine, you will get more out of it). 
 In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I cover:

  • 3 ways to recognize a root problem hiding in plain site
  • What to do once you find it (ie. reducing gravity)
  • How to make sure you nip these problems in the bud in the future


This 16-minute listen is will get you thinking about your business from important different angles.
PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>This past week marked an interesting event for me. After 54 years of living, I got officially diagnosed with ADHD. It's clicked together some long standing puzzle pieces for me.
It helps explain why...
...writing an email that should take 2 minutes takes me 10 minutes
...even though I do get stuff done, it always feels like I'm grinding vs being in flow
...once I solve the hardest problems of a challenge, I lose interest in the easy finishing stuff
...I have a habit of cutting across another person sentence before they've finished it
...it takes me forever to start something that requires deep thinking 
I suspect this has been a constant in my life. But I grew up in the 70's and 80's so it wasn't really diagnosed so much back then. And when I was younger, I had the youthful energy and drive to push through it. 
As I've gotten older, I've found it's harder and harder for me to focus on anything for nearly any length of time. It goes beyond the typical resistance and procrastination. 
The net result has been I have to work far more hours than I need to. 
I've found hacks over the years. For example, having to prepare for a specific event definitely gets me moving and through the resistance.
But the reality is ADHD has been a huge net drag on my ability to achieve the things I'd like to in my business and life. 
While I have all the other challenges of business building, they are ALL impacted by this root problem of ADHD.
It's been there the entire time, hiding in plain site.
This is my first week on Adderall, and I'm noticing a different. I'm able to jump in to deep thinking projects easier. I'm more able to stay on task and get into flow. Stuff is a little easier.
This is as great parable for our businesses. Sometimes there's a root problem that we've become so acclimated to, we don't even see it. But it's making everything we do harder.
But if we address it, everything gets easier.
Here's the analogy. Imagine you have a rocket. To get it to go higher, you can build a bigger engine. You will go higher, but you'll have to carry and burn more fuel (which means your engine needs to be bigger).
But you can also think about ways reduce gravity. If you can go faster than if you just built a bigger engine. (And when you do build the bigger engine, you will get more out of it). 
 In this week's Rocket Ship Founder episode, I cover:

  • 3 ways to recognize a root problem hiding in plain site
  • What to do once you find it (ie. reducing gravity)
  • How to make sure you nip these problems in the bud in the future


This 16-minute listen is will get you thinking about your business from important different angles.
PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>ba3b79e8-68a4-44a9-8cf6-1d4ba1c2aa20Thu, 30 Mar 2023 22:50:46 -040016:27falsefullEp. 36 SVB and WFIO MomentsEp. 36 SVB and WFIO MomentsWhile things seemed to be resolving, the past week have been incredibly stressful for any Founders who had their funds with SVB.

Several of my clients and Founder Friends have been caught up in what is known is a WFIO moment. If you're not familiar with the term WFIO, it's one Ben Horowitz of Andreessen Horowitz uses.

WFIO stands for, "We're Fucked It's Over."

Having run my startup during the 2008 financial crisis (in fact we launched the week the first week of October 2008), having a banking crisis is one of the most WFIO type of moments.

The challenges of a Seed Startup are supposed to be finding product market fit, building your team, and learning how to operate a business that hasn't figured out most of what makes a business successful.

Having your bank go under with your funds is generally not on the startup Founders Bingo card.

Fortunately, the FDIC stepped in and saved the game, but that was a close call. And a lot of Founders spent the week stressing out over whether they had funds to make their next payroll vs pushing their business forward.

So what can we do in these extreme circumstances? This week I talk about:

  • When staring at a huge problem (i.e. all of our cash is out of reach), how to break it down into the smaller problems and sequence them.
  • How to get clarity by separating what's objectively true from fear and projection
  • Finding hidden blessings and opportunities even (sometimes especially) in the darkest crisis


Every time I hit a crisis in my business, it forced to me to get real about what was performing and essential, and what was not performing and a luxury. 

Founders and companies that weather this storm will come through stronger.

This 11-minute listen is chock full of hard-earned wisdom and will serve you well through big or small times of crisis.

To your success,

Steve

STEVEAUGUSTCOACHING
Helping Founders Build Rocket Ships

PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>While things seemed to be resolving, the past week have been incredibly stressful for any Founders who had their funds with SVB.

Several of my clients and Founder Friends have been caught up in what is known is a WFIO moment. If you're not familiar with the term WFIO, it's one Ben Horowitz of Andreessen Horowitz uses.

WFIO stands for, "We're Fucked It's Over."

Having run my startup during the 2008 financial crisis (in fact we launched the week the first week of October 2008), having a banking crisis is one of the most WFIO type of moments.

The challenges of a Seed Startup are supposed to be finding product market fit, building your team, and learning how to operate a business that hasn't figured out most of what makes a business successful.

Having your bank go under with your funds is generally not on the startup Founders Bingo card.

Fortunately, the FDIC stepped in and saved the game, but that was a close call. And a lot of Founders spent the week stressing out over whether they had funds to make their next payroll vs pushing their business forward.

So what can we do in these extreme circumstances? This week I talk about:

  • When staring at a huge problem (i.e. all of our cash is out of reach), how to break it down into the smaller problems and sequence them.
  • How to get clarity by separating what's objectively true from fear and projection
  • Finding hidden blessings and opportunities even (sometimes especially) in the darkest crisis


Every time I hit a crisis in my business, it forced to me to get real about what was performing and essential, and what was not performing and a luxury. 

Founders and companies that weather this storm will come through stronger.

This 11-minute listen is chock full of hard-earned wisdom and will serve you well through big or small times of crisis.

To your success,

Steve

STEVEAUGUSTCOACHING
Helping Founders Build Rocket Ships

PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>970d5114-bd1d-4a5d-a39a-3505a692cbcdFri, 17 Mar 2023 21:20:07 -040010:58falsefullEp. 35 One Simple Thing To Improve Your HiringEp. 35 One Simple Thing To Improve Your HiringEvery Founder I've ever known has hit this same scenario:

1. Have a new hire they need to make
2. Push out job description to network and hiring sites
3. Get a decent amount of resumes
4. Pare down resumes to identify candidates to interivews
5. Conduct many rounds of interviews
6. A candidate crushes the interviews 
7. Candidate is hired, yay!
8. Things start off OK, but then quickly go downhill
9. ​Wonder what happened to the candidate who interviewed so well
10. Part ways and start over​​
​​​​
While no one bats .1000 when it comes to hiring, this scenario is way too common.

So what do you do to prevent this ​scenario from repeating?

There's one simple thing you can do to dramatically up your odds. It's all about auditioning vs interviewing. ​​

In this week's episode I talk about:

  • Why this happens - and what to do about it
  • The two things you are really hiring for - and why we often focus on the wrong one
  • Auditioning for behaviors vs interviewing for skills
  • Real world examples


This 10-minute listen will uplevel your hiring game! 


To your success,

Steve

PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>Every Founder I've ever known has hit this same scenario:

1. Have a new hire they need to make
2. Push out job description to network and hiring sites
3. Get a decent amount of resumes
4. Pare down resumes to identify candidates to interivews
5. Conduct many rounds of interviews
6. A candidate crushes the interviews 
7. Candidate is hired, yay!
8. Things start off OK, but then quickly go downhill
9. ​Wonder what happened to the candidate who interviewed so well
10. Part ways and start over​​
​​​​
While no one bats .1000 when it comes to hiring, this scenario is way too common.

So what do you do to prevent this ​scenario from repeating?

There's one simple thing you can do to dramatically up your odds. It's all about auditioning vs interviewing. ​​

In this week's episode I talk about:

  • Why this happens - and what to do about it
  • The two things you are really hiring for - and why we often focus on the wrong one
  • Auditioning for behaviors vs interviewing for skills
  • Real world examples


This 10-minute listen will uplevel your hiring game! 


To your success,

Steve

PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>35b918c6-a631-4312-aaa6-a927587e75bbFri, 10 Mar 2023 00:55:22 -040010:27falsefullEp. 34 Three things I wished I'd known about leading humansEp. 34 Three things I wished I'd known about leading humansThis month, The Rocket Ship Founder podcast is all about building and leading your team. 

One of the most important skills Founders need to learn is how to build and effectively lead their teams. Ironically, this is the area people get the least training on. 

In the early days of your business when it's just a few close-knit  people, things are pretty straightforward. I call it the "think out loud stage."  People can just sort of think out loud and everyone it's pretty easy to have people aligned. 

But when you get your first real money, and your team starts to grow beyond the original founding group, leading complex and diverse humans gets exponentially harder.

In this week's episode, I go over the three things I wish I'd known as a first-time Founder about building teams and leading humans, especially in Seed Stage. 

I talk about:

  • How knowing your Founder Type is critical for understanding your strengths and challenges in leading people
  • The 4 levels of team skills and how to identify them
  • How to hire for a role you don't have any experience with



PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>This month, The Rocket Ship Founder podcast is all about building and leading your team. 

One of the most important skills Founders need to learn is how to build and effectively lead their teams. Ironically, this is the area people get the least training on. 

In the early days of your business when it's just a few close-knit  people, things are pretty straightforward. I call it the "think out loud stage."  People can just sort of think out loud and everyone it's pretty easy to have people aligned. 

But when you get your first real money, and your team starts to grow beyond the original founding group, leading complex and diverse humans gets exponentially harder.

In this week's episode, I go over the three things I wish I'd known as a first-time Founder about building teams and leading humans, especially in Seed Stage. 

I talk about:

  • How knowing your Founder Type is critical for understanding your strengths and challenges in leading people
  • The 4 levels of team skills and how to identify them
  • How to hire for a role you don't have any experience with



PS I have one open spot to for a Seed Stage Founder to work with me one-on-one. If you're a Seed Stage Founder needing to accelerate your progress towards your Series A, let's talk.

]]>c5d2398d-3969-4e7c-bdab-d0f9e3ad66edThu, 02 Mar 2023 23:00:01 -040014:47falsefullEp. 33 Finding your sweet spot leading your teamEp. 33 Finding your sweet spot leading your teamWhen it comes to leading a team, there's a dilemma I see for every Seed Stage Founder I've worked with. (And one I certainly experienced myself!)

Here's the scenario:

1. A Founder gives a team member an initiative to work on.
2. The Founder sits back and trusts team member to complete the initiative exactly they way expect
3. Team member completes initiative and presents the work
4. Work is not what the Founder expected, and doesn't measure up to what they had in mind
5. Founder starts doubting team member,  next initiative Founder micromanages
6. Founder gets result they want, but now are in the weeds and team member is disempowered

The dilemma for a Founder is, "do I sit back and trust my team and hope things turn out the way, or do I micromanage and get what I want, but end up having to be in everything?"

Every Founder I've worked with has experienced this at some point.

How do you solve this dilemma? How to you find a sweet spot between trusting and not getting what you want and micromanaging.

This week's episode breaks down how to solve this dilemma and find your sweet spot as a manager and leader.

This is the episode I wish I had been able to hear when I was building my first team. It has lessons I wish I had known, specifically...

  • The 3 critical keys to building and leading growing a great team
  • The most important thing people don't realize about hiring the right people
  • How to ACTUALLY create a culture of accountability


This may be the best 12 minutes you spend this week. 

PS I'm looking for on Seed Stage Founder to work with personally starting March 1st. If you're a Seed Stage Founder with a product and a growing team, let's talk.

]]>When it comes to leading a team, there's a dilemma I see for every Seed Stage Founder I've worked with. (And one I certainly experienced myself!)

Here's the scenario:

1. A Founder gives a team member an initiative to work on.
2. The Founder sits back and trusts team member to complete the initiative exactly they way expect
3. Team member completes initiative and presents the work
4. Work is not what the Founder expected, and doesn't measure up to what they had in mind
5. Founder starts doubting team member,  next initiative Founder micromanages
6. Founder gets result they want, but now are in the weeds and team member is disempowered

The dilemma for a Founder is, "do I sit back and trust my team and hope things turn out the way, or do I micromanage and get what I want, but end up having to be in everything?"

Every Founder I've worked with has experienced this at some point.

How do you solve this dilemma? How to you find a sweet spot between trusting and not getting what you want and micromanaging.

This week's episode breaks down how to solve this dilemma and find your sweet spot as a manager and leader.

This is the episode I wish I had been able to hear when I was building my first team. It has lessons I wish I had known, specifically...

  • The 3 critical keys to building and leading growing a great team
  • The most important thing people don't realize about hiring the right people
  • How to ACTUALLY create a culture of accountability


This may be the best 12 minutes you spend this week. 

PS I'm looking for on Seed Stage Founder to work with personally starting March 1st. If you're a Seed Stage Founder with a product and a growing team, let's talk.

]]>464c0178-0366-4310-b791-211ee060e83cFri, 24 Feb 2023 22:26:47 -040012:31falsefullEp. 32 3 Essential Things to Know About Managing Your BoardEp. 32 3 Essential Things to Know About Managing Your BoardThis week's episode comes in response to a question I got from one of my subscribers. I love getting questions from Founders, so if you have any, reply back and with yours and I'll respond in an upcoming episode.

This subscriber wanted to the lowdown on Boards. As a seed stage founder, you know that building and managing a board of directors is a critical step in the growth of your business. But, if you're new to the game, it can be a daunting to navigate.

I remember when I was leading my first startup, I had NO prior experience with reporting to a board. With our first funding round, suddenly I had to work with and answer to my board. 

There were a lot of things that had I known, it would have made everything less stressful and maximized the value of my board members.

I wish I had known...

  • The #1 thing to keep in mind when working with a board
  • The one thing NEVER to do with your board
  • How to get the most out of every board meeting


I answer all this and more in this week's episode. Check it out!

PS I'm looking for on Seed Stage Founder to work with personally. If you're a Seed Stage Founder with a product and a growing team, I can help. Set up a simplicity session here. 

]]>This week's episode comes in response to a question I got from one of my subscribers. I love getting questions from Founders, so if you have any, reply back and with yours and I'll respond in an upcoming episode.

This subscriber wanted to the lowdown on Boards. As a seed stage founder, you know that building and managing a board of directors is a critical step in the growth of your business. But, if you're new to the game, it can be a daunting to navigate.

I remember when I was leading my first startup, I had NO prior experience with reporting to a board. With our first funding round, suddenly I had to work with and answer to my board. 

There were a lot of things that had I known, it would have made everything less stressful and maximized the value of my board members.

I wish I had known...

  • The #1 thing to keep in mind when working with a board
  • The one thing NEVER to do with your board
  • How to get the most out of every board meeting


I answer all this and more in this week's episode. Check it out!

PS I'm looking for on Seed Stage Founder to work with personally. If you're a Seed Stage Founder with a product and a growing team, I can help. Set up a simplicity session here. 

]]>489f7cf1-4ef3-47c2-9898-1037edd13e59Fri, 17 Feb 2023 02:42:33 -040012:44falsefullEp 31: Surthriving Seed StageEp 31: Surthriving Seed StageAfter a two week hiatus, I am back with another Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode. My hiatus was due to taking my 21-year old to LA for treatment for a recurring debilitating condition.

During the trip down to LA from our home in Portland, the days leading up to the procedure, and the procedure itself,  the universe threw us a bunch of curveballs.

Our train was canceled
There was a med van ride from hell
There was an actual 4.2 earthquake,
A broken MRI machine
And a scary twist in the procedure itself

We are home now safe and sound and our kiddo is recovering. I'm getting back in the swing coaching my Founder clients.

But I keep thinking about that trip. It felt we would swing from surviving to thriving from day-to-day. Even moment-to-moment.
We got thrown really big challenges and threw all our ingenuity and resources at it. And got through it. 

And while the stakes are very different, it reminded me of my Seed Stage Founder journey - and what my clients experience as well.

The challenges sometimes come fast and furious. One minute you are thriving with a big win. The next you are surviving a sudden a existential challenge.
And then back again.

It comes so fast you might as well smash "survive" and "thrive" together. You are "Surthriving."


In this week's episode I share:

  1. Update on my recent Odyssey to LA and back
  2. Why "Surthrival" is the perfect way to describe the Seed Stage  journey
  3. Three keys to Surthriving


PS If you are a  Founder who is is ready for a new level of support "surthriving" Seed Stage, let's talk. I've got space for one more client. Set up a time here. 

]]>After a two week hiatus, I am back with another Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode. My hiatus was due to taking my 21-year old to LA for treatment for a recurring debilitating condition.

During the trip down to LA from our home in Portland, the days leading up to the procedure, and the procedure itself,  the universe threw us a bunch of curveballs.

Our train was canceled
There was a med van ride from hell
There was an actual 4.2 earthquake,
A broken MRI machine
And a scary twist in the procedure itself

We are home now safe and sound and our kiddo is recovering. I'm getting back in the swing coaching my Founder clients.

But I keep thinking about that trip. It felt we would swing from surviving to thriving from day-to-day. Even moment-to-moment.
We got thrown really big challenges and threw all our ingenuity and resources at it. And got through it. 

And while the stakes are very different, it reminded me of my Seed Stage Founder journey - and what my clients experience as well.

The challenges sometimes come fast and furious. One minute you are thriving with a big win. The next you are surviving a sudden a existential challenge.
And then back again.

It comes so fast you might as well smash "survive" and "thrive" together. You are "Surthriving."


In this week's episode I share:

  1. Update on my recent Odyssey to LA and back
  2. Why "Surthrival" is the perfect way to describe the Seed Stage  journey
  3. Three keys to Surthriving


PS If you are a  Founder who is is ready for a new level of support "surthriving" Seed Stage, let's talk. I've got space for one more client. Set up a time here. 

]]>62917df8-701d-4679-a5e4-5390b80a06b7Fri, 10 Feb 2023 22:31:30 -040014:13falsefullEp. 30 We are most powerful where we are most vulnerableEp. 30 We are most powerful where we are most vulnerableI had an entirely different topic slated for this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, but felt moved to dig into something deeper: the dichotomy of vulnerability and power.

Part of the ironic nature of the Founder's journey is that we are constantly called to outwardly project confidence and strength - all the while knowing/feeling all of the weaknesses and shortcomings in ourselves and in our business.

The common thinking is that vulnerability is weakness. And in geo-political matters, that's probably true, given the arc of human history.

But in the "Bigger Game" of our  own personal development, I've come to believe that where we feel most vulnerable is where we are most powerful.

Because I see this funny thing happen when we surrender to a challenging moment:  we let go of what we thought we should be and accept into what actually is and who we truly are.

And I am convinced there is nothing more powerful than true and total self acceptance.

Fair warning: this episode will be especially personal and vulnerable.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I share:

  1. What's been going on with me in my business and life, and why I'll be on a train to LA next week
  2. My experience with therapeutic psilocybin
  3. How I broke down and came out the other side
  4. Two powerful techniques to navigate big challenges and rollercoaster emotions



If you are a Founder who needs support in becoming the CEO your business needs, reach out to me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and we'll do a Simplicity Session. 

]]>I had an entirely different topic slated for this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, but felt moved to dig into something deeper: the dichotomy of vulnerability and power.

Part of the ironic nature of the Founder's journey is that we are constantly called to outwardly project confidence and strength - all the while knowing/feeling all of the weaknesses and shortcomings in ourselves and in our business.

The common thinking is that vulnerability is weakness. And in geo-political matters, that's probably true, given the arc of human history.

But in the "Bigger Game" of our  own personal development, I've come to believe that where we feel most vulnerable is where we are most powerful.

Because I see this funny thing happen when we surrender to a challenging moment:  we let go of what we thought we should be and accept into what actually is and who we truly are.

And I am convinced there is nothing more powerful than true and total self acceptance.

Fair warning: this episode will be especially personal and vulnerable.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I share:

  1. What's been going on with me in my business and life, and why I'll be on a train to LA next week
  2. My experience with therapeutic psilocybin
  3. How I broke down and came out the other side
  4. Two powerful techniques to navigate big challenges and rollercoaster emotions



If you are a Founder who needs support in becoming the CEO your business needs, reach out to me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and we'll do a Simplicity Session. 

]]>e742e565-b8f4-4575-8db4-f1e491a05c7dThu, 19 Jan 2023 21:58:11 -040022:32falsefullEp. 29 What's between you and your next breakthroughEp. 29 What's between you and your next breakthroughIn this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I talk about why facing the biggest uncomfortable things in your business is one of the essential skills Founders need to cultivate.

Because if you don't face the big uncomfortable things in your business,  you'll still end up dealing with their effects on your business every day. And eventually it catches up to you anyway.

The good news is that your next breakthrough is on the other side of the uncomfortable stuff.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast episode, I cover:

  1. Why facing the uncomfortable creates breakthroughs
  2. The single most important question to ask yourself and your team
  3. How to make friends with the uncomfortable.
  4. The question that helps you move forward when things are challenging


]]>In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast Episode, I talk about why facing the biggest uncomfortable things in your business is one of the essential skills Founders need to cultivate.

Because if you don't face the big uncomfortable things in your business,  you'll still end up dealing with their effects on your business every day. And eventually it catches up to you anyway.

The good news is that your next breakthrough is on the other side of the uncomfortable stuff.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast episode, I cover:

  1. Why facing the uncomfortable creates breakthroughs
  2. The single most important question to ask yourself and your team
  3. How to make friends with the uncomfortable.
  4. The question that helps you move forward when things are challenging


]]>a3ccce71-2964-4cf0-b973-a1ab5b96b71dThu, 12 Jan 2023 22:29:08 -040022:32falsefullEp. 28 The Pattern That's Killing Your BusinessEp. 28 The Pattern That's Killing Your BusinessWelcome to 2023! Ready to get back in the groove? This year, I start by renaming my Podcast - and  tackling a hugely problematic pattern that can eventually kill your business.

First the name change.

After tackling saying the mouthful of Rocket Ship Business Academy for 27 Episodes, I've changed the title the much simpler and on point Rocket Ship Founder.  Less is more. Simpler is better. Onwards!

Now about the problematic pattern that can eventually kill your business. It will also burn you out if you let it persist. 

It's one I experienced with my first startup, and a pattern I been helping a number of clients to break out of. 

I call this pattern the "tent pole" pattern. It goes like this:

1. Good to great month/quarter/year of sales
2. Tepid to awful month/quarter/year of sales
3. Frantic effort to revive sales

Repeat until exhaustion, burn out, end of runway. Not a fun place. To be.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast episode, I cover:

  1. Why the tent pole pattern happens
  2. How it will eventually kill your business - and burn you out
  3. How to get break out of the pattern and consistently accelerate growth


PS Here's how to work with me in 2023:

2X Accelerator - Double your product-market fit and scalable sales velocity in six weeks. Next cohort starts February 13, 2023! If this episode resonated with you, set up a time for a clarity session pronto! (link below)

Founders Mastermind - my group program to help Visionary B2B Founders accelerate their transformation into growth CEO's.

Private Coaching - I have two new spots open to work with me one-on-one. For Founders with at least $2M in revenue or funding.

Book a Clarity Session to take the next step!

]]>Welcome to 2023! Ready to get back in the groove? This year, I start by renaming my Podcast - and  tackling a hugely problematic pattern that can eventually kill your business.

First the name change.

After tackling saying the mouthful of Rocket Ship Business Academy for 27 Episodes, I've changed the title the much simpler and on point Rocket Ship Founder.  Less is more. Simpler is better. Onwards!

Now about the problematic pattern that can eventually kill your business. It will also burn you out if you let it persist. 

It's one I experienced with my first startup, and a pattern I been helping a number of clients to break out of. 

I call this pattern the "tent pole" pattern. It goes like this:

1. Good to great month/quarter/year of sales
2. Tepid to awful month/quarter/year of sales
3. Frantic effort to revive sales

Repeat until exhaustion, burn out, end of runway. Not a fun place. To be.

In this week's Rocket Ship Founder Podcast episode, I cover:

  1. Why the tent pole pattern happens
  2. How it will eventually kill your business - and burn you out
  3. How to get break out of the pattern and consistently accelerate growth


PS Here's how to work with me in 2023:

2X Accelerator - Double your product-market fit and scalable sales velocity in six weeks. Next cohort starts February 13, 2023! If this episode resonated with you, set up a time for a clarity session pronto! (link below)

Founders Mastermind - my group program to help Visionary B2B Founders accelerate their transformation into growth CEO's.

Private Coaching - I have two new spots open to work with me one-on-one. For Founders with at least $2M in revenue or funding.

Book a Clarity Session to take the next step!

]]>87d706f8-553a-4bc4-bbec-3db836e178cdThu, 05 Jan 2023 05:18:07 -040009:43falsefull2828Ep. 27 How to Crush 2023Ep. 27 How to Crush 2023Wow, hard to believe we are at the end of 2022! All this week, I've been working with my clients to take stock of progress in 2022 and set up to crush the first six weeks of 2023.

In this week's Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode, I share the sequence of exercises I take my Founder clients through to set them up to come out of the gate roaring in the new year.

I cover how to:

  1. Recognize the progress you've made in 2022
  2. Frame your 2023 goals
  3. Identify the most important problem to solve
  4. Build out your first six weeks of the year


And as a special holiday gift, I am sharing the exact Notion template with the exercises I use with my private clients to jump start 2023!

The template is free and can be duplicated into your Notion account. Don't have Notion account? No worries, it's free to sign up!

To get it, just send me an email at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with the subject "Jumpstart 2023!"

]]>Wow, hard to believe we are at the end of 2022! All this week, I've been working with my clients to take stock of progress in 2022 and set up to crush the first six weeks of 2023.

In this week's Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode, I share the sequence of exercises I take my Founder clients through to set them up to come out of the gate roaring in the new year.

I cover how to:

  1. Recognize the progress you've made in 2022
  2. Frame your 2023 goals
  3. Identify the most important problem to solve
  4. Build out your first six weeks of the year


And as a special holiday gift, I am sharing the exact Notion template with the exercises I use with my private clients to jump start 2023!

The template is free and can be duplicated into your Notion account. Don't have Notion account? No worries, it's free to sign up!

To get it, just send me an email at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with the subject "Jumpstart 2023!"

]]>9b6a794c-11a1-4c9e-842a-bc8b5198ef30Fri, 16 Dec 2022 01:19:46 -040010:58falsefullEp. 26 When The Hits Keep ComingEp. 26 When The Hits Keep ComingThis week's Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode is one of my most personal. I hope you will find valuable to you as a Founder, but even more importantly, as a person.

This week was a challenging week for several of my Founders. There was dev team drama, co-founder dysfunction, product milestones slipping, big clients wins falling through at the 11th hour, dealing with crazy board members and the usual day-to-day fires.

For me, it was a challenging week as well.  Our now 20-year old kiddo has been fighting a debilitating and painful medical condition called a CSF Leak over the past three years. In April this year, we finally found a doctor who could patch them. We've had a good seven month run and life was slowly getting back to something resembling normal. Until last Sunday, when their patch failed and the leak symptoms returned.

In business and in life, it can sometimes feel like the hits just keep coming. You think you've got everything buttoned down and under control. And then you get kicked in the teeth.

Yet, here we are. Still in the fight. Pushing for the things and people we care deeply about.

In this week's Rocket Ship Business Academy podcast episode,  I share 3 hugely important things I draw on when I hit these waves of challenges. I'll cover:

  1. The single most important question to ask yourself when you are facing tough challenges
  2. Why you need to focus on the pain, and what you need to let go of
  3. How to find the hidden blessings in every crisis


If you are facing a tough challenge, I hope this episode gives you some comfort and some tools to help you through.

Got questions on leading your business? Email me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I'll answer it on an upcoming podcast episode!

]]>This week's Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode is one of my most personal. I hope you will find valuable to you as a Founder, but even more importantly, as a person.

This week was a challenging week for several of my Founders. There was dev team drama, co-founder dysfunction, product milestones slipping, big clients wins falling through at the 11th hour, dealing with crazy board members and the usual day-to-day fires.

For me, it was a challenging week as well.  Our now 20-year old kiddo has been fighting a debilitating and painful medical condition called a CSF Leak over the past three years. In April this year, we finally found a doctor who could patch them. We've had a good seven month run and life was slowly getting back to something resembling normal. Until last Sunday, when their patch failed and the leak symptoms returned.

In business and in life, it can sometimes feel like the hits just keep coming. You think you've got everything buttoned down and under control. And then you get kicked in the teeth.

Yet, here we are. Still in the fight. Pushing for the things and people we care deeply about.

In this week's Rocket Ship Business Academy podcast episode,  I share 3 hugely important things I draw on when I hit these waves of challenges. I'll cover:

  1. The single most important question to ask yourself when you are facing tough challenges
  2. Why you need to focus on the pain, and what you need to let go of
  3. How to find the hidden blessings in every crisis


If you are facing a tough challenge, I hope this episode gives you some comfort and some tools to help you through.

Got questions on leading your business? Email me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I'll answer it on an upcoming podcast episode!

]]>12a30038-3612-439f-a698-adc44f57bd07Wed, 30 Nov 2022 23:10:56 -040010:18falsefullEp. 25 Ruthless Simplicity (Your Real Job)Ep. 25 Ruthless Simplicity (Your Real Job)When I was running my startup I loved solving complex problems and creating elegant solutions. As a Type V - Visionary Evangelist Founder Type. And I had a good talent for it.

But like a lot of things that helped me in the early stages of my business, my love of creating elegant solutions for complex problems ended up working against us.

How could that be?

Here’s how. One of the biggest killers of growth is complexity. When you start out with your business, things are naturally simple. You have one product. You have a co-founder or a small team. You (hopefully) have a pretty clear handle on the pain you solve for people.

But as the company grows, complexity starts creeping in. Different customer types, different product decisions, staffing decisions, sales channels, pricing models, etc.

One of the hardest lessons I learned about being a Founder/CEO is that your real job is to create Ruthless Simplicity

  • Why I call it Ruthless Simplicity
  • How you know you need it, and what it gives you
  • 3 steps to creating Ruthless Simplicity


If you are struggling with stubborn challenges, this episode will give you a powerful lens to see your way through.

Got questions on leading your business? Email me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I'll answer it on an upcoming podcast episode!

]]>When I was running my startup I loved solving complex problems and creating elegant solutions. As a Type V - Visionary Evangelist Founder Type. And I had a good talent for it.

But like a lot of things that helped me in the early stages of my business, my love of creating elegant solutions for complex problems ended up working against us.

How could that be?

Here’s how. One of the biggest killers of growth is complexity. When you start out with your business, things are naturally simple. You have one product. You have a co-founder or a small team. You (hopefully) have a pretty clear handle on the pain you solve for people.

But as the company grows, complexity starts creeping in. Different customer types, different product decisions, staffing decisions, sales channels, pricing models, etc.

One of the hardest lessons I learned about being a Founder/CEO is that your real job is to create Ruthless Simplicity

  • Why I call it Ruthless Simplicity
  • How you know you need it, and what it gives you
  • 3 steps to creating Ruthless Simplicity


If you are struggling with stubborn challenges, this episode will give you a powerful lens to see your way through.

Got questions on leading your business? Email me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I'll answer it on an upcoming podcast episode!

]]>b7321be9-3df1-46c3-9fb8-03397fc2afddWed, 16 Nov 2022 02:00:35 -040010:23falsefullEp. 24 You're Playing A Bigger Game (Even if you don't realize it)Ep. 24 You're Playing A Bigger Game (Even if you don't realize it)For the past few months, I’ve been almost exclusively focused on accelerating product market fit and sales. That’s because when it comes to accelerating your business, there’s nothing bigger than accelerating product-market fit and scaling sales.

But this week, I’d like to shift gears and talk about something that  for Founders, is even bigger than sales, bigger than building and growing your team and bigger than mastering operational brilliance. It’s bigger than building a rocket ship business.

It’s the game of you. I call it the bigger game, because it’s the biggest game of all. And your playing it whether you realize or not.

You may think that once you achieve your desired goal, that you will be different. That the things about yourself will change.

But the reality is that the baggage you brought with at the beginning of this journey will still be there at the end, no matter what outcome - unless you unpack it and deal with it along the way.

As a Founder you will face all kinds of stresses. Uncertainty with everything. You will be triggered and your buttons pushed.

In this episode, I talk about playing the Bigger Game and give you two powerful questions that will give you the power to change how you experience everything in life. 

]]>For the past few months, I’ve been almost exclusively focused on accelerating product market fit and sales. That’s because when it comes to accelerating your business, there’s nothing bigger than accelerating product-market fit and scaling sales.

But this week, I’d like to shift gears and talk about something that  for Founders, is even bigger than sales, bigger than building and growing your team and bigger than mastering operational brilliance. It’s bigger than building a rocket ship business.

It’s the game of you. I call it the bigger game, because it’s the biggest game of all. And your playing it whether you realize or not.

You may think that once you achieve your desired goal, that you will be different. That the things about yourself will change.

But the reality is that the baggage you brought with at the beginning of this journey will still be there at the end, no matter what outcome - unless you unpack it and deal with it along the way.

As a Founder you will face all kinds of stresses. Uncertainty with everything. You will be triggered and your buttons pushed.

In this episode, I talk about playing the Bigger Game and give you two powerful questions that will give you the power to change how you experience everything in life. 

]]>ddb5b58e-4aad-4cd7-b8d1-70d12f32a85cThu, 10 Nov 2022 22:50:45 -040010:35falsefullEp. 23 The Problem With Thought LeadershipEp. 23 The Problem With Thought LeadershipI’ve had a few conversations with First-Time founders over the past week that have gone like this:

“So, what’s your strategy for build your pipeline and sales?”

“Mainly thought leadership and content marketing. “

You may ask yourself, “wait, what could possibly be wrong about thought leadership as a sales strategy?”

Well, that’s the thing. Thought leadership isn’t actually strategy.

It can be an important ingredient or an element of your customer flywheel.

But it’s not a sales strategy on its own.

In this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I cover:

  1. What thought leadership gets you…
  2. …and what it doesn’t.
  3. Customer flywheels and what you need to build them
  4. The absolutely critical step to maximize the impact of your thought leadership


Need to accelerate your B2B sales and scalable product market fit? Reach out at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>I’ve had a few conversations with First-Time founders over the past week that have gone like this:

“So, what’s your strategy for build your pipeline and sales?”

“Mainly thought leadership and content marketing. “

You may ask yourself, “wait, what could possibly be wrong about thought leadership as a sales strategy?”

Well, that’s the thing. Thought leadership isn’t actually strategy.

It can be an important ingredient or an element of your customer flywheel.

But it’s not a sales strategy on its own.

In this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I cover:

  1. What thought leadership gets you…
  2. …and what it doesn’t.
  3. Customer flywheels and what you need to build them
  4. The absolutely critical step to maximize the impact of your thought leadership


Need to accelerate your B2B sales and scalable product market fit? Reach out at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>29922821-153a-4559-98c0-f1a3b40f2a2eThu, 03 Nov 2022 02:47:08 -040010:35falsefullEp. 22 Find It, Nail It, Scale ItEp. 22 Find It, Nail It, Scale ItI see a pattern over and over again with both my businesses and the Founders I work with.

There’s three times we kinda get kicked in the teeth.

The first is when we just launch and test our vision with the market.

The second is when we get initial traction and think we’ve cracked it.

The third is when we’ve cracked it and then we’ve got to scale it.

I think of these phases as: Find it, Nail it, Scale it.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I talk through the gotchas of each of these phases - and what to do to break through.

PS If you need to break through these urgently, the first 2x Accelerator for scalable market fit and sales is kicking off on October 31. The outcome is simple: To increase your product-market fit and sales velocity by 2x in six weeks. Write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with the word “2x” to learn more.

]]>I see a pattern over and over again with both my businesses and the Founders I work with.

There’s three times we kinda get kicked in the teeth.

The first is when we just launch and test our vision with the market.

The second is when we get initial traction and think we’ve cracked it.

The third is when we’ve cracked it and then we’ve got to scale it.

I think of these phases as: Find it, Nail it, Scale it.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I talk through the gotchas of each of these phases - and what to do to break through.

PS If you need to break through these urgently, the first 2x Accelerator for scalable market fit and sales is kicking off on October 31. The outcome is simple: To increase your product-market fit and sales velocity by 2x in six weeks. Write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with the word “2x” to learn more.

]]>82f52978-1bea-4819-97f9-41016b869011Thu, 27 Oct 2022 00:01:15 -040010:06falsefullEp. 21 3 Things Keeping You From Growing SalesEp. 21 3 Things Keeping You From Growing SalesIf I could only solve one single challenge for Founders, what would it be?

Answer:  Accelerate scalable product-market fit and sales.

Because if you figure out this challenge, you have the fuel to figure out all the other challenges.

But it’s a big challenge for any B2B business. And there are so many variables and angles on it that it can be overwhelming for First-Time Founders to figure out how to crack it.

So broke it down into 3 key things that keep you from product-market fit and scaling sales.

  • Too much Sales Friction
  • Not Enough Customer Conversations
  • Everything At Once Overwhelm


In this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy  Podcast, I walk through these 3 blocks and what you need to do to clear them.

Steve

PS If you need to break through these urgently, the first 2x Accelerator for scalable market fit and sales is kicking off on October 31. The outcome is simple: To increase your product-market fit and sales velocity by 2x in six weeks. Write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with the word “2x” to learn more.

]]>If I could only solve one single challenge for Founders, what would it be?

Answer:  Accelerate scalable product-market fit and sales.

Because if you figure out this challenge, you have the fuel to figure out all the other challenges.

But it’s a big challenge for any B2B business. And there are so many variables and angles on it that it can be overwhelming for First-Time Founders to figure out how to crack it.

So broke it down into 3 key things that keep you from product-market fit and scaling sales.

  • Too much Sales Friction
  • Not Enough Customer Conversations
  • Everything At Once Overwhelm


In this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy  Podcast, I walk through these 3 blocks and what you need to do to clear them.

Steve

PS If you need to break through these urgently, the first 2x Accelerator for scalable market fit and sales is kicking off on October 31. The outcome is simple: To increase your product-market fit and sales velocity by 2x in six weeks. Write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com with the word “2x” to learn more.

]]>e927d396-55af-42f1-8c97-8bbcf9337e51Thu, 20 Oct 2022 21:22:01 -040011:10falsefullEp. 20 2x AccelerationEp. 20 2x AccelerationAs Founders, we dream of building a rocket ship business that takes off, makes a huge impact and creates tremendous financial abundance. 

It’s a wonderful dream.

The reality, of course, is it’s really hard to do.

We can’t flip a magic switch and suddenly have our business 10x.

But what if we can find places in our business where we can accelerate 2x?

Because before there’s a sale, there’s an offer, a prospect, a pitch, a proposal and a close.

What if you could systematically identify and create 2x acceleration opportunities in your business. How much knows how much you could increase your business’s velocity?

2x Acceleration is the topic of this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast

Topics I cover:

  • What 2x Acceleration means at different stages
  • Where to look for 2x opportunities
  • What happens if you accelerate the wrong things (at the wrong time)


2x Accelerator is also the name of a new program I am piloting in November. I’m really excited by the potential for this program to create wins and build momentum for your business.  It’s specifically targeted for B2B  Founders with a product in market who want to rapidly create product-market fit and sales breakthroughs.

Hit me up at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I’ll give you the details.

]]>As Founders, we dream of building a rocket ship business that takes off, makes a huge impact and creates tremendous financial abundance. 

It’s a wonderful dream.

The reality, of course, is it’s really hard to do.

We can’t flip a magic switch and suddenly have our business 10x.

But what if we can find places in our business where we can accelerate 2x?

Because before there’s a sale, there’s an offer, a prospect, a pitch, a proposal and a close.

What if you could systematically identify and create 2x acceleration opportunities in your business. How much knows how much you could increase your business’s velocity?

2x Acceleration is the topic of this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast

Topics I cover:

  • What 2x Acceleration means at different stages
  • Where to look for 2x opportunities
  • What happens if you accelerate the wrong things (at the wrong time)


2x Accelerator is also the name of a new program I am piloting in November. I’m really excited by the potential for this program to create wins and build momentum for your business.  It’s specifically targeted for B2B  Founders with a product in market who want to rapidly create product-market fit and sales breakthroughs.

Hit me up at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I’ll give you the details.

]]>7d503b05-2583-4b63-ae3a-a5da8c1f2843Thu, 13 Oct 2022 23:16:14 -040008:49falsefullEp. 19 You Have ONE JobEp. 19 You Have ONE JobFounders who work with me know hear something over and over. They hear it so much, they probably get annoyed with me.

But it’s the essence of my work. And it’s critical to their success.

Here’s how it goes. Client or prospect comes with a laundry list of updates and challenges.

Then I dig in with questions and together we figure out “THE problem to solve.”

Because usually there’s one underlying problem to solve - and everything else is just a symptom of that problem.

You have ONE job:  identify and solve that problem.

I talk about:

1. How to find THE Problem to solve

2. How to differentiate between THE Problem and symptoms

3. The core problems to solve at each phase of your business...

4. ...the key question to ask that will help you start solving them

Have a question you want covered on the podcast? Reach out to me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>Founders who work with me know hear something over and over. They hear it so much, they probably get annoyed with me.

But it’s the essence of my work. And it’s critical to their success.

Here’s how it goes. Client or prospect comes with a laundry list of updates and challenges.

Then I dig in with questions and together we figure out “THE problem to solve.”

Because usually there’s one underlying problem to solve - and everything else is just a symptom of that problem.

You have ONE job:  identify and solve that problem.

I talk about:

1. How to find THE Problem to solve

2. How to differentiate between THE Problem and symptoms

3. The core problems to solve at each phase of your business...

4. ...the key question to ask that will help you start solving them

Have a question you want covered on the podcast? Reach out to me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>582e6d06-6a67-41f7-8d44-31a769b396a9Wed, 05 Oct 2022 04:43:47 -040011:18falsefullEp. 18 Sell Your Way To Product-Market FitEp. 18 Sell Your Way To Product-Market FitThis month is all about troubleshooting sales, the most common pressing challenge selected by the 2000+ founders who have taken my Founder Type Quiz.

One of the biggest challenges for any Founder or business is Product-Market fit. Often product-market fit is seen as a distinct challenge than sales. But in my experience, looking at product-market fit as a specific type of sales challenge is really helpful.

In this episode, I talk through:

1.  Breaking down sales into three core components: traffic, conversion and economics.
2. What sales looks like at 0-1, 1-100, 100-1000 stages of your business
3. Which component to focus on in product-market fit
4. How your Founder Type impacts how you sell
5. Key gotchas with early stage sales
6. What absolutely not to do when working product-market fit

And remember: you can’t scale the hard sale!

Have a question you want covered on the podcast? Reach out to me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>This month is all about troubleshooting sales, the most common pressing challenge selected by the 2000+ founders who have taken my Founder Type Quiz.

One of the biggest challenges for any Founder or business is Product-Market fit. Often product-market fit is seen as a distinct challenge than sales. But in my experience, looking at product-market fit as a specific type of sales challenge is really helpful.

In this episode, I talk through:

1.  Breaking down sales into three core components: traffic, conversion and economics.
2. What sales looks like at 0-1, 1-100, 100-1000 stages of your business
3. Which component to focus on in product-market fit
4. How your Founder Type impacts how you sell
5. Key gotchas with early stage sales
6. What absolutely not to do when working product-market fit

And remember: you can’t scale the hard sale!

Have a question you want covered on the podcast? Reach out to me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>0e69fb5c-e0d9-435a-bd86-890a362153f6Thu, 29 Sep 2022 03:05:45 -040015:53falsefullEp. 17 Fixing Your Web Site Won't Fix Your Sales (and what will)Ep. 17 Fixing Your Web Site Won't Fix Your Sales (and what will)This month is all about troubleshooting sales, the most common pressing challenge selected by the 2000+ founders who have taken my Founder Type Quiz.

Today I was talking with one of my clients and he mentioned that they decided not to renew their social media agency, since they weren’t getting any ROI (something that’s all too common). He was going to turn his attention to their website and update it.

I told him that’s fine, but it won’t fix your sales.

It’s not that they don’t need a web site.

It’s not that social media can’t be an effective channel.

In fact it’s not any one thing  - web site, social, ads, etc - that will crack the sales challenge and give you the fast growth you are looking for.

But here’s what will.

There are 3 things that need to be in place:

  1. An offer that reliably converts for your ideal customers
  2. A way to consistently bring those ideal customers to you
  3. And a cost of acquisition and delivery that makes it all worth it


Another way to think of it is what Perry Marshall calls the Tactical Triangle: Traffic-Conversion-Economics

Of course this sounds simple in theory, but is much more challenging in practice.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode, I talk about how to put these in place and what’s required to make it happen:

Key topics I’ll hit:

  • The very first step you need to take to make sales go
  • The difference between your offer and your product/service
  • How to create a compelling customer journey


Are you a Founder who feels alone in your journey? I've been there! Reach out to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>This month is all about troubleshooting sales, the most common pressing challenge selected by the 2000+ founders who have taken my Founder Type Quiz.

Today I was talking with one of my clients and he mentioned that they decided not to renew their social media agency, since they weren’t getting any ROI (something that’s all too common). He was going to turn his attention to their website and update it.

I told him that’s fine, but it won’t fix your sales.

It’s not that they don’t need a web site.

It’s not that social media can’t be an effective channel.

In fact it’s not any one thing  - web site, social, ads, etc - that will crack the sales challenge and give you the fast growth you are looking for.

But here’s what will.

There are 3 things that need to be in place:

  1. An offer that reliably converts for your ideal customers
  2. A way to consistently bring those ideal customers to you
  3. And a cost of acquisition and delivery that makes it all worth it


Another way to think of it is what Perry Marshall calls the Tactical Triangle: Traffic-Conversion-Economics

Of course this sounds simple in theory, but is much more challenging in practice.

In this week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode, I talk about how to put these in place and what’s required to make it happen:

Key topics I’ll hit:

  • The very first step you need to take to make sales go
  • The difference between your offer and your product/service
  • How to create a compelling customer journey


Are you a Founder who feels alone in your journey? I've been there! Reach out to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com

]]>80bbb568-1134-40d7-ba29-7d4df22ea224Wed, 21 Sep 2022 03:30:00 -040014:18falsefullEp. 16 How To Make Complex Sales SimpleEp. 16 How To Make Complex Sales SimpleThis month is all about troubleshooting sales, the most common pressing challenge selected by the 2000+ founders who have taken my Founder Type Quiz.  Recently, when I asked the question, when it comes to sales, what’s your single biggest challenge, one subscribers responded:

“Our sales is complex AND is highly affected by timing.”

I have personal experience with this as my first startup, the market research software company Revelation had a complex sale that was very highly affected by timing. This made it extremely hard to scale the business!

I can’t tell you all the frustrating ways I tried to solve that issue. I tried different marketing systems, different sales methodologies, different team members. I looked for a lot of silver bullets (spoiler alert: there are no silver bullets!).

I have to confess I never truly cracked it - until my company achieved its exit and I saw how the people who bought us operated.

It was all about making the complex sale simple. In this week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode, I talk about how to think through your complex sale and make it simple and less dependent on timing.

Key topics I’ll hit:

  • How to simplify a complex sale
  • How your Founder Type works against you (and what to do about it!)
  • How to craft a selling proposition that breaks through the clutter
  • How to identify ways to reduce timing dependencies


]]>This month is all about troubleshooting sales, the most common pressing challenge selected by the 2000+ founders who have taken my Founder Type Quiz.  Recently, when I asked the question, when it comes to sales, what’s your single biggest challenge, one subscribers responded:

“Our sales is complex AND is highly affected by timing.”

I have personal experience with this as my first startup, the market research software company Revelation had a complex sale that was very highly affected by timing. This made it extremely hard to scale the business!

I can’t tell you all the frustrating ways I tried to solve that issue. I tried different marketing systems, different sales methodologies, different team members. I looked for a lot of silver bullets (spoiler alert: there are no silver bullets!).

I have to confess I never truly cracked it - until my company achieved its exit and I saw how the people who bought us operated.

It was all about making the complex sale simple. In this week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode, I talk about how to think through your complex sale and make it simple and less dependent on timing.

Key topics I’ll hit:

  • How to simplify a complex sale
  • How your Founder Type works against you (and what to do about it!)
  • How to craft a selling proposition that breaks through the clutter
  • How to identify ways to reduce timing dependencies


]]>305dd35c-a376-46fb-b744-9bc20598ddedWed, 14 Sep 2022 22:43:54 -040018:29falsefull116161Ep 15. Growing Sales: The 4 Founder BlindspotsEp 15. Growing Sales: The 4 Founder BlindspotsAs typical of many Founders, I was always looking for the silver bullet: that one thing that would enable us to bust through and get that rocket ship momentum. 

We need a killer new product or feature, I’d think.
 ​Or we'll get on Hubspot and when the content happens it’s all gonna take off.
   ​Or now that we’ve spent a fortunate on Salesforce, it’s gonna happen.
      ​Or I know, we’ll adopt ABM (account based management) or some other sales methodology.
​
But those plateaus were stubborn. All of the above promised breakthrough sales but the reality was that nothing delivered them for us. 
​
Maybe this is you. Maybe you are in an early stage and trying to get product-market fit. Or may your business had been growing, but sales are increasingly harder. 
​​
After finally getting an exit on my first startup, and then after starting two other businesses, I started to see the blindspots I had that were keeping me from getting sales were I wanted them. 

In this week's Rocket Ship Business Academy ​Podcast, I give you the 4 deadliest sales blindspots. Knowing these blindspots will help you unlock your next level sales. I discuss:

  • The essential element that makes all sales go
  • How your Founder type is sabotaging your sales
  • Why sales plateaus happen
  • And….the secret to scaling sales


]]>As typical of many Founders, I was always looking for the silver bullet: that one thing that would enable us to bust through and get that rocket ship momentum. 

We need a killer new product or feature, I’d think.
 ​Or we'll get on Hubspot and when the content happens it’s all gonna take off.
   ​Or now that we’ve spent a fortunate on Salesforce, it’s gonna happen.
      ​Or I know, we’ll adopt ABM (account based management) or some other sales methodology.
​
But those plateaus were stubborn. All of the above promised breakthrough sales but the reality was that nothing delivered them for us. 
​
Maybe this is you. Maybe you are in an early stage and trying to get product-market fit. Or may your business had been growing, but sales are increasingly harder. 
​​
After finally getting an exit on my first startup, and then after starting two other businesses, I started to see the blindspots I had that were keeping me from getting sales were I wanted them. 

In this week's Rocket Ship Business Academy ​Podcast, I give you the 4 deadliest sales blindspots. Knowing these blindspots will help you unlock your next level sales. I discuss:

  • The essential element that makes all sales go
  • How your Founder type is sabotaging your sales
  • Why sales plateaus happen
  • And….the secret to scaling sales


]]>a379e536-97e8-456c-ab5f-d9ac35ee0042Fri, 09 Sep 2022 01:55:13 -040013:09falsefullEp. 14 Scaling Sales - The Missing StepEp. 14 Scaling Sales - The Missing StepThis week’s podcast episode comes in response to yet another question from my list - and it’s one that’s sure to resonate with many Founders. When asked what their single biggest challenge is, this founder answered:

”Scaling to increase revenue and expand services.”

Scaling sales is a big topic. There’s a ton of information out there on positioning, building funnels, doing cold email outreach, content marketing, consultative selling. In other words, lots of specific tactics.

But just jumping into tactics skips perhaps the MOST important step:  defining your ideal customer.

Without this step, all of your strategies and tactics may go to waste.

In this episode, I give you a simple, yet incredibly powerful framework for identifying your ideal customer.  I cover:

  • Walking you through a powerful ideal customer framework
  • How to avoid trying to scale with the wrong customers
  • 2 things you probably haven’t considered in defining your ideal customer
  • Why narrow and specific is crucial to scaling
  • And…an even more powerful way of thinking that breaks through mental blocks on scaling


There is a surprise twist to this exercise, that takes it to an even more powerful place. I’m not going to give away in the podcast episode. However, anybody who listens to the episode and does the exercise can write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I’ll give you the twist that will create a next level unlock for you!

]]>This week’s podcast episode comes in response to yet another question from my list - and it’s one that’s sure to resonate with many Founders. When asked what their single biggest challenge is, this founder answered:

”Scaling to increase revenue and expand services.”

Scaling sales is a big topic. There’s a ton of information out there on positioning, building funnels, doing cold email outreach, content marketing, consultative selling. In other words, lots of specific tactics.

But just jumping into tactics skips perhaps the MOST important step:  defining your ideal customer.

Without this step, all of your strategies and tactics may go to waste.

In this episode, I give you a simple, yet incredibly powerful framework for identifying your ideal customer.  I cover:

  • Walking you through a powerful ideal customer framework
  • How to avoid trying to scale with the wrong customers
  • 2 things you probably haven’t considered in defining your ideal customer
  • Why narrow and specific is crucial to scaling
  • And…an even more powerful way of thinking that breaks through mental blocks on scaling


There is a surprise twist to this exercise, that takes it to an even more powerful place. I’m not going to give away in the podcast episode. However, anybody who listens to the episode and does the exercise can write me at steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I’ll give you the twist that will create a next level unlock for you!

]]>3aeca340-34a5-405f-9a68-1f11f9dbbf80Tue, 19 Jul 2022 23:08:11 -040013:46falsefull114141Ep. 13 Is Your Personal Brand Hurting or Helping Your Business?Ep. 13 Is Your Personal Brand Hurting or Helping Your Business?This week’s episode of Rocket Ship Academy Podcast comes directly from a question from my list:

Should Founders be equally going about building up a personal brand at the same time we are building up our non-personal companies? For instance, my company is a software and digital publishing company. Should I be actively promoting myself (e.g. puff pieces about me in magazines, 40 under 40 list etc), or can I quietly build massive success with no media attention focused on me? So far, I have spoken at tech conferences and I have a speech therapist. But I wonder, should I be doing more to build a personal image as a founder, or does that not matter? Thanks.

This is a great question!

And one that actually brings up one of the most important concepts in building a Rocket Ship business: P&L thinking versus balance sheet thinking.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. P&L versus Balance Sheet thinking, and how knowing this can radically transform your approach to your business
  2. How your personal brand as a Founder can be a huge asset to your business…and how it can work against you.
  3. How to separate nice “pat on  the back” personal brand opportunities from ones that will actually help your business
  4. Why there is no non-personal business


Have a question or challenge you'd like support on? Send to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will do an episode for you!

]]>This week’s episode of Rocket Ship Academy Podcast comes directly from a question from my list:

Should Founders be equally going about building up a personal brand at the same time we are building up our non-personal companies? For instance, my company is a software and digital publishing company. Should I be actively promoting myself (e.g. puff pieces about me in magazines, 40 under 40 list etc), or can I quietly build massive success with no media attention focused on me? So far, I have spoken at tech conferences and I have a speech therapist. But I wonder, should I be doing more to build a personal image as a founder, or does that not matter? Thanks.

This is a great question!

And one that actually brings up one of the most important concepts in building a Rocket Ship business: P&L thinking versus balance sheet thinking.

In this episode, I cover:

  1. P&L versus Balance Sheet thinking, and how knowing this can radically transform your approach to your business
  2. How your personal brand as a Founder can be a huge asset to your business…and how it can work against you.
  3. How to separate nice “pat on  the back” personal brand opportunities from ones that will actually help your business
  4. Why there is no non-personal business


Have a question or challenge you'd like support on? Send to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will do an episode for you!

]]>1bdd70b7-6a9d-4984-bb37-8e768ff3af32Thu, 14 Jul 2022 01:07:24 -040010:14falsefull113131Ep. 12 Why You Aren't Closing Your Prospects (And what to do about it)Ep. 12 Why You Aren't Closing Your Prospects (And what to do about it)”I don't know if it's covid related but prospects that expressed interest are very slow or don't get back to me. How can I get them to respond to my follow ups without feeling like I'm pestering them?”

This week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode comes from a question I got in response to my recent question to my  list, “What’s your biggest current challenge?”

When prospects show initial interest but then don’t get back to you, or ghost you, it’s really frustrating. But it’s always giving you some important feedback about something that isn’t working in your sales process.

If you are experiencing this, you are not alone. Growing sales is the single biggest challenge selected by Founders in my Founder Type Quiz.

In this episode, I break down why your prospects are closing - and what you can do to improve your win rate. I’ll cover:

  • The number #1 most critical thing to get your prospects to take the next step
  • How your Founder type impacts your challenges in selling
  • The 3 areas your sales process could be breaking down
  • How to follow up without feeling like you are pestering your prospects
  • How to feel empowered when selling no matter what the outcome


]]>”I don't know if it's covid related but prospects that expressed interest are very slow or don't get back to me. How can I get them to respond to my follow ups without feeling like I'm pestering them?”

This week’s Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast episode comes from a question I got in response to my recent question to my  list, “What’s your biggest current challenge?”

When prospects show initial interest but then don’t get back to you, or ghost you, it’s really frustrating. But it’s always giving you some important feedback about something that isn’t working in your sales process.

If you are experiencing this, you are not alone. Growing sales is the single biggest challenge selected by Founders in my Founder Type Quiz.

In this episode, I break down why your prospects are closing - and what you can do to improve your win rate. I’ll cover:

  • The number #1 most critical thing to get your prospects to take the next step
  • How your Founder type impacts your challenges in selling
  • The 3 areas your sales process could be breaking down
  • How to follow up without feeling like you are pestering your prospects
  • How to feel empowered when selling no matter what the outcome


]]>28e59aeb-dd46-417a-be51-4b9770092abdThu, 07 Jul 2022 19:46:35 -040014:56falsefull112121Ep. 11 Revisiting Bad DecisionsEp. 11 Revisiting Bad DecisionsI was in the process of writing my weekly Sunday Steve email for my coaching clients, when I saw an email from one of my clients pop into my inbox, "Are you available today for a quick call today? I need some support in planning our next moves before Monday kicks in."

This Founder is facing some very hard decisions. Decisions that need to be made quickly and involve dramatically shrinking the team. And in this new configuration there didn't appear to be a place for his co-founder. There were a few scenarios on what actions to take but it's pretty clear what needs to be done.

At one point the conversation turned to "bad decisions" made in the past. It's a natural part of the process when you are facing tough decisions to look back and judge the decision path that got you to this point as "bad."

In this episode, I cover:

  • How to separate the decisions we make from the outcomes we get
  • How to deal with the "should have's" that show up. 
  • The most important question to ask when evaluating past decisions
  • How to win no matter what the outcome


]]>I was in the process of writing my weekly Sunday Steve email for my coaching clients, when I saw an email from one of my clients pop into my inbox, "Are you available today for a quick call today? I need some support in planning our next moves before Monday kicks in."

This Founder is facing some very hard decisions. Decisions that need to be made quickly and involve dramatically shrinking the team. And in this new configuration there didn't appear to be a place for his co-founder. There were a few scenarios on what actions to take but it's pretty clear what needs to be done.

At one point the conversation turned to "bad decisions" made in the past. It's a natural part of the process when you are facing tough decisions to look back and judge the decision path that got you to this point as "bad."

In this episode, I cover:

  • How to separate the decisions we make from the outcomes we get
  • How to deal with the "should have's" that show up. 
  • The most important question to ask when evaluating past decisions
  • How to win no matter what the outcome


]]>dcf47c71-0466-46e1-8d0d-84fda511d074Tue, 28 Jun 2022 23:19:27 -040007:21falsefull111111Ep. 10 3 Reasons Your Star Hire Didn't Pan OutEp. 10 3 Reasons Your Star Hire Didn't Pan OutSteve"But they looked great on paper...."

One of the most common challenges I hear Founders facing is a recent hire that didn’t pan out. It’s one of the most frustrating aspects of Founder life. It feels like you spend a ton of energy, time and money only to end up back where you were, having to start over to fill that position.

In this week's episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I reveal the 3 biggest reasons hires don’t pan out - and what to do to give yourself the best chance of making your next hire a great one.

Topics covered:How to rethink job descriptions to set hires up for success

  • Why great interviews can be misleading and what to do instead
  • Key warning signs that a hire is not a fit
  • 3 simple tests to ensure you are making the best hire possible



Do you have a question you'd like support on? Send your questions to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will answer in an upcoming episode!

]]>Steve"But they looked great on paper...."

One of the most common challenges I hear Founders facing is a recent hire that didn’t pan out. It’s one of the most frustrating aspects of Founder life. It feels like you spend a ton of energy, time and money only to end up back where you were, having to start over to fill that position.

In this week's episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I reveal the 3 biggest reasons hires don’t pan out - and what to do to give yourself the best chance of making your next hire a great one.

Topics covered:How to rethink job descriptions to set hires up for success

  • Why great interviews can be misleading and what to do instead
  • Key warning signs that a hire is not a fit
  • 3 simple tests to ensure you are making the best hire possible



Do you have a question you'd like support on? Send your questions to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will answer in an upcoming episode!

]]>73e14f4f-1460-4c5f-a861-08f29dd91e27Wed, 22 Jun 2022 03:57:12 -040012:38falsefull110101Ep. 9 Handcarts, Locomotives and Rocket ShipsEp. 9 Handcarts, Locomotives and Rocket ShipsIn this week's episode I describe the 3 stages of your business: Handcart, Locomotive and Rocket Ship.

Clocking in at insight-packed 12 minutes, I talk about how your business needs to evolve and how you as a Founder need to evolve with it. Just a few of the learnings I discuss:

1. How to reduce overwhelm by working on the right problems for your stage.

2. Why Handcart to Locomotive stage is the hardest transition to make

3. When Type V and Type E founder really need Type O's and Type B's

4. How to know if your early team will scale to the next stage

5. The one thing you need to focus on at each stage

]]>In this week's episode I describe the 3 stages of your business: Handcart, Locomotive and Rocket Ship.

Clocking in at insight-packed 12 minutes, I talk about how your business needs to evolve and how you as a Founder need to evolve with it. Just a few of the learnings I discuss:

1. How to reduce overwhelm by working on the right problems for your stage.

2. Why Handcart to Locomotive stage is the hardest transition to make

3. When Type V and Type E founder really need Type O's and Type B's

4. How to know if your early team will scale to the next stage

5. The one thing you need to focus on at each stage

]]>c81fda99-5bd9-4a28-a70e-a589ce2448a3Thu, 16 Jun 2022 22:27:56 -040012:10falsefull1991Ep. 8 The Real Action Is Inside UsEp. 8 The Real Action Is Inside UsIn this episode of the rocket ship business academy. No matter what’s going on in our business, the real action is inside of us.

In this episode, I am reading from my book 33 Meditations for Seed Stage Founders. This is a book I wrote in 2020 when I gave myself a challenge to write a daily meditation on entrepreneurship - based on quotes from philosophers and thinkers who I admired.

This is Meditation #23, and the quote is from Terrance Mckenna. Terence McKenna was an American ethnobotanist and mystic who advocated the responsible use of naturally occurring psychedelic plants.

This quote caught my attention because it spoke to something that has struck over and over again in life and business. No matter what’s going on in our external circumstances, the real action is inside of us.

If you feel like your business is stuck, this episode will give you a surprising path to getting it unstuck. 

]]>In this episode of the rocket ship business academy. No matter what’s going on in our business, the real action is inside of us.

In this episode, I am reading from my book 33 Meditations for Seed Stage Founders. This is a book I wrote in 2020 when I gave myself a challenge to write a daily meditation on entrepreneurship - based on quotes from philosophers and thinkers who I admired.

This is Meditation #23, and the quote is from Terrance Mckenna. Terence McKenna was an American ethnobotanist and mystic who advocated the responsible use of naturally occurring psychedelic plants.

This quote caught my attention because it spoke to something that has struck over and over again in life and business. No matter what’s going on in our external circumstances, the real action is inside of us.

If you feel like your business is stuck, this episode will give you a surprising path to getting it unstuck. 

]]>b00e7e35-3b11-44da-917f-b43420aaf881Tue, 07 Jun 2022 23:40:29 -040005:49falsefull1881Ep. 7 The One Number That Will Transform Your BusinessEp. 7 The One Number That Will Transform Your BusinessAs a Founder, you’ve likely learned the important of metrics for your business. The thing is, there are so many metrics to choose from.

There are financial metrics like revenue, gross margin and profit.

There are marketing metrics like CAC and churn.

There are product metrics like Net promoter score and month-over-month growth.

All of these metrics tell you really important things about your business.

But how do you know which to focus on?

What if you could have one metric that everyone could point to and understand instantly how it all fits together?

What if there was one metric that made it simple for everyone in your company to how to focus their thinking and efforts?

Finding this one metric can transform your business.

It exists. I call it the Boss Metric.

And in this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I show you how to find it.

This might be the single most impactful episode to date!

PS Do you have a question you'd like support on? Send your questions to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will answer in an upcoming episode!

]]>As a Founder, you’ve likely learned the important of metrics for your business. The thing is, there are so many metrics to choose from.

There are financial metrics like revenue, gross margin and profit.

There are marketing metrics like CAC and churn.

There are product metrics like Net promoter score and month-over-month growth.

All of these metrics tell you really important things about your business.

But how do you know which to focus on?

What if you could have one metric that everyone could point to and understand instantly how it all fits together?

What if there was one metric that made it simple for everyone in your company to how to focus their thinking and efforts?

Finding this one metric can transform your business.

It exists. I call it the Boss Metric.

And in this week’s episode of the Rocket Ship Business Academy Podcast, I show you how to find it.

This might be the single most impactful episode to date!

PS Do you have a question you'd like support on? Send your questions to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will answer in an upcoming episode!

]]>b6211d92-df75-425a-916a-9582c76f54feThu, 02 Jun 2022 00:06:43 -040009:26falsefull1771Ep. 6 The 5 Disciplines of Rocket Ship FoundersEp. 6 The 5 Disciplines of Rocket Ship FoundersWhen I started out as a Founder, I believed that product innovation and brilliance was THE key to creating Rocket Ship success.

However, business is a merciless teacher. As my first startup grew in fits and starts (and was outgrown by competitors with less innovative products), I learned the hard lesson that product/service brilliance only gets you so far. 

​​It's the ability to execute, to effectively guide a team and consistently create customers that compounds over time and ultimately creates the Rocket Ship effect.

As a first time Founder I wish somebody had broken down exactly what I needed to master to make my company take off.​​

In this Rocket Ship Business Academy episode, I do just that. In 12-minutes, I break down the 5 disciplines Rocket Ship Founders must master.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How we had a near fatal Q4
  • The 4 places to look to find more resources inside your company
  • How not facing hard decisions will always catch up with


There's important wisdom packed into these 12 minutes -  you'll come away from this episode with a clear understanding of what you need to master to level up as a Founder.

]]>When I started out as a Founder, I believed that product innovation and brilliance was THE key to creating Rocket Ship success.

However, business is a merciless teacher. As my first startup grew in fits and starts (and was outgrown by competitors with less innovative products), I learned the hard lesson that product/service brilliance only gets you so far. 

​​It's the ability to execute, to effectively guide a team and consistently create customers that compounds over time and ultimately creates the Rocket Ship effect.

As a first time Founder I wish somebody had broken down exactly what I needed to master to make my company take off.​​

In this Rocket Ship Business Academy episode, I do just that. In 12-minutes, I break down the 5 disciplines Rocket Ship Founders must master.

In this episode, you'll learn:

  • How we had a near fatal Q4
  • The 4 places to look to find more resources inside your company
  • How not facing hard decisions will always catch up with


There's important wisdom packed into these 12 minutes -  you'll come away from this episode with a clear understanding of what you need to master to level up as a Founder.

]]>c0ac7165-f04f-4ef2-9c2c-874974583ca4Thu, 26 May 2022 04:26:34 -040012:41falsefull1661Ep. 5 You Have More Resources Than You ThinkEp. 5 You Have More Resources Than You ThinkThere was a point during my first startup where I thought the whole thing was going to slide off the cliff. This wasn't in the early days - it was later on after we had momentum. We had a stupendously bad quarter and lost over $250k, which was catastrophic for us. It felt to me like we were really strapped and extremely thin on resources. I brought in a contract COO who help me right the ship and one of the biggest lessons I learned from him was that we had so many more resources than I thought - they were just on the other side of some very hard decisions.

In this episode, I recount this story, and more importantly I tell you the 4 places to look to uncover the most likely areas to find more resources for your company. 

]]>There was a point during my first startup where I thought the whole thing was going to slide off the cliff. This wasn't in the early days - it was later on after we had momentum. We had a stupendously bad quarter and lost over $250k, which was catastrophic for us. It felt to me like we were really strapped and extremely thin on resources. I brought in a contract COO who help me right the ship and one of the biggest lessons I learned from him was that we had so many more resources than I thought - they were just on the other side of some very hard decisions.

In this episode, I recount this story, and more importantly I tell you the 4 places to look to uncover the most likely areas to find more resources for your company. 

]]>80f198c0-11d2-4d61-8833-48f80f10c851Thu, 19 May 2022 00:33:22 -040009:58falsefull1551Ep. 4 What To Do When You Are At The Bottom of The WellEp. 4 What To Do When You Are At The Bottom of The WellIn every Founder journey there is a moment (sometimes more than one) where you find yourself at the bottom of the well. Frustrated, burnt out, feeling defeated, isolated, knowing you have to keep going, but having a hard time seeing how.

In this 9-minute episode:

I share my own experience at the bottom of the well

Why I call them "Swimming pool moments"'

Why these moments are crucial for you

3 things you need to do when you are at the bottom of the well to get yourself moving and turn these painful moments into catalysts for your success. 

How to climb out!


]]>In every Founder journey there is a moment (sometimes more than one) where you find yourself at the bottom of the well. Frustrated, burnt out, feeling defeated, isolated, knowing you have to keep going, but having a hard time seeing how.

In this 9-minute episode:

I share my own experience at the bottom of the well

Why I call them "Swimming pool moments"'

Why these moments are crucial for you

3 things you need to do when you are at the bottom of the well to get yourself moving and turn these painful moments into catalysts for your success. 

How to climb out!


]]>dcc10df8-d2e3-4831-96db-f2d48a8d5b91Tue, 10 May 2022 22:36:27 -040009:01falsefull1441Ep. 3 3 Secrets to Better HiringEp. 3 3 Secrets to Better HiringHiring. It's easily one of the biggest challenges Founders experience as they scale their business. In this episode, I respond to a subscriber's question about their challenges in hiring the right people - and reveal 3 secrets to help you hire better. 

While nobody bats .1000 in hiring, I've learned some very hard won lessons over the years. I cover the 3 most important things I've learned to to help you hire better - even in this tough hiring environment. In this packed 12 minutes I cover:

  • The key step that everyone skips in their rush to hire
  • Why job descriptions aren't the best way to think about a role (and the 3 key elements you need to get absolutely clear)
  • Why interviews can be a poor predictor of how a candidate will perform - and what to do instead
  • How to figure out who will be the better team member between two equally qualified candidates
  • How to know within 30 days whether you've hired the right person 


You'll come away from this episode looking at your hiring process in a whole new light!

Are you Founder who has a question you'd like support on? Send your questions to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will answer in an upcoming episode!

]]>Hiring. It's easily one of the biggest challenges Founders experience as they scale their business. In this episode, I respond to a subscriber's question about their challenges in hiring the right people - and reveal 3 secrets to help you hire better. 

While nobody bats .1000 in hiring, I've learned some very hard won lessons over the years. I cover the 3 most important things I've learned to to help you hire better - even in this tough hiring environment. In this packed 12 minutes I cover:

  • The key step that everyone skips in their rush to hire
  • Why job descriptions aren't the best way to think about a role (and the 3 key elements you need to get absolutely clear)
  • Why interviews can be a poor predictor of how a candidate will perform - and what to do instead
  • How to figure out who will be the better team member between two equally qualified candidates
  • How to know within 30 days whether you've hired the right person 


You'll come away from this episode looking at your hiring process in a whole new light!

Are you Founder who has a question you'd like support on? Send your questions to steve@steveaugustcoaching.com and I will answer in an upcoming episode!

]]>cb5c3e16-031f-40bf-b48b-de1b753af712Wed, 20 Apr 2022 20:38:13 -040013:23falsefull1331Ep. 2 How Working Insane Hours Starts to Work Against YouEp. 2 How Working Insane Hours Starts to Work Against YouIt's often seen as a badge of honor for a Founder to work insane hours. Of course, long hours and intense effort is an inevitable part of the Founder journey. However, there is a point where throwing more hours at your business starts to work against you. In this episode I describe the ways grinding tons of hours starts costing Founders - and how to recognize when your efforts are work for you or against you. 

]]>It's often seen as a badge of honor for a Founder to work insane hours. Of course, long hours and intense effort is an inevitable part of the Founder journey. However, there is a point where throwing more hours at your business starts to work against you. In this episode I describe the ways grinding tons of hours starts costing Founders - and how to recognize when your efforts are work for you or against you. 

]]>37b2c4df-5eb3-4658-a00a-ce3e67e50a33Thu, 14 Apr 2022 22:37:50 -040008:08falsefull1221Ep. 1 From Founder to CEO: 3 Key TransformationsEp. 1 From Founder to CEO: 3 Key TransformationsYou get the Founder title by starting something amazing. You also get the CEO title, but the reality is you have to keep re-earning that title until you've made at every stage of the company. Founder to CEO is one of the most challenging transitions for Founders to navigate successfully, as it demands shedding old models of working and embracing behaviors that sometimes feel counter to what got you this far. But often it's a Founders' ability to make this transition that makes the difference between a promising company breaking out or languishing.

Going from Seed Stage Founder to confident Growth Stage CEO requires Founders make 3 key transformations. In this episode I describe these 3 transformations and how to navigate them.

]]>You get the Founder title by starting something amazing. You also get the CEO title, but the reality is you have to keep re-earning that title until you've made at every stage of the company. Founder to CEO is one of the most challenging transitions for Founders to navigate successfully, as it demands shedding old models of working and embracing behaviors that sometimes feel counter to what got you this far. But often it's a Founders' ability to make this transition that makes the difference between a promising company breaking out or languishing.

Going from Seed Stage Founder to confident Growth Stage CEO requires Founders make 3 key transformations. In this episode I describe these 3 transformations and how to navigate them.

]]>94ccb417-d8db-484e-8094-4a37dccd987bThu, 14 Apr 2022 22:23:46 -040005:57falsefull1111